1.
図書
Alexander Mamishev, Sean Williams
出版情報:
Hoboken, N.J. : John Wiley & Sons, c2010 xvii, 243 p. ; 24 cm.
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / Chapter 1：
In this Chapter / 1.1：
Our Audience / 1.2：
A few horror stories / 1.2.1：
Some history / 1.2.2：
The Need For a Good "Writing System" / 1.3：
Introducing Stream Tools / 1.4：
What is STREAM Tools? / 1.4.1：
Why use STREAM Tools? / 1.4.2：
The software of STREAM Tools / 1.4.3：
Recommended packages / 1.4.3.1：
A brief comparison of Microsoft Word vs. LaTeX: history and myths / 1.4.3.2：
How to Use this Book / 1.5：
Exercises / 1.6：
Quick Start Guide For Stream Tools / Chapter 2：
A General Overview of the Writing Process / 2.1：
Introduction to Writing Quality Tools: The Stream Tools Editorial Mark-Up Table / 2.3：
Introduction to Document Design Tools / 2.4：
Important fundamental concepts / 2.4.1：
Step 1: Use template files to create your new manuscripts / 2.4.1.1：
Step 2: Copy existing elements and paste them into a new location / 2.4.1.2：
Step 3: Edit the element / 2.4.1.3：
Step 4: Cross-referencing elements / 2.4.1.4：
Creating Elements in a Document / 2.4.2：
Headings / 2.4.2.1：
Equations / 2.4.2.2：
Figures / 2.4.2.3：
Tables / 2.4.2.4：
References (literature citations) / 2.4.2.5：
Introduction to File Management: Optimizing Your Workflow / 2.5：
General principles / 2.5.1：
Using a wiki for file management / 2.5.2：
Version control / 2.5.3：
Conclusions / 2.6：
Document Design / 2.7：
Creating Templates / 3.1：
How to create and cross-reference a heading template / 3.2.1：
How to alter a heading template / 3.2.1.2：
Common formatting mistakes in headings / 3.2.1.3：
Common stylistic mistakes for headings / 3.2.1.4：
Tips and tricks / 3.2.1.5：
How to create and cross-reference an equation template / 3.2.2：
How to alter an equation template / 3.2.2.2：
Common formatting mistakes for equations / 3.2.2.3：
Common stylistic mistakes for equations / 3.2.2.4：
How to create and cross-reference a figure template / 3.2.2.5：
How to alter a figure template / 3.2.3.2：
Common formatting mistakes in figures / 3.2.3.3：
Common stylistic mistakes in figures / 3.2.3.4：
Tips and tricks for figures / 3.2.3.5：
How to create and cross-reference a table template / 3.2.4：
How to alter a table template / 3.2.4.2：
Common typesetting mistakes / 3.2.4.3：
Common stylistic mistakes in tables / 3.2.4.4：
Tips and tricks for tables / 3.2.4.5：
Front matter / 3.2.5：
Controlling page numbers / 3.2.5.1：
Table of contents / 3.2.5.2：
Back matter / 3.2.6：
Appendices / 3.2.6.1：
Indices / 3.2.6.2：
Using Multiple Templates / 3.3：
Controlling styles / 3.3.1：
Switching between single-column and double-column formats / 3.3.2：
Master documents / 3.3.3：
Practice Problems / 3.4：
Additional Resources / 3.4.1：
Using Bibliographic Databases / 3.6：
Why Use a Bibliographic Database? / 4.1：
Choice of Software / 4.3：
Using Endnote / 4.4：
Setting up the interface / 4.4.1：
Adding references / 4.4.2：
Citing references / 4.4.3：
Sharing a Database / 4.5：
Numbering the database entries / 4.5.1：
Compatibility with BiBTeX / 4.5.2：
Formatting References / 4.6：
Planning, Drafting, and Editing Documents / 4.7：
Definition Stage / 5.1：
Select your team members / 5.2.1：
Hold a kick-off meeting / 5.2.2：
Analyze the audience / 5.2.3：
Formulate the purpose / 5.2.4：
Persuasion / 5.2.4.1：
Exposition / 5.2.4.2：
Instruction / 5.2.4.3：
Select the optimum combination of STREAM Tools / 5.2.5：
Preparation Stage / 5.3：
Evaluate historical documents / 5.3.1：
Journal articles / 5.3.1.1：
Proceedings/papers / 5.3.1.2：
Theses and dissertations / 5.3.1.3：
Proposals / 5.3.1.4：
Reports / 5.3.1.5：
Populate the file repository / 5.3.2：
Create a comprehensive outline of the document / 5.3.3：
Using deductive structures / 5.3.3.1：
Using Microsoft Word's Outline feature / 5.3.3.2：
Populate all sections with "yellow text" / 5.3.4：
Distribute writing tasks among team members / 5.3.5：
Choose a drafting strategy / 5.3.5.1：
Synchronize writing styles / 5.3.5.2：
Writing Stage / 5.4：
Enter content / 5.4.1：
Legacy content / 5.4.1.1：
New content / 5.4.1.2：
Control versions of shared files / 5.4.1.3：
Request that team members submit their drafts / 5.4.2：
Verify that each section is headed in the right direction / 5.4.3：
Construct the whole document / 5.4.4：
Revise for content and distribute additional writing tasks / 5.4.5：
Comprehensive editing / 5.4.5.1：
STREAM Tools Editorial Mark-up table (STEM Table) / 5.4.5.2：
Strategies for editing electronic copy using Microsoft Word--an overview of Microsoft Word's commenting, reviewing, and proofing features / 5.4.5.3：
Distribute additional writing tasks / 5.4.6：
Completion Stage / 5.5：
Copy edit the document / 5.5.1：
Send out for a final review of content and clarity / 5.5.2：
Proofread the document / 5.5.3：
Submit the document / 5.5.4：
Conduct the final process-improvement review session / 5.5.5：
Building High Quality Writing Teams / 5.6：
Understanding the Benefits and Challenges of Teamwork / 6.1：
The payoff of teamwork / 6.2.1：
Some principle challenges of teamwork / 6.2.2：
Identifying Team Goals and Assigning Member Roles / 6.3：
Define roles and procedures clearly / 6.3.1：
Define team roles / 6.3.1.1：
Define team procedures / 6.3.1.2：
Managing Teamwork at a Distance / 6.4：
Building trust in virtual teams / 6.4.1：
Demonstrating sensitivity to cultural differences / 6.4.2：
Selecting Communication Tools To Support Teamwork / 6.5：
Wikis / 6.5.1：
Creating a wiki / 6.5.1.1：
Editing / 6.5.1.2：
Organizing / 6.5.1.3：
Monitoring edits / 6.5.1.4：
Other suggestions for wiki use / 6.5.1.5：
SharePoint / 6.5.2：
Lists / 6.5.2.1：
Web pages / 6.5.2.2：
Alerts and site management / 6.5.2.3：
Assuring Quality Writing / 6.6：
Choosing the Best Words 278 / 7.1：
Choose strong words / 7.2.1：
Use strong nouns and verbs / 7.2.1.1：
Choose words with the right level of formality / 7.2.1.2：
Avoid weak words / 7.2.2：
Check for confusing or frequently misused words / 7.2.2.1：
Avoid double negatives, and change negatives to affirmatives / 7.2.2.2：
Avoid changing verbs to nouns / 7.2.2.3：
Delete meaningless words and modifiers / 7.2.2.4：
Steer clear of jargon / 7.2.2.5：
Avoid sexist or discriminatory language / 7.2.2.6：
Writing Strong Sentences / 7.3：
Write economically / 7.3.1：
Include a variety of sentence types / 7.3.2：
Avoiding Weak Sentence Construction / 7.4：
Comma splices / 7.4.1.1：
Fragments / 7.4.1.2：
Fused or run-on sentences / 7.4.1.3：
Misplaced, dangling, or two-way modifiers / 7.4.1.4：
Faulty parallelism / 7.4.1.5：
Punctuating For Clarity / 7.5：
End punctuation / 7.5.1：
Periods / 7.5.1.1：
Question marks / 7.5.1.2：
Exclamation points / 7.5.1.3：
Commas / 7.5.2：
Semicolons / 7.5.3：
Colons / 7.5.4：
Apostrophes / 7.5.5：
Dashes and hyphens / 7.5.6：
Final Considerations / 7.6：
Abbreviations and acronyms / 7.6.1：
Capitalization / 7.6.2：
Numbers / 7.6.3：
Dates / 7.6.4：
Fractions and percentages / 7.6.5：
Units of measure / 7.6.6：
A Final Note on Grammar / 7.7：
Concluding Remarks / 7.8：
Business Case / 8.1：
Frequently Asked Questions / 8.3：
Success Stories / 8.4：
Additional Reading / 8.5：
Useful books and articles / 8.5.1：
Useful weblinks / 8.5.2：
EXERCISES / 8.6：
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / Chapter 1：
2.
図書
Edward Bellinger and David C. Sigee
出版情報:
Chichester, West Sussex, UK ; Hoboken, N.J. : Wiley-Blackwell, 2010 viii, 271 p ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction to freshwater algae / 1：
General introduction / 1.1：
Algae / 1.1.1：
Algae as primary producers / 1.1.2：
Freshwater environments / 1.1.3：
Planktonic and benthic algae / 1.1.4：
Size and shape / 1.1.5：
Taxonomic variation / 1.2：
Microscopical appearance / 1.2.1：
Biochemistry / 1.2.2：
Molecular characteristics and identification / 1.2.3：
Blue-green algae / 1.3：
Cytology / 1.3.1：
Morphological and taxonomic diversity / 1.3.2：
Ecology / 1.3.3：
Blue-green algae as bioindicators / 1.3.4：
Green algae / 1.4：
Morphological diversity / 1.4.1：
Green algae as bioindicators / 1.4.3：
Euglenoids / 1.5：
Euglenoids as bioindicators / 1.5.1：
Yellow-green algae / 1.6：
Yellow-green algae as bioindicators / 1.6.1：
Dinoflagellates / 1.7：
Cryptomonads / 1.7.1：
Comparison with euglenoid algae / 1.8.1：
Biodiversity / 1.8.3：
Cryptomonads as bioindicators / 1.8.4：
Chrysophytes / 1.9：
Chrysophytes as bioindicators / 1.9.1：
Diatoms / 1.10：
Diatoms as bioindicators / 1.10.1：
Red algae / 1.11：
Brown algae / 1.12：
Sampling, biomass estimation and counts of freshwater algae A Planktonic algae / 2：
Protocol for collection / 2.1：
Standing water phytoplankton / 2.1.1：
River phytoplankton
Mode of collection / 2.2：
Phytoplankton trawl net / 2.2.1：
Volume samplers / 2.2.2：
Integrated sampling / 2.2.3：
Sediment traps / 2.2.4：
Phytoplankton biomass / 2.3：
Turbidity / 2.3.1：
Dry weight and ash-free dry weight / 2.3.2：
Pigment concentrations / 2.3.3：
Flow cytometry / 2.4：
Microscope counts of species populations / 2.5：
Sample preservation and processing / 2.5.1：
Species counts / 2.5.2：
Conversion of species counts to biovolumes / 2.5.3：
Chemical cleaning of diatoms / 2.5.4：
Diversity within species populations / 2.6：
Molecular analysis / 2.6.1：
Analytical microscopical techniques B Non-planktonic algae / 2.6.2：
Deep water benthic algae / 2.7：
Benthic-pelagic coupling / 2.7.1：
Benthic algae and sediment stability / 2.7.2：
Invertebrate grazing of benthic algae / 2.7.3：
Shallow water communities / 2.8：
Substrate / 2.8.1：
Algal communities / 2.8.2：
Algal biofilms / 2.9：
Mucialginous biofilms / 2.9.1：
Biomass / 2.9.2：
Taxonomic composition / 2.9.3：
Matrix structure / 2.9.4：
Periphyton? algal mats / 2.10：
Inorganic substratum / 2.10.1：
Plant surfaces / 2.10.2：
Algae as bioindicators / 3：
Bioindicators and water quality / 3.1：
Biomarkers and bioindicators / 3.1.1：
Characteristics of bioindicators / 3.1.2：
Biological monitoring versus chemical measurements / 3.1.3：
Monitoring water quality: objectives / 3.1.4：
Lakes / 3.2：
Contemporary planktonic and attached algae as bioindicators / 3.2.1：
Fossil algae as bioindicators: lake sediment analysis / 3.2.2：
Water quality parameters / 3.2.3：
Wetlands / 3.3：
Rivers / 3.4：
The periphyton community / 3.4.1：
River diatoms / 3.4.2：
Evaluation of the diatom community / 3.4.3：
Human impacts and diatom indices / 3.4.4：
Calculation of diatom indices / 3.4.5：
Practical applications of diatom indices / 3.4.6：
Estuaries / 3.5：
Ecosystem complexity / 3.5.1：
Algae as estuarine bioindicators / 3.5.2：
A key to the more frequently occurring freshwater algae / 4：
Introduction to the key / 4.1：
Using the key / 4.1.1：
Morphological groupings / 4.1.2：
Key to the main genera and species / 4.2：
List of algae included and their occurrence in the key / 4.3：
Algal identification: bibliography / 4.4：
Glossary
References
Index
Introduction to freshwater algae / 1：
General introduction / 1.1：
Algae / 1.1.1：
3.
図書
edited by Tito Trindade, Ana L. Daniel da Silva
出版情報:
Singapore : Pan Stanford Publishing, c2011 xxii, 289, 4 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
List of Figures
List of Tables
Preface
From Nanoparticles to Nanocomposites: A Brief Overview / 1：
Nanoscience and Nanotechnology: An introduction / 1.1：
Nanoparticles' Diversity / 1.2：
Quantum dots / 1.2.1：
Iron oxides / 1.2.2：
Metal nanoparticles / 1.2.3：
Surface Modification of Nanoparticles / 1.3：
Ligand exchange reactions / 1.3.1：
Inorganic nanocoating / 1.3.2：
Encapsulation in polymers / 1.3.3：
Designing Biointerfaces over Nanoparticles / 1.4：
Challenges for the Future... Nanosafety for Today / 1.5：
Polymers for Biomedical Applications: Chemical Modification and Biofunctionalization / 2：
Drug Delivery Systems / 2.1：
Hydrogels / 2.2：
Application of hydrogels / 2.2.1：
Types of hydrogels / 2.2.2：
Bioadhesives / 2.3：
Surface Modification / 2.4：
Surface modification by ultra-violet radiation / 2.4.1：
Plasma treatment / 2.4.2：
Plasma generation / 2.4.2.1：
Plasma polymerization and surface modification of polymers / 2.4.2.2：
Concluding Remarks / 2.5：
Nanocapsules as Carriers for the Transport and Targeted Delivery of Bioactive Molecules / 3：
Introduction / 3.1：
Polymeric Nanocapsules: Production and Characterization / 3.2：
Nanocapsules made of synthetic polymers / 3.2.1：
Polyacrylate nanocapsules / 3.2.1.1：
Polyester nanocapsules / 3.2.1.2：
Nanocapsules made of natural polymers / 3.2.2：
Lipid nanocapsules / 3.2.3：
Therapeutical Applications of Nanocapsules / 3.3：
Nanocapsules for oral drug delivery / 3.3.1：
Nanocapsules for oral peptide delivery / 3.3.1.1：
Nanocapsules for oral delivery of lipophilic low molecular weight drugs / 3.3.1.2：
Nanocapsules as nasal drug carriers / 3.3.2：
Nanocapsules as ocular drug carriers / 3.3.3：
Nanocapsules in cancer therapy / 3.3.4：
Nanocapsules as carriers for gene therapy / 3.3.5：
Conclusions / 3.4：
Inorganic Nanoparticles Biofunctionalization / 4：
Bioeonjugation of Nanoparticles / 4.1：
Nanoparticles and Their Surface Properties / 4.2：
Surface capping of nanoparticles / 4.2.1：
Semiconductor quantum dots and metallic nanoparticles / 4.2.2：
Silica nanoparticles and silica encapsulation / 4.2.3：
Attachment Schemes / 4.3：
Covalent attachment / 4.3.1：
Non-covalent attachment / 4.3.2：
Affinity binding / 4.3.3：
Specific Cases / 4.4：
Proteins / 4.4.1：
DNA / 4.4.2：
Avidin / 4.4.3：
Phospholipid encapsulation and functionalization / 4.4.4：
Applications / 4.5：
Cellular imaging / 4.5.1：
Drug delivery / 4.5.2：
Bioluminescence resonance energy transfer / 4.5.3：
Hyperthermia / 4.5.4：
Conclusion / 4.6：
Silica-Based Materials: Bioprocesses and Nanocomposites / 5：
Natural Silica Nanocomposites / 5.1：
Diatom biosilica / 5.1.1：
Sponge biosilica / 5.1.3：
(Bio)-technological applications of biosilica / 5.1.4：
Biomimetic Silica Nanocomposites / 5.2：
Silica nanocomposites based on natural templates / 5.2.1：
Silica nanocomposites based on model templates / 5.2.3：
Synthetic peptides / 5.2.3.1：
Synthetic polyamines / 5.2.3.2：
Biological templates / 5.2.3.3：
Biomimetism: How far can we go? / 5.2.4：
Bio-Inspired Silica Nanocomposites / 5.3：
Biotechnological and medical applications / 5.3.1：
Perspectives / 5.3.3：
Synthetic Strategies for Polymer-Based Nanocomposite Particles / 6：
Surfaces and Interfaces: Chemical Modification of Nanoparticles / 6.1：
In situ Synthetic Strategies for Polymer-Based Colloidal Nanocomposites / 6.3：
In situ preparation of the fillers / 6.3.1：
Sol-gel methods / 6.3.1.1：
In situ polymerization of the matrix / 6.3.2：
Organic solvent-based methods: Dispersion polymerization / 6.3.2.1：
Water-based methods: Emulsion and miniemulsion polymerization / 6.3.2.2：
Controlled polymerization: Surface initiated polymerization(SIP) / 6.3.3：
Atom Transfer Radical Polymerization Atrp / 6.3.3.1：
Reversible Addition Fragmentation chain transfer (Raft) polymerization / 6.3.3.2：
Combined controlled polymerization mechanisms / 6.3.3.3：
Functionalization of Polymer-Based Nanocomposites for Bio-Applications / 6.4：
Final Remarks / 6.5：
Synthesis of Nanocomposite Particles Using Supercritical Fluids: A Bridge with Bio-applications / 7：
Supercritical Fluids: Definition and Current use in, Bio-Applications / 7.1：
Definition / 7.2.1：
Scps in biomedical applications / 7.2.2：
Development of drug delivery systems / 7.2.2.1：
scC02 for purification and sterilization / 7.2.2.2：
Can Scfs be Used to Introduce Inorganic NPs into Polymers? / 7.3：
Formation of hybrid organic-inorganic NPs in Scps(route 1) / 7.3.1：
Encapsulation of inorganic NPs into a polymer shell (route 2) / 7.3.2：
Polymer swelling and in situ growth of inorganic NPs (route 3) / 7.3.3：
Polymer swelling by scC02 / 7.3.3.1：
Chemical transformation of impregnated metal precursor / 7.3.3.2：
Biocomposites Containing Magnetic Nanoparticles / 7.4：
Magnetic Properties / 8.1：
Magnetism at nanoscale level: Concepts and main phenomena / 8.2.1：
Basic concepts / 8.2.1.1：
Systems with interactions between magnetic centers / 8.2.1.2：
Superparamagnetism / 8.2.1.3：
Magnetism concepts subjacent to bio-applicatons / 8.2.2：
Magnetic separation and drug delivery / 8.2.2.1：
Magnetic resonance imaging (Mri) / 8.2.2.2：
Magnetic hyperthermia / 8.2.2.3：
Magnetic Nanoparticles for Bio-Applications / 8.3：
Iron oxide nanoparticles / 8.3.1：
Metallic nanoparticles / 8.3.2：
Metal alloy nanoparticles / 8.3.3：
Bimagnetic nanoparticles / 8.3.4：
Strategies of Synthesis of Magnetic Biocomposite Nanoparticles / 8.4：
In situ formation of magnetic nanoparticles / 8.4.1：
Other magnetic nanoparticles / 8.4.1.1：
Encapsulation of magnetic nanoparticles within biopolymers / 8.4.2：
Conclusions and Future Outlook / 8.5：
Multifunctional Nanoeomposite Particles for Biomedical Applications / 9：
Types of Multifunctional Magnetic-Fluorescent Nanocomposites / 9.1：
Main Approaches to the Preparation of Multifunctional Magnetic-Fluorescent Nanocomposites / 9.3：
Silica coated magnetic-fluorescent nanoparticles / 9.3.1：
Organic polymer coated magnetic cores treated with fluorescent entities / 9.3.2：
Ionic assemblies of magnetic cores and fluorescent entities / 9.3.3：
Fluoreseently-labeled lipid coated magnetic nanoparticles / 9.3.4：
Magnetic core directly linked to fluorescent entity via a molecular spacer / 9.3.5：
Magnetic cores coated by fluorescent semiconducting shells / 9.3.6：
Magnetically-doped Qds / 9.3.7：
Magnetic nanoparticles and Qds embedded within a polymer or silica matrix / 9.3.8：
Biomedical Applications / 9.4：
Bio-imaging probes / 9.4.1：
Cell tracking, sorting and bioseparation / 9.4.2：
Applications in nanomedicine / 9.4.3：
Bio-Applications of Functionalized Magnetic Nanoparticles and Their Nanocomposites / 9.5：
Fundaments of Nanomagnetism / 10.1：
Single-domain particles / 10.2.1：
Magnetic anisotropy energy / 10.2.2：
Fundaments of Colloidal Stability / 10.2.3：
Bio-Applications of Magnetic Nanoparticles / 10.4：
Magnetic separation / 10.4.1：
Nuclear magnetic resonance imaging (Mri) / 10.4.2：
Contrast agents based on superparamagnetic nanomagnets / 10.4.3.1：
Magnetobiosensors / 10.4.4：
Magnetobiosensors based on magnetorelaxometry / 10.4.4.1：
Magnetobiosensors based on magnetoresistance / 10.4.4.2：
Magnetosensors based on Hall effect / 10.4.4.3：
Magnetoplasmonics / 10.4.4.4：
Summary and Outlook / 10.4.5：
Anti-Microbial Polymer Nanocomposites / 11：
Packaging / 11.1：
Textiles / 11.1.2：
Coatings / 11.1.3：
Antimicrobial coatings / 11.1.3.1：
Medicine, pathology and surgical implants/ biomedical coatings / 11.1.3.2：
Anti-Microbial Polymer-Based Nanocomposites / 11.2：
Mechanisms of Antibacterial Action / 11.3：
Detection of microbes / 11.3.1：
Control of microbial growth / 11.3.2：
Environmental and Health Concerns / 11.4：
Biosensing Applications Using Nanoparticles / 12：
Biosensors: A Definition / 12.1：
Uses of Gold Nanoparticles / 12.2：
Tailoring biointerfaces over gold nanoparticles / 12.2.1：
Biosensing applications of gold nanoparticles / 12.2.2：
Crosslinking-based biosensing / 12.2.2.1：
Non-crosslmking-based biosensing / 12.2.2.2：
Semiconductor Quantum Dots / 12.3：
Properties of quantum dots / 12.3.1：
Biosensing with quantum dots / 12.3.2：
Immunosensing / 12.3.2.1：
Dna assays / 12.3.2.2：
Resonance energy transfer-based assays / 12.3.2.3：
Outlook Remarks / 12.4：
Index
List of Figures
List of Tables
Preface
4.
図書
Detlev Möller
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface to the first edition
Author's preface to the third edition
Author's preface to the second edition
Prologue
List of principal symbols
Introduction / 1：
Chemistry and the climate system / 1.1：
Air and atmosphere: a multiphase and multicomponent system / 1.2：
Principles of chemistry in the climate system / 1.3：
Substances in climate system / 1.4：
Fundamentals of physics in the climate system / 2：
Meteorological basics / 2.1：
Scaling and structure of the atmosphere / 2.1.1：
Meteorological elements / 2.1.2：
Air pressure / 2.1.2.1：
Air temperature / 2.1.2.2：
Air humidity / 2.1.2.3：
Hydrometeors / 2.1.3：
Clouds / 2.1.3.1：
Fog, mist, and haze / 2.1.3.2：
Precipitation / 2.1.3.3：
Dew, frost, rime, and interception / 2.1.4：
Clirnatologtcai basics / 2.2：
Climate / 2.2.1：
Climate system / 2.2.2：
Chemical climate / 2.2.3：
Optics of the atmosphere: Radiation / 2.3：
Solar radiation / 2.3.1：
The Sun and its radiation output / 2.3.1.1：
Solar radiation transfer through the atmosphere / 2.3.1.2：
Absorption and emission of light / 2.3.2：
Absorption (Lambert-Beer law) / 2.3.2.1：
Emission (Planck's law and Stefan-Boltzmann law) / 2.3.2.2：
Terrestrial radiation and radiation budget / 2.3.3：
Atmospheric dynamics / 2.4：
Fluid characteristics / 2.4.1：
Effective atmospheric forces / 2.4.1.1：
Atmospheric flow: Laminar and turbulent / 2.4.1.2：
Fluid characteristics: Wind speed and direction / 2.4.1.3：
Properties of gases: The ideal gas / 2.5：
Gas laws / 2.5.1：
Mean free path and number of collisions between molecules / 2.5.2：
Viscosity / 2.5.3：
Diffusion / 2.5.4：
Atmospheric removal: Deposition processes / 2.6：
Dry deposition / 2.6.1：
Wet deposition / 2.6.2：
Characteristic times; Residence time, lifetime, and turnover time / 2.7：
Fundamentals of physicochemistry in the climate system / 3：
Chemical thermodynamics / 3.1：
First law of thermodynamics and its applications / 3.1.1：
Internal energy / 3.1.1.1：
Molar heat capacity / 3.1.1.2：
Thermochemistry: Heat of chemical reaction / 3.1.1.3：
Second law of thermodynamics and its applications / 3.1.2：
Entropy and reversibility / 3.1.2.1：
Thermodynamic potential: Gibbs-Helmholtz equation / 3.1.2.2：
Chemical potential / 3.1.2.3：
Chemical potential in real mixtures: Activity / 3.1.2.4：
Equilibrium / 3.2：
Chemical equilibrium: The mass action law / 3.2.1：
Phase equilibrium / 3.2.2：
Gas-liquid equilibrium: Evaporation and condensation / 3.2.2.1：
Gas-liquid equilibrium: Special case of droplets (Kelvin equation) / 3.2.2.2：
Absorption of gases in water: Henry's law / 3.2.2.3：
Solubility equilibrium: Solid-aqueous equilibrium / 3.2.2.4：
Adsorption and desorption / 3.2.2.5：
Steady state / 3.3：
Water: Physical and chemical properties / 3.4：
Water structure: Hydrogen bond / 3.4.1：
Water as solvent / 3.4.2：
Water vapor / 3.4.3：
Water properties in relation to the climate system / 3.4.4：
Properties of solutions and droplets / 3.5：
Surface tension and surface-active substances / 3.5.1：
Vapor pressure lowering: Raoult's law / 3.5.2：
Freezing point depression / 3.5.3：
Diffusion in solution / 3.5.4：
Heterogeneous processes: Multiphase chemistry in the climate system / 3.6：
Aerosols, clouds, and precipitation: The climate multiphase system / 3.6.1：
Gas-to-particle formation: Homogeneous formation of CCNs / 3.6.2：
Classical nucleation theory / 3.6.2.1：
Formation of secondary organic aerosols / 3.6.2.2：
Atmospheric aerosols and the properties of aerosol particles / 3.6.3：
Formation of cloud droplets: Heterogeneous nucleation / 3.6.4：
Scavenging: Acommodation, adsorption, and reaction (mass transfer) / 3.6.5：
Mass transfer: General remarks / 3.6.5.1：
Adsorption / 3.6.5.2：
Surface chemistry: Kinetics of heterogeneous chemical reactions / 3.6.5.3：
Mass transfer into droplets with chemical reaction / 3.6.5.4：
Fundamentals of chemistry in the climate system / 4：
State of matter / 4.1：
Atoms, elements, molecules, compounds, and substances / 4.1.1：
Pure substances and mixtures / 4.1.2：
Radicals, groups, and nomenclature / 4.1.3：
Units for chemical abundance: Concentrations and mixing ratios / 4.1.4：
Theory of chemical reactions / 4.2：
Chemical bonding / 4.2.1：
Types of chemical reactions / 4.2.2：
Chemical kinetics: Reaction rate constant / 4.2.3：
Catalysis / 4.3：
Electrochemistry / 4.4：
Electrolytic dissociation / 4.4.1：
Acids, bases, and the ionic product of water / 4.4.1.1：
pH value / 4.4.1.2：
Hydrolysis of salts and oxides / 4.4.1.3：
Buffer solutions / 4.4.1.4：
Complex ions / 4.4.1.5：
The CO2 -carbonate system / 4.4.1.6：
Oxidation-reduction reaction (redox process) / 4.4.2：
Hydrated electron: A fundamental species / 4.4.3：
Photochemistry / 4.5：
Photoexcitation: Electronic states / 4.5.1：
Photodissociation: Photolysis rate coefficient / 4.5.2：
Photocatalysis: Photosensitization and autoxidation / 4.5.3：
Environmental relevance of acidity / 4.6：
Atmospheric acidity / 4.6.1：
pH averaging / 4.6.2：
Isotopes in atmospheric chemistry and geochemistry / 4.7：
Substaces and chemical reactions in the climate system / 5：
Hydrogen / 5.1：
Natural occurrence / 5.1.1：
Compounds of hydrogen / 5.1.2：
Chemistry / 5.1.3：
Oxygen / 5.2：
Oxygen, dioxygen, and ozone: O, O2 , and O3 / 5.2.1：
Reactive oxygen species I: OH, HO2 , and H2 O2 (Hx Oy species) / 5.2.3：
Atmosphere, free of trace species / 5.2.3.1：
Atmosphere with trace species / 5.2.3.2：
Reactive oxygen species II: RO, RO2 , and ROOH / 5.2.4：
Aqueous-phase oxygen chemistry / 5.2.5：
Water chemistry / 5.2.5.1：
Dioxygen and superoxide ion chemistry / 5.2.5.2：
Hydrogen peroxide chemistry / 5.2.5.3：
Ozone and hydroxyl radical chemistry / 5.2.5.4：
Hydrogen polyoxides / 5.2.5.5：
Multiphase oxygen chemistry / 5.2.6：
Hydrogen peroxide / 5.2.6.1：
Ozone / 5.2.6.2：
Stratospheric oxygen chemistry / 5.2.7：
Nitrogen / 5.3：
Natural occurrence and sources / 5.3.1：
Thermal dissociation of dinitrogen (N2 ) / 5.3.2：
Ammonia (NH3 ) / 5.3.3：
Dinitrogen oxide (N2 O) / 5.3.4：
Inorganic nitrogen oxides and oxoacids (NOy ) / 5.3.5：
Gas-phase chemistry / 5.3.3.1：
Aqueous and interfacial chemistry / 5.3.5.2：
Organic nitrogen compounds / 5.3.6：
Amines, amides, and nitriles / 5.3.6.1：
Organic NOx compounds / 5.3.6.2：
Sulfur / 5.4：
Reduced sulfur: H2 S, COS, CS2 , and DMS / 5.4.1：
Oxides and oxoacids: SO2 , H2 SO3 , SO3 , and H2 SO4 / 5.4.3：
Gas-phase SO2 oxidation / 5.4.3.1：
Aqueous-phase sulfur chemistry / 5.4.3.2：
Multiphase sulfur chemistry / 5.4.4：
Phosphorus / 5.5：
Carbon / 5.6：
Organic carbon and chemistry / 5.6.1：
Elemental carbon and soot / 5.6.2：
Inorganic C1 chemistry: CO, CO2 , and H2 CO3 / 5.6.3：
Aqueous chemistry / 5.6.3.1：
Hydrocarbon oxidation and organic radicals / 5.6.4：
Organic C1 chemistry: CH4 , CH3 OH, HCHO, HCOOH / 5.6.5：
C2 chemistry: C2 H6 , CH3 CHO, C2 H5 OH, CH3 COOH, and (COOH)2
Alkenes, atkynes, and ketones / 5.6.6.1：
Aromatic compounds / 5.6.8：
Is the atmospheric fate of complex organic compounds predictable? / 5.6.9：
Halogens (Cl, Br, F, and I) / 5.7：
Chlorine in the environment / 5.7.1：
Formation of sea salt and chlorine degassing / 5.7.2：
Metals and metalloids / 5.7.3：
General remarks / 5.8.1：
Alkali and alkaline earth metals: Na, K, Mg, and Ca / 5.8.2：
Iron: Fe / 5.8.3：
Mercury: Hg / 5.8.4：
Cadmium: Cd / 5.8.5：
Lead: Pb / 5.8.6：
Arsenic: As / 5.8.7：
Silicon (Si) and aluminum (Al) / 5.8.8：
Biogeochemistry and global cycling / 6：
The hydrosphere and the global water cycle / 6.1：
The hydrological cycle and the climate system / 6.1.1：
Soil water and groundwater; Chemical weathering / 6.1.2：
Surface water: Rivers and lakes / 6.1.3：
The oceans / 6.1.4：
Atmospheric waters (hydrometeors): Chemical composition / 6.1.5：
Fog / 6.1.5.1：
Rain (precipitation) / 6.1.5.3：
Biogeochemical cycling / 6.2：
Photosynthesis: Nonequilibrium redox processes / 6.2.1：
Primary production of carbon / 6.2.2：
Nitrogen cycling / 6.2.3：
Sulfur cycling / 6.2.4：
Natural sources of atmospheric substances / 6.3：
Source characteristics / 6.3.1：
Biological processes / 6.3.2：
Continental / 6.3.2.1：
Oceanic / 6.3.2.2：
Geogenic processes / 6.3.3：
Soil dust / 6.3.3.1：
Sea salt / 6.3.3.2：
Volcanism / 6.3.3.3：
Chemical processes / 6.3.4：
Lightning / 6.3.4.1：
Secondary atmospheric processes / 6.3.4.2：
List of acronyms and abbreviations used in this volume / A：
Quantities, units, and some useful numerical values / B：
References
Name Index
Subject Index
Preface to the first edition
Author's preface to the third edition
Author's preface to the second edition
5.
図書
Jeremy W. Dale and Simon F. Park
出版情報:
Chichester, West Sussex : Wiley-Blackwell, 2010 xii, 388 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Nucleic Acid Structure and Function / 1：
Structure of nucleic acids / 1.1：
DNA / 1.1.1：
RNA / 1.1.2：
Hydrophobic interactions / 1.1.3：
Different forms of the double helix / 1.1.4：
Supercoiling / 1.1.5：
Denaturation and hybridization / 1.1.6：
Orientation of nucleic acid strands / 1.1.7：
Replication of DNA / 1.2：
Unwinding and rewinding / 1.2.1：
Fidelity of replication; proofreading / 1.2.2：
Chromosome replication and cell division / 1.3：
DNA repair / 1.4：
Mismatch repair / 1.4.1：
Excision repair / 1.4.2：
Recombination (post-replication) repair / 1.4.3：
SOS repair / 1.4.4：
Gene expression / 1.5：
Transcription / 1.5.1：
Translation / 1.5.2：
Post-translational events / 1.5.3：
Gene organization / 1.6：
Mutation and Variation / 2：
Variation and evolution / 2.1：
Fluctuation test / 2.1.1：
Replica plating / 2.1.2：
Directed mutation in bacteria? / 2.1.3：
Types of mutation / 2.2：
Point mutations / 2.2.1：
Conditional mutants / 2.2.2：
Variation due to larger-scale DNA alterations / 2.2.3：
Extrachromosomal agents and horizontal gene transfer / 2.2.4：
Recombination / 2.3：
A model of the general (homologous) recombination process / 2.3.1：
Enzymes involved in recombination / 2.3.2：
Phenotypes / 2.4：
Restoration of phenotype / 2.4.1：
Mechanisms of mutation / 2.5：
Spontaneous mutation / 2.5.1：
Chemical mutagens / 2.5.2：
Ultraviolet irradiation / 2.5.3：
Isolation and identification of mutants / 2.6：
Mutation and selection / 2.6.1：
Isolation of other mutants / 2.6.2：
Molecular methods / 2.6.4：
Regulation of Gene Expression / 3：
Gene copy number / 3.1：
Transcriptional control / 3.2：
Promoters / 3.2.1：
Terminators, attenuators and anti-terminators / 3.2.2：
Induction and repression: regulatory proteins / 3.2.3：
Two-component regulatory systems / 3.2.4：
Global regulatory systems / 3.2.5：
Quorum sensing / 3.2.6：
Translational control / 3.3：
Ribosome binding / 3.3.1：
Codon usage / 3.3.2：
Stringent response / 3.3.3：
Regulatory RNA / 3.3.4：
Phase variation / 3.4：
Genetics of Bacteriophages / 4：
Bacteriophage structure / 4.1：
Single-strand DNA bacteriophages / 4.2：
ΦX174 / 4.2.1：
M13 / 4.2.2：
RNA-containing phages: MS2 / 4.3：
Double-stranded DNA phages / 4.4：
Bacteriophage T4 / 4.4.1：
Bacteriophage λ / 4.4.2：
Lytic and lysogenic regulation of bacteriophage λ / 4.4.3：
Restriction and modification / 4.5：
Bacterial resistance to phage attack / 4.6：
Complementation and recombination / 4.7：
Why are bacteriophages important? / 4.8：
Phage typing / 4.8.1：
Phage therapy / 4.8.2：
Phage display / 4.8.3：
Phages in the natural environment / 4.8.4：
Bacterial virulence and phage conversion / 4.8.5：
Plasmids / 5：
Some bacterial characteristics are determined by plasmids / 5.1：
Antibiotic resistance / 5.1.1：
Colicins and bacteriocins / 5.1.2：
Virulence determinants / 5.1.3：
Plasmids in plant-associated bacteria / 5.1.4：
Metabolic activities / 5.1.5：
Molecular properties of plasmids / 5.2：
Plasmid replication and control / 5.2.1：
Partitioning / 5.2.2：
Host range / 5.2.3：
Plasmid incompatibility / 5.2.4：
Plasmid stability / 5.3：
Plasmid integrity / 5.3.1：
Differential growth rate / 5.3.2：
Associating a plasmid with a phenotype / 5.4：
Gene Transfer / 6：
Transformation / 6.1：
Conjugation / 6.2：
Mechanism of conjugation / 6.2.1：
The F plasmid / 6.2.2：
Conjugation in other bacteria / 6.2.3：
Transduction / 6.3：
Specialized transduction / 6.3.1：
Consequences of recombination / 6.4：
Site-specific and non-homologous (illegitimate) recombination / 6.4.2：
Mosaic genes and chromosome plasticity / 6.5：
Genomic Plasticity: Movable Genes and Phase Variation / 7：
Insertion sequences / 7.1：
Structure of insertion sequences / 7.1.1：
Occurrence of insertion sequences / 7.1.2：
Transposons / 7.2：
Structure of transposons / 7.2.1：
Integrons / 7.2.2：
ISCR elements / 7.2.3：
Mechanisms of transposition / 7.3：
Replicative transposition / 7.3.1：
Non-replicative (conservative) transposition / 7.3.2：
Regulation of transposition / 7.3.3：
Activation of genes by transposable elements / 7.3.4：
Mu: A transposable bacteriophage / 7.3.5：
Conjugative transposons / 7.3.6：
Variation mediated by simple DNA inversion / 7.4：
Variation mediated by nested DNA inversion / 7.4.2：
Antigenic variation in the gonococcus / 7.4.3：
Phase variation by slipped-strand mispairing / 7.4.4：
Phase variation mediated by differential DNA methylation / 7.4.5：
Clustered regularly interspersed short palindromic repeats / 7.5：
Genetic Modification: Exploiting the Potential of Bacteria / 8：
Strain development / 8.1：
Generation of variation / 8.1.1：
Selection of desired variants / 8.1.2：
Overproduction of primary metabolites / 8.2：
Simple pathways / 8.2.1：
Branched pathways / 8.2.2：
Overproduction of secondary metabolites / 8.3：
Gene cloning / 8.4：
Cutting and joining DNA / 8.4.1：
Plasmid vectors / 8.4.2：
Bacteriophage λ vectors / 8.4.3：
Cloning larger fragments / 8.4.4：
Bacteriophage M13 vectors / 8.4.5：
Gene libraries / 8.5：
Construction of genomic libraries / 8.5.1：
Screening a gene library / 8.5.2：
Cloning PCR products / 8.5.3：
Construction of a cDNA library / 8.5.4：
Products from cloned genes / 8.6：
Expression vectors / 8.6.1：
Making new genes / 8.6.2：
Other bacterial hosts / 8.6.3：
Novel vaccines / 8.6.4：
Other uses of gene technology / 8.7：
Genetic Methods for Investigating Bacteria / 9：
Metabolic pathways / 9.1：
Complementation / 9.1.1：
Cross-feeding / 9.1.2：
Microbial physiology / 9.2：
Reporter genes / 9.2.1：
Chromatin immunoprecipitation / 9.2.2：
Cell division / 9.2.3：
Motility and chemotaxis / 9.2.4：
Cell differentiation / 9.2.5：
Bacterial virulence / 9.3：
Wide-range mechanisms of bacterial pathogenesis / 9.3.1：
Detection of virulence genes / 9.3.2：
Specific mutagenesis / 9.4：
Gene replacement / 9.4.1：
Antisense RNA / 9.4.2：
Taxonomy, evolution and epidemiology / 9.5：
Molecular taxonomy / 9.5.1：
GC content / 9.5.2：
16 S rRNA / 9.5.3：
Denaturing-gradient gel electrophoresis and temperature-gradient gel electrophoresis / 9.5.4：
Diagnostic use of PCR / 9.5.5：
Molecular epidemiology / 9.5.6：
Gene Mapping to Genomics and Beyond / 10：
Gene mapping / 10.1：
Conjugational analysis / 10.1.1：
Restriction mapping and pulsed-field gel electrophoresis / 10.1.2：
DNA sequence determination / 10.2：
Sanger sequencing / 10.2.1：
Dye terminator sequencing / 10.2.2：
Pyrosequencing / 10.2.3：
Massively parallel sequencing / 10.2.4：
Genome sequencing / 10.3：
Genome-sequencing strategies / 10.3.1：
Relating sequence to function / 10.3.2：
Metagenomics / 10.3.3：
Comparative genomics / 10.4：
Microarrays / 10.4.1：
Analysis of gene expression / 10.5：
Transcriptional analysis / 10.5.1：
Translational analysis / 10.5.2：
Metabolomics / 10.6：
Systems biology and synthetic genomics / 10.7：
Systems biology / 10.7.1：
Synthetic genomics / 10.7.2：
Conclusion / 10.8：
Further Reading / Appendix A：
Abbreviations Used / Appendix B：
Glossary / Appendix C：
Enzymes and other Proteins / Appendix D：
Genes / Appendix E：
Standard Genetic Code / Appendix F：
Bacterial Species / Appendix G：
Index
?X174
Bacteriophage ?
Lytic and lysogenic regulation of bacteriophage ?
Bacteriophage ? vectors
Preface
Nucleic Acid Structure and Function / 1：
Structure of nucleic acids / 1.1：
6.
図書
Ilkka Havukkala
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgement
About the Author
Introduction to Modern Molecular Biology / 1：
Cells store large amounts of information in DNA / 1.1：
Cells process complex information / 1.2：
Cellular life is chemically complex and somewhat stochastic / 1.3：
Challenges in analyzing complex biodata / 1.4：
References
Biodata Explosion / 2：
Primary sequence and structure data / 2.1：
DNA sequence databases / 2.1.1：
Protein sequence databases / 2.1.2：
Molecular structure databases / 2.1.3：
Secondary annotation data / 2.2：
Motif annotations / 2.2.1：
Gene function annotations / 2.2.2：
Genomic annotations / 2.2.3：
Inter-species phylogeny and gene family annotations / 2.2.4：
Experimental and personalized data / 2.3：
DNA expression profiles / 2.3.1：
Proteomics data and degradomics / 2.3.2：
Protein expression profiles, 2D gel and protein interaction data / 2.3.3：
Metabolomics and metabolic pathway databases / 2.3.4：
Personalized data / 2.3.5：
Semantic and processed text data / 2.4：
Ontologies / 2.4.1：
Text-mined annotation data / 2.4.2：
Integrated and federated databases / 2.5：
Local Pattern Discovery and Comparing Genes and Proteins / 3：
DNA/RNA motif discovery / 3.1：
Single motif models: MEME, AlignAce etc. / 3.1.1：
Multiple motif models: LOGOS and MotifRegressor / 3.1.2：
Informative k-mers approach / 3.1.3：
Protein motif discovery / 3.2：
InterProScan and other traditional methods / 3.2.1：
Protein k-mer and other string based methods / 3.2.2：
Genetic algorithms, particle swarms and ant colonies / 3.3：
Genetic algorithms / 3.3.1：
Particle swarm optimization / 3.3.2：
Ant colony optimization / 3.3.3：
Sequence visualization / 3.4：
Global Pattern Discovery and Comparing Genomes / 4：
Alignment-based methods / 4.1：
Pairwise genome-wide search algorithms: LAGAN, AVID etc. / 4.1.1：
Multiple alignment methods: MLAGAN, MAVID, MULTIZ etc. / 4.1.2：
Dotplots / 4.1.3：
Visualization of genome comparisons / 4.1.4：
Global motif maps / 4.1.5：
Alignmentless methods / 4.2：
K-mer based methods / 4.2.1：
Average common substring and compressibility based methods / 4.2.2：
2D portraits of genomes / 4.2.3：
Genome scale non-sequence data analysis / 4.3：
DNA physical structure based methods / 4.3.1：
Secondary structure based comparisons / 4.3.2：
Molecule Structure Based Searching and Comparison / 5：
Molecule structures as graphs or strings / 5.1：
3D to 1D transformations / 5.1.1：
Graph matching methods / 5.1.2：
Graph visualization / 5.1.3：
Graph grammars / 5.1.4：
RNA structure comparison and prediction / 5.2：
Image comparison based methods / 5.3：
Gabor filter based methods / 5.3.1：
Image symmetry set based methods / 5.3.2：
Other graph topology based methods / 5.3.3：
Function Annotation and Ontology Based Searching and Classification / 6：
Annotation ontologies / 6.1：
Gene Ontology based mining / 6.2：
Sequence similarity based function prediction / 6.3：
Cellular location prediction / 6.4：
New integrative methods: Utilizing networks / 6.5：
Text mining bioliterature for automated annotation / 6.6：
Natural language processing (NLP) / 6.6.1：
Semantic profiling / 6.6.2：
Matrix factorization methods / 6.6.3：
New Methods for Genomics Data: SVM and Others / 7：
SVM kernels / 7.1：
SVM trees / 7.2：
Methods for microarray data / 7.3：
Gene selection algorithms / 7.3.1：
Gene selection by consistency methods / 7.3.2：
Genome as a time series and discrete wavelet transform / 7.4：
Parameterless clustering for gene expression / 7.5：
Transductive confidence machines, conformal predictors and ROC isometrics / 7.6：
Text compression methods for biodata analysis / 7.7：
Integration of Multimodal Data: Toward Systems Biology / 8：
Comparative genome annotation systems / 8.1：
Phylogenetics methods / 8.2：
Network inference from interaction and coexpression data / 8.3：
Bayesian inference, association rule mining and Petri nets / 8.4：
Future Challenges / 9：
Network analysis methods / 9.1：
Unsupervised and supervised clustering / 9.2：
Neural networks and evolutionary methods / 9.3：
Semantic web and ontologization of biology / 9.4：
Biological data fusion / 9.5：
Rise of the GPU machines / 9.6：
Index
Preface
Acknowledgement
About the Author
7.
図書
Guozhong Cao, Ying Wang
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface to the Second Edition
Introduction / Chapter 1：
Emergence of Nanotechnology / 1.1：
Bottom-Up and Top-Down Approaches / 1.3：
Challenges in Nanotechnology / 1.4：
Scope of the Book / 1.5：
References
Physical Chemistry of Solid Surfaces / Chapter 2：
Surface Energy / 2.1：
Chemical Potential as a Function of Surface Curvature / 2.3：
Electrostatic Stabilization / 2.4：
Surface charge density / 2.4.1：
Electric potential at the proximity of solid surface / 2.4.2：
Van der Waals attraction potential / 2.4.3：
Interactions between two particles: DLVO theory / 2.4.4：
Steric Stabilization / 2.5：
Solvent and polymer / 2.5.1：
Interactions between polymer layers / 2.5.2：
Mixed steric and electric interactions / 2.5.3：
Summary / 2.6：
Zero-Dimensional Nanostructures: Nanoparticles / Chapter 3：
Nanoparticles Through Homogeneous Nucleation / 3.1：
Fundamentals of homogeneous nucleation / 3.2.1：
Subsequent growth of nuclei / 3.2.2：
Growth controlled by diffusion / 3.2.2.1：
Growth controlled by surface process / 3.2.2.2：
Synthesis of metallic nanoparticles / 3.2.3：
Influences of reduction reagents / 3.2.3.1：
Influences by other factors / 3.2.3.2：
Influences of polymer stabilizer / 3.2.3.3：
Synthesis of semiconductor nanoparticles / 3.2.4：
Synthesis of oxide nanoparticles / 3.2.5：
Introduction to sol-gel processing / 3.2.5.1：
Forced hydrolysis / 3.2.5.2：
Controlled release of ions / 3.2.5.3：
Vapor phase reactions / 3.2.6：
Solid-state phase segregation / 3.2.7：
Nanoparticles Through Heterogeneous Nucleation / 3.3：
Fundamentals of heterogeneous nucleation / 3.3.1：
Synthesis of nanoparticles / 3.3.2：
Kinetically Confined Synthesis of Nanoparticles / 3.4：
Synthesis inside micelles or using microemulsions / 3.4.1：
Aerosol synthesis / 3.4.2：
Growth termination / 3.4.3：
Spray pyrolysis / 3.4.4：
Template-based synthesis / 3.4.5：
Epitaxial Core-Shell Nanoparticles / 3.5：
One-Dimensional Nanostructures: Nanowires and Nanorods / 3.6：
Spontaneous Growth / 4.1：
Evaporation (dissolution)-condensation growth / 4.2.1：
Fundamentals of evaporation (dissolution)-condensation growth / 4.2.1.1：
Evaporation-condensation growth / 4.2.1.2：
Dissolution-condensation growth / 4.2.1.3：
Vapor (or solution)-liquid-solid (VLS or SLS) growth / 4.2.2：
Fundamental aspects of VLS and SLS growth / 4.2.2.1：
VLS growth of various nanowires / 4.2.2.2：
Control of the size of nanowires / 4.2.2.3：
Precursors and catalysts / 4.2.2.4：
Solution-liquid-solid growth / 4.2.2.5：
Stress-induced recrystallization / 4.2.3：
Template-Based Synthesis / 4.3：
Electrochemical deposition / 4.3.1：
Electrophoretic deposition / 4.3.2：
Template filling / 4.3.3：
Colloidal dispersion filling / 4.3.3.1：
Melt and solution filling / 4.3.3.2：
Chemical vapor deposition / 4.3.3.3：
Deposition by centrifugation / 4.3.3.4：
Converting through chemical reactions / 4.3.4：
Electrospinning / 4.4：
Lithography / 4.5：
Two-Dimensional Nanostructures: Thin Films / 4.6：
Fundamentals of Film Growth / 5.1：
Vacuum Science / 5.3：
Physical Vapor Deposition (PVD) / 5.4：
Evaporation / 5.4.1：
Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE) / 5.4.2：
Sputtering / 5.4.3：
Comparison of evaporation and sputtering / 5.4.4：
Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) / 5.5：
Typical chemical reactions / 5.5.1：
Reaction kinetics / 5.5.2：
Transport phenomena / 5.5.3：
CVD methods / 5.5.4：
Diamond films by CVD / 5.5.5：
Atomic Layer Deposition / 5.6：
Superlattices / 5.7：
Self-Assembly / 5.8：
Monolayers of organosilicon or alkylsilane derivatives / 5.8.1：
Monolayers of alkanethiols and sulfides / 5.8.2：
Monolayers of carboxylic acids, amines, and alcohols / 5.8.3：
Langmuir-Blodgett Films / 5.9：
Electrochemical Deposition / 5.10：
Sol-Gel Films / 5.11：
Special Nanomaterials / 5.12：
Carbon Fullerenes and Nanotubes / 6.1：
Carbon fullerenes / 6.2.1：
Fullerene-derived crystals / 6.2.2：
Carbon nanotubes / 6.2.3：
Micro and Mesoporous Materials / 6.3：
Ordered mesoporous structures / 6.3.1：
Random mesoporous structures / 6.3.2：
Crystalline microporous materials: Zeolites / 6.3.3：
Core-Shell Structures / 6.4：
Metal-oxide structures / 6.4.1：
Metal-polymer structures / 6.4.2：
Oxide-polymer nanostructures / 6.4.3：
Organic-Inorganic Hybrids / 6.5：
Class 1 hybrids / 6.5.1：
Class 2 hybrids / 6.5.2：
Intercalation Compounds / 6.6：
Nanocomposites and Nanograined Materials / 6.7：
Inverse Opals / 6.8：
Bio-Induced Nanomaterials / 6.9：
Nanostructures Fabricated by Physical Techniques / 6.10：
Photolithography / 7.1：
Phase-shifting photolithography / 7.2.2：
Electron beam lithography / 7.2.3：
X-ray lithography / 7.2.4：
Focused ion beam (FIB) lithography / 7.2.5：
Neutral atomic beam lithography / 7.2.6：
Nanomanipulation and Nanolithography / 7.3：
Scanning tunneling microscopy (STM) / 7.3.1：
Atomic force microscopy (AFM) / 7.3.2：
Near-field scanning optical microscopy (NSOM) / 7.3.3：
Nanomanipulation / 7.3.4：
Nanolithography / 7.3.5：
Soft Lithography / 7.4：
Microcontact printing / 7.4.1：
Molding / 7.4.2：
Nanoimprint / 7.4.3：
Dip-pen nanolithography / 7.4.4：
Assembly of Nanoparticles and Nanowires / 7.5：
Capillary forces / 7.5.1：
Dispersion interactions / 7.5.2：
Shear-force-assisted assembly / 7.5.3：
Electric-field-assisted assembly / 7.5.4：
Covalently linked assembly / 7.5.5：
Gravitational-field-assisted assembly / 7.5.6：
Template-assisted assembly / 7.5.7：
Other Methods for Microfabrication / 7.6：
Characterization and Properties of Nanomaterials / 7.7：
Structural Characterization / 8.1：
X-ray diffraction (XRD) / 8.2.1：
Small angle X-ray scattering (SAXS) / 8.2.2：
Scanning electron microscopy (SEM) / 8.2.3：
Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) / 8.2.4：
Scanning probe microscopy (SPM) / 8.2.5：
Gas adsorption / 8.2.6：
Chemical Characterization / 8.3：
Optical spectroscopy / 8.3.1：
Electron spectroscopy / 8.3.2：
Ion spectrometry / 8.3.3：
Physical Properties of Nanomaterials / 8.4：
Melting points and lattice constants / 8.4.1：
Mechanical properties / 8.4.2：
Optical properties / 8.4.3：
Surface plasmon resonance / 8.4.3.1：
Quantum size effects / 8.4.3.2：
Electrical conductivity / 8.4.4：
Surface scattering / 8.4.4.1：
Change of electronic structure / 8.4.4.2：
Quantum transport / 8.4.4.3：
Effect of microstructure / 8.4.4.4：
Ferroelectrics and dielectrics / 8.4.5：
Superparamagnetism / 8.4.6：
Applications of Nanomaterials / 8.5：
Molecular Electronics and Nanoelectronics / 9.1：
Nanobots / 9.3：
Biological Applications of Nanoparticles / 9.4：
Catalysis by Gold Nanoparticles / 9.5：
Bandgap Engineered Quantum Devices / 9.6：
Quantum well devices / 9.6.1：
Quantum dot devices / 9.6.2：
Nanomechanics / 9.7：
Carbon Nanotube Emitters / 9.8：
Energy Applications of Nanomaterials / 9.9：
Photoelectrochemical cells / 9.9.1：
Lithium-ion rechargeable batteries / 9.9.2：
Hydrogen storage / 9.9.3：
Thermoelectrics / 9.9.4：
Environmental Applications of Nanomaterials / 9.10：
Photonic Crystals and Plasmon Waveguides / 9.11：
Photonic crystals / 9.11.1：
Plasmon waveguides / 9.11.2：
Appendices / 9.12：
Index
Preface to the Second Edition
Introduction / Chapter 1：
Emergence of Nanotechnology / 1.1：
8.
図書
Kiyoko F. Aoki-Kinoshita
目次情報:
続きを見る
List of Tables
List of Figures
About the Author
Introduction to Glycobiology / 1：
Roles of carbohydrates / 1.1：
Glycan structures / 1.2：
Glycan classes / 1.3：
Glycan biosynthesis / 1.4：
N-linked glycans / 1.4.1：
O-linked glycans / 1.4.2：
Glycosaminoglycans (GAGs) / 1.4.3：
Glycosphingolipids (GSLs) / 1.4.4：
GPI anchors / 1.4.5：
LPS / 1.4.6：
Glycan motifs / 1.5：
Potential for drug discovery / 1.6：
Background / 2：
Glycan nomenclature / 2.1：
InChIÖ / 2.1.1：
(Extended) IUPAC format / 2.1.2：
CarbBank format / 2.1.3：
KCF format / 2.1.4：
LINUCS format / 2.1.5：
BCSDB format / 2.1.6：
Linear Code" / 2.1.7：
GlycoCT format / 2.1.8：
XML representations / 2.1.9：
Lectin-glycan interactions / 2.2：
Families and types of lectins / 2.2.1：
Carbohydrate-binding mechanism of lectins / 2.2.2：
Carbohydrate-carbohydrate interactions / 2.3：
Databases / 3：
Glycan structure databases / 3.1：
KEGG GLYCAN / 3.1.1：
GLYCOSCIENCES.de / 3.1.2：
CFG / 3.1.3：
BCSDB / 3.1.4：
GLYCO3D / 3.1.5：
MonoSaccharideDB / 3.1.6：
GlycomeDB / 3.1.7：
Glyco-gene databases / 3.2：
KEGG BRITE / 3.2.1：
GGDB / 3.2.2：
CAZy / 3.2.4：
Lipid databases / 3.3：
SphingoMAP© / 3.3.1：
LipidBank / 3.3.2：
LMSD / 3.3.3：
Lectin databases / 3.4：
Lectines / 3.4.1：
Animal Lectin DB / 3.4.2：
Others / 3.5：
GlycoEpitopeDB / 3.5.1：
ECODAB / 3.5.2：
SugarBindDB / 3.5.3：
Glycome Informatics / 4：
Terminology and notations / 4.1：
Algorithmic techniques / 4.2：
Tree structure alignment / 4.2.1：
Linkage analysis using score matrices / 4.2.2：
Glycan variation map / 4.2.3：
Bioinformatic methods / 4.3：
Glycan structure prediction from glycogene microarrays / 4.3.1：
Glyco-gene sequence and structure analysis / 4.3.2：
Glyco-related pathway analysis / 4.3.3：
Mass spectral data annotation / 4.3.4：
Data mining techniques / 4.4：
Kernel methods / 4.4.1：
Frequent subtree mining / 4.4.2：
Probabilistic models / 4.4.3：
Glycomics tools / 4.5：
Visualization tools / 4.5.1：
Pathway analysis tools / 4.5.2：
PDB data analysis / 4.5.3：
3D analysis tools / 4.5.4：
Molecular dynamics / 4.5.5：
Spectroscopic tools / 4.5.6：
NMR tools / 4.5.7：
Potential Research Projects / 5：
Sequence and structural analyses / 5.1：
Glycan score matrix / 5.1.1：
Visualization / 5.1.2：
Databases and techniques to integrate heterogeneous data sets / 5.2：
Automated characterization of glycans from MS data / 5.3：
Prediction of glycans from data other than MS / 5.4：
Biomarker prediction / 5.5：
Systems analyses / 5.6：
Drug discovery / 5.7：
Sequence Analysis Methods / A：
Pairwise sequence alignment (dynamic programming) / A.1：
Dynamic programming / A.1.1：
Sequence alignment / A.1.2：
BLOSUM (BLOcks Substitution Matrix) / A.2：
Machine Learning Methods / B：
Kernel methods and SVMs / B.1：
Hidden Markov models / B.2：
The three problems of interest for HMMs / B.2.1：
Expectation-Maximization (EM) algorithm / B.2.2：
Hidden tree Markov models / B.2.3：
Profile Hidden Markov models (profile HMMs) / B.2.4：
Glycomics Technologies / C：
Mass spectrometry (MS) / C.1：
MALDI-MS / C.1.l：
FT-ICR / C.1.2：
LC-MS (HPLC) / C.1.3：
Tandem MS / C.1.4：
Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) / C.2：
References
Index
List of Tables
List of Figures
About the Author
9.
図書
edited by Challa S.S.R. Kumar
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
List of Contributors
Polymer Thin Films for Biomedical Applications / Venkat K. Vendra ; Lin Wu ; Sitaraman Krishnan1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Biocompatible Coatings / 1.2：
Protein-Repellant Coatings / 1.2.1：
Pegylated Thin Films / 1.2.1.1：
Non-Pegylated Hydrophilic Thin Films / 1.2.1.2：
Thin Films of Hyperbranched Polymers / 1.2.1.3：
Multilayer Thin Films / 1.2.1.4：
Antithrombogenic Coatings / 1.2.2：
Surface Chemistry and Blood Compatibility / 1.2.2.1：
Membrane-Mimetic Thin Films / 1.2.2.2：
Heparin-Mimetic Thin Films / 1.2.2.3：
Clot-Lyzing Thin Films / 1.2.2.4：
Polyelectrolyte Multilayer Thin Films / 1.2.2.5：
Polyurethane Coatings / 1.2.2.6：
Vapor-Deposited Thin Films / 1.2.2.7：
Antimicrobial Coatings / 1.2.3：
Cationic Polymers / 1.2.3.1：
Nanocomposite Polymer Thin Films Incorporating Inorganic Biocides / 1.2.3.2：
Antibiotic-Conjugated Polymer Thin Films / 1.2.3.3：
Biomimetic Antibacterial Coatings / 1.2.3.4：
Thin Films Resistant to the Adhesion of Viable Bacteria" / 1.2.3.5：
Coatings for Tissue Engineering Substrates / 1.3：
Zwitterionic Thin Films / 1.3.1：
Polysaccharide-Based Thin Films / 1.3.3：
Temperature-Responsive Polymer Coatings / 1.3.6：
Electroactive Thin Films / 1.3.8：
Other Functional Polymer Coatings / 1.3.9：
Multilayer Thin Films for Cell Encapsulation / 1.3.10：
Patterned Thin Films / 1.3.11：
Polymer Thin Films for Drug Delivery / 1.4：
Polymer Thin Films for Gene Delivery / 1.5：
Conclusions / 1.6：
References
Biofunctionalization of Polymeric Thin Films and Surfaces / Holger Schönherr2：
Introduction: The Case of Biofunctionalized Surfaces and Interfaces / 2.1：
Polymer-Based Biointerfaces / 2.2：
Requirements for Biofunctionalized Polymer Surfaces / 2.2.1：
Surface Modification Using Functional Polymers and Polymer-Based Approaches / 2.2.2：
Grafting of Polymers to Surfaces / 2.2.2.1：
Polymer Brushes by Surface-Initiated Polymerization / 2.2.2.2：
Physisorbed Multifunctional Polymers / 2.2.2.3：
Multipotent Covalent Coatings / 2.2.2.4：
Plasma Polymerization and Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) Approaches / 2.2.2.5：
Surface Modification of Polymer Surfaces, and Selected Examples / 2.2.3：
Coupling and Bioconjugation Strategies / 2.2.3.1：
Interaction with Cells / 2.2.3.2：
Patterned Polymeric Thin Films in Biosensor Applications / 2.2.3.3：
Summary and Future Perspectives / 2.3：
Stimuli-Responsive Polymer Nanocoatings / Ana L. Cordeiro3：
Stimuli-Responsive Polymers / 3.1：
Polymers Responsive to Temperature / 3.2.1：
Polymers Responsive to pH / 3.2.2：
Dual Responsive/Multiresponsive Polymers / 3.2.3：
Intelligent Bioconjugates / 3.2.4：
Responsive Biopolymers / 3.2.5：
Polymer Films and Interfacial Analysis / 3.3：
Applications / 3.4：
Release Matrices / 3.4.1：
Cell Sheet Engineering / 3.4.2：
Biofilm Control / 3.4.3：
Cell Sorting / 3.4.4：
Stimuli-Modulated Membranes / 3.4.5：
Chromatography / 3.4.6：
Microfluidics and Laboratory-on-a-Chip / 3.4.7：
Acknowledgments / 3.5：
Ceramic Nanocoatings and Their Applications in the Life Sciences / Eng San Thian4：
Magnetron Sputtering / 4.1：
Physical and Chemical Properties of SiHA Coatings / 4.3：
Biological Properties of SiHA Coatings / 4.4：
In Vitro Acellular Testing / 4.4.1：
In Vitro Cellular Testing / 4.4.2：
Future Perspectives / 4.5：
Gold Nanofilrns: Synthesis, Characterization, and Potential Biomedical Applications / Shiho Tokonami ; Hiroshi Shiigi ; Tsutomu Nagaoka4.6：
Preparation of Various AuNPs / 5.1：
Functionalization of AuNPs and their Applications through Aggregation / 5.3：
AuNP Assemblies and Arrays / 5.4：
AuNP Assemblies Structured on Substrates / 5.4.1：
AuNP Assembly on Biotemplates / 5.4.2：
AuNP Arrays for Gas Sensing / 5.4.3：
AuNP Arrays for Biosensing / 5.4.4：
Thin Films on Titania, and Their Applications in the Life Sciences / Izabella Brand ; Martina Nullmeier5.5：
Titanium in Contact with a Biomaterial / 6.1：
Lipid Bilayers at the Titania Surface / 6.3：
Formation of Lipid Bilayers on the Titania Surface / 6.3.1：
Spreading of Vesicles on a TiO2 Surface: Comparison to a SiO2 Surface / 6.3.1.1：
Interactions: lipid Molecule-Titania Surface / 6.3.2：
Structure and Conformation of lipid Molecules in the Bilayer on the Titania Surface / 6.3.3：
Structure of Phosphatidylcholine on the Titania Surface / 6.3.3.1：
Characteristics of Extracellular Matrix Proteins on the Titania Surface / 6.4：
Collagen Adsorption on Titania Surfaces / 6.4.1：
Morphology of Collagen Adsorbed on an Oxidized Titanium Surface / 6.4.1.1：
Adsorption of Collagen on a Hydroxylated Titania Surface / 6.4.1.2：
Morphology and Structure of Collagen Adsorbed on a Calcified Titania Surface / 6.4.1.3：
Structure of Collagen on the Titania Surface: Theoretical Predictions / 6.4.1.4：
Fibronectin Adsorption on the Titania Surface / 6.4.2：
Morphology of Fibronectin Adsorbed on the Titania Surface / 6.4.2.1：
Fibronectin-Titania Interactions / 6.4.2.2：
Structure of Fibronectin Adsorbed onto the Titania Surface / 6.4.2.3：
Atomic-Scale Picture of Fibronectin Adsorbed on the Titania Surface: Theoretical Predictions / 6.4.2.4：
Preparation, Characterization, and Potential Biomedical Applications of Nanostructured Zirconia Coatings and Films / Xuanyong Liu ; Ying Xu ; Paul K. Chu6.4.2.5：
Preparation and Characterization of Nano-ZrO2 Films / 7.1：
Cathodic Arc Plasma Deposition / 7.2.1：
Plasma Spraying / 7.2.2：
Sol-Gel Methods / 7.2.3：
Electrochemical Deposition / 7.2.4：
Anodic Oxidation and Micro-Arc Oxidation / 7.2.5：
Bioactivity of Nano-ZrO2 Coatings and Films / 7.2.6：
Cell Behavior on Nano-ZrO2 Coatings and Films / 7.4：
Applications of Nano-ZrO2 Films to Biosensors / 7.5：
Free-Standing Nanostructured Thin Films / Izumi Ichinose8：
The Roles of Free-Standing Thin Films / 8.1：
Films as Partitions / 8.2.1：
Nanoseparation Membranes / 8.2.2：
Biomembranes / 8.2.3：
Free-Standing Thin Films with Bilayer Structures / 8.3：
Supported Lipid Bilayers and "Black Lipid Membranes" / 8.3.1：
Foam Films and Newton Black Films / 8.3.2：
Dried Foam Film / 8.3.3：
Foam Films of Ionic Liquids / 8-3.4：
Free-Standing Thin Films Prepared with Solid Surfaces / 8.4：
Free-Standing Thin Films of Nanoparticles / 8.5：
Nanofibrous Free-Standing Thin Films / 8.6：
Electrospinning and Filtration Methods / 8.6.1：
Metal Hydroxide Nanostrands / 8.6.2：
Nanofibrous Composite Films / 8:6.3：
Dip-Pen Nanolithography of Nanostructured Thin Films for the Life Sciences / Euiseok Kim ; Yuan-Shin Lee ; Ravi Aggarwal ; Roger J. Narayan8.6.4：
Dip-Pen Nanolithography / 9.1：
Important Parameters / 9.2.1：
Applications of DPN / 9.2.2：
Direct and Indirect Patterning of Biomaterials Using DPN / 9.3：
Background / 9.3.1：
Direct Patterning / 9.3.2：
Indirect Patterning / 9.3.3：
Applications of DPN for Medical Diagnostics and Drug Development / 9.4：
General Methods of Nano/Micro Bioarray Patterning / 9.4.1：
Virus Array Generation and Detection Tests / 9.4.2：
Diagnosis of Allergic Disease / 9.4.3：
Cancer Detection Using Nano/Micro Protein Arrays / 9.4.4：
Drug Development / 9.4.5：
Lab-on-a-Chip Using Microarrays / 9.4.6：
Summary and Future Directions / 9.5：
Understanding and Controlling Wetting Phenomena at the Micro-and Nanoscales / Zuankai Wang ; Nikhil Koratkar10：
Wetting and Contact Angle / 10.1：
Design and Creation of Superhydrophobic Surfaces / 10.3：
Design Parameters for a Robust Composite Interface / 10.3.1：
Creation of Superhydrophobic Surfaces / 10.3.2：
Superhydrophobic Surfaces with Unitary Roughness / 10.3.3：
Superhydrophobic Surfaces with Two-Scale Roughness / 10.3.4：
Superhydrophobic Surfaces with Reentrant Structure / 10.3.5：
Impact Dynamics of Water on Superhydrophobic Surfaces / 10.4：
Impact Dynamics on Nanostructured MWNT Surfaces / 10.4.1：
Impact Dynamics on Micropattemed Surfaces / 10.4.2：
Electrically Controlled Wettability Switching on Superhydrophobic Surfaces / 10.5：
Reversible Control of Wettability Using Electrostatic Methods / 10.5.1：
Electrowetting on Superhydrophobic Surfaces / 10.5.2：
Novel Strategies for Reversible Electrowetting on Rough Surfaces / 10.5.3：
Electrochemically Controlled Wetting of Superhydrophobic Surfaces / 10.6：
Polarity-Dependent Wetting of Nanotube Membranes / 10.6.1：
Mechanism of Polarity-Dependent Wetting and Transport / 10.6.2：
Potential Applications of Electrochemically Controlled Wetting and Transport / 10.6.3：
Imaging of Thin Films, and Its Application in the Life Sciences / Silvia Mittler10.7：
Thin Film Preparation Methods / 11.1：
Dip-Coating / 11.2.1：
Spin-Coating / 11.2.2：
Langmuir-Blodgett (LB) Films
Self-Assembled Monolayers / 11.2.4：
Layer-by-Layer Assembly / 11.2.5：
Polymer Brushes: The "Grafting-From" Approach / 11.2.6：
Structuring: The Micro- and Nanostructuring of Thin Films / 11.3：
Photolithography / 11.3.1：
Ion Lithography and FIB Lithography / 11.3.2：
Electron lithography / 11.3.3：
Micro-Contact Printing and Nanoimprinting (NIL) / 11.3.4：
Near-Field Scanning Methods / 11.3.5：
Other Methods / 11.3.6：
Imaging Technologies / 11.4：
The Concept of Total Internal Reflection / 11.4.1：
The Concept of Waveguiding / 11.4.2：
Brewster Angle Microscopy (BAM) / 11.4.3：
Resonant Evanescent Methods / 11.4.4：
Surface Plasmon Resonance Microscopy / 11.4.4.1：
Waveguide Resonance Microscopy / 11.4.4.2：
Surface Plasmon Enhanced Fluorescence Microscopy / 11.4.4.3：
Waveguide Resonance Microscopy with Electro-Optical Response / 11.4.4.4：
Nonresonant Evanescent Methods / 11.4.5：
Total Internal Reflection Fluorescence (TIRF) Microscopy / 11.4.5.1：
Waveguide Scattering Microscopy / 11.4.5.2：
Waveguide Evanescent Field Fluorescence Microscopy (WEFFM) / 11.4.5.3：
Confocal Raman Microscopy and One- and Two-Photon Fluorescence Confocal Microscopy / 11.4.5.4：
Application of Thin Films in the Life Sciences / 11.5：
Sensors / 11.5.1：
Surface Functionalization for Biocompatibility / 11.5.2：
Drug Delivery / 11.5.3：
Bioreactors / 11.5.4：
Cell-Surface Mimicking / 11.5.5：
Summary / 11.6：
Structural Characterization Techniques of Molecular Aggregates, Polymer, and Nanoparticle Films / Takeshi Hasegawa12：
Characterization of Ultrathin Films of Soft Materials / 12.1：
X-Ray Diffraction Analysis / 12.2.1：
Infrared Transmission and Reflection Spectroscopy / 12.2.2：
Multiple-Angle Incidence Resolution Spectrometry (MAIRS) / 12.2.3：
Theoretical Background of MAIRS / 12.2.3.1：
Molecular Orientation Analysis in Polymer Thin Films by IR-MAIRS / 12.2.3.2：
Analysis of Metal Thin Films / 12.2.3.3：
Index
Preface
List of Contributors
Polymer Thin Films for Biomedical Applications / Venkat K. Vendra ; Lin Wu ; Sitaraman Krishnan1：
10.
図書
edited by Thomas Wirth
出版情報:
Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2012 xiv, 448 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
List of Contributor
Electrophilic Selenium / Claudio Santi ; Stefano Santoro1：
General Introduction / 1.1：
Synthesis of Electrophilic Selenium Reagents / 1.1.1：
Reactivity and Properties / 1.1.2：
Addition Reactions to Double Bonds / 1.2：
Addition Reaction Involving Oxygen Centered Nucleophiles / 1.2.1：
Addition Reaction Involving Nitrogen Centered Nucleophiles / 1.2.2：
Addition Reactions Involving Carbon Centered Nucleophiles / 1.2.3：
Addition Reaction Involving Chiral Nucleophiles or Chiral Substrates / 1.2.4：
Selenocyclizations / 1.3：
Oxygen Nucleophiles / 1.3.1：
Nitrogen Nucleophiles / 1.3.2：
Competition between Oxygen and Nitrogen Nucleophiles / 1.3.3：
Carbon Nucleophiles / 1.3.4：
Double Cyclization Reactions / 1.3.5：
References
Nucleophilic Selenium / Michio Iwaoka2：
Introduction / 2.1：
Development of Nucleophilic Selenium Reagents / 2.1.1：
Examples of Recent Applications / 2.1.2：
Properties of Selenols and Selenolates / 2.2：
Electronegativity of Selenium / 2.2.1：
Tautomerism of Selenols / 2.2.2：
Nudeophilicity of Selenolates / 2.2.3：
Inorganic Nucleophilic Selenium Reagents / 2.3：
Conventional Reagents / 2.3.1：
New Reagents / 2.3.2：
Organic Nucleophilic Selenium Reagents / 2.4：
Preparation / 2.4.1：
Structure / 2.4.2：
Ammonium Selenolates (NH4+) / 2.4.3：
Selenolates of Group 1 Elements (Li, Na, K, and Cs) / 2.4.4：
Selenolates of Group 2 Elements (Mg, Ca, and Ba) / 2.4.5：
Selenolates of Group 3 Elements (Sm, Ce, Pr, Nb, and U) / 2.4.6：
Selenolates of Group 4 Elements (Ti, Zr, and Hf) / 2.4.7：
Selenolates of Group 5 Elements (V, Nb, and Ta) / 2.4.8：
Selenolates of Group 6 Elements (Mo and W) / 2.4.9：
Selenolates of Group 7 Elements (Mn and Re) / 2.4.10：
Selenolates of Group 8 Elements (Fe,Ru, and Os) / 2.4.11：
Selenolates of Group 9 Elements (Co, Rh, and Ir) / 2.4.12：
Selenolates of Group 10 Elements (Ni,Pd, and Pt) / 2.4.13：
Selenolates of Group 11 Elements (Cu, Ag, and Au) / 2.4.14：
Selenolates of Group 12 Elements (Zn, Cd, and Hg) / 2.4.15：
Selenolates of Group 13 Elements (B, Al, Ga, and In) / 2.4.16：
Selenolates of Group 14 Elements (Si, Ge, Sn, and Pb) / 2.4.17：
Selenolates of Group 15 Elements (P, As, Sb, and Bi) / 2.4.18：
Selenium Compounds in Radical Reactions / W. Russell Bowman3：
Homolytic Substitution at Selenium to Generate Radical Precursors / 3.1：
Bimolecular SH 2 Reactions: Synthetic Considerations / 3.1.1：
Radical Reagents / 3.1.1.1：
Alkyl Radicals from Selenide Precursors / 3.1.2：
Acyl Radicals from Acyl Selenide Precursors / 3.1.3：
Imidoyl Radicals from Imidoyl Selenides / 3.1.4：
Other Radicals from Selenide Precursors / 3.1.5：
Selenide Building Blocks / 3.2：
Solid Phase Synthesis / 3.3：
Selenide Precursors in Radical Domino Reactions / 3.4：
Homolytic Substitution at Selenium for the Synthesis of Se Containing Products / 3.5：
Intermolecular SH 2 onto Se / 3.5.1：
Intramolecular SH 2: Cyclization onto Se / 3.5.2：
Seleno Group Transfer onto Alkenes and Alkynes / 3.6：
Seleno Selenation / 3.6.1：
Seleno Sulfonation / 3.6.2：
Seleno Alkylation / 3.6.3：
PhSeH in Radical Reactions / 3.7：
Radical Clock Reactions / 3.7.1：
Problem of Unwanted Trapping of Intermediate Radicals / 3.7.2：
Catalysis of Starrnane-Mediated Reactions / 3.7.3：
Selenium Radical Anions, SRN 1 Substitutions / 3.8：
Selenium Stabilized Carbanions / Joao V. Comasseto ; Alcindo A. Dos Santos ; Edison P. Wendler4：
Preparation of Selenium-Stabilized Carbanions / 4.1：
Deprotonation of Selenides / 4.2.1：
Element Lithium Exchange / 4.2.2：
Conjugate Addition of Organometallics to Vinyl and Alkynylselenides / 4.2.3：
Reactivity of the Selenium-Stabilized Carbanions with Electrophiles and Synthetic Transformations of the Products / 4.3：
Reaction of Selernum Stabilized Carbanions with Electrophiles / 4.3.1：
Selenium Based Transformations on the Reaction Products of Selenium Stabilized Carbanions with Electrophiles / 4.3.2：
Stereochemical Aspects / 4.4：
Cyclic Selenium Stabilized Carbanions / 4.4.1：
Acyclic Selenium Stabilized Carbanions / 4.4.2：
Application of Selenium Stabilized Carbanions in Total Synthesis / 4.5：
Examples Using Alkylation Reactions of Selenium Stabilized Carbanions / 4.5.1：
Examples Using the Addition of Selenium-Stabilized Carbanions to Carbonyl Compounds / 4.5.2：
Examples Using 1,4 Addition of Selenium-Stabihzed Carbanions to a,p-Unsaturated Carbonyl Compounds / 4.5.3：
Conclusion / 4.6：
Selenium Compounds with Valency Higher than Two / Jozef Drabowicz ; Jarosiaw Lewkowski ; Jacek Scianowski5：
Trivalent, Dicoordinated Selenonium Salts / 5.1：
Trivalent, Tricoordinated Derivatives / 5.3：
Tetravalent, Dicoordinated Derivatives / 5.4：
Tetravalent, Tricoordinated Derivatives / 5.5：
Pentavalent Derivatives / 5.6：
Hexavalent, Tetracoordinated Derivatives / 5.7：
Hypervalent Derivatives / 5.8：
Selenuranes / 5.8.1：
Selenurane Oxides / 5.8.2：
Perselenuranes / 5.8.3：
Acknowledgment
Selenocarbonyls / Toshiaki Murai6：
Overview / 6.1：
Theoretical Aspects of Selenocarbonyls / 6.2：
Molecular Structure of Selenocarbonyls / 6.3：
Synthetic Procedures of Selenocarbonyls / 6.4：
Manipulation of Selenocarbonyls / 6.5：
Metal Complexes of Selenocarbonyls / 6.6：
Future Aspects / 6.7：
Selenoxide Elimination and [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangement / Yoshiaki Nishibayashi ; Sakae Uemura7：
Preparation and Properties of Chiral Selenoxides / 7.1：
Selenoxide Elimination / 7.3：
Enantioselective Selenoxide Elimination Producing Chiral Allenes and Unsaturated Ketones / 7.3.1：
Diastereoselective Selenoxide Elimination Producing Chiral Allenecarboxylic Esters / 7.3.2：
2,3-Sigmatropic Rearrangement via Allylic Selenoxides / 7.4：
Enanrioselective [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangement Producing Chiral Allylic Alcohols / 7.4.1：
Diastereoselective [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangement Producing Chiral Allylic Alcohols / 7.4.2：
2,3-Sigmatropic Rearrangement via Allylic Selenimides / 7.5：
Preparation and Properties of Chiral Selenimides / 7.5.1：
Enanrioselective [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangement Producing Chiral Allylic Amines / 7.5.2：
Diastereoselective [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangements Producing Chiral Allylic Amines / 7.5.3：
2,3-Sigmatropic Rearrangement via Allylic Selenium Ylides / 7.6：
Preparation and Properties of Optically Active Selenium Ylides / 7.6.1：
Enantioselective [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangements via Allylic Selenium Ylides / 7.6.2：
Diastereoselective [2,3]-Sigmatropic Rearrangement via Allylic Selenium Ylides / 7.6.3：
Summary / 7.7：
Selenium Compounds as Ligands and Catalysts / Fateh V. Singh ; Thomas Wirth8：
Selenium-Catalyzed Reactions / 8.1：
Stereoselective Addition of Diorganozinc Reagents to Aldehydes / 8.2.1：
Diethylzinc Addition / 8.2.1.1：
Diphenylzinc Addition / 8.2.1.2：
Selenium-Ligated Transition Metal-Catalyzed Reactions / 8.2.2：
Selenium-Ligated Stereoselective Hydrosilylation of Ketones / 8.2.2.1：
Selenium-Ligated Copper-Catalyzed Addition of Organometallic Reagents to Enones / 8.2.2.2：
Selenium-Ligated Palladium-Catalyzed Asymmetric Allylic Alkylation / 8.2.2.3：
Selenium-Ligands in Palladium-Catalyzed Mizoroki-Heck Reactions / 8.2.2.4：
Selenium-Ligands in Palladium-Catalyzed Phenylselenenylation of Organohalides / 8.2.2.5：
Selenium-Ligands in Palladium-Catalyzed Substitution Reactions / 8.2.2.6：
Selenium-Ligands in the Palladium-Catalyzed Allylation of Aldehydes / 8.2.2.7：
Selenium-Ligands in Palladium-Catalyzed Condensation Reactions / 8.2.2.8：
Ruthenium-Catalyzed Substitution Reactions / 8.2.2.9：
Selenium-Ligands in Zinc-Catalyzed Intramolecular Hydroaminations / 8.2.2.10：
Selenium-Ligands in Organocatalytic Asymmetric Aldol Reactions / 8.2.3：
Selenium-Ligands in Stereoselective Darzens Reactions / 8.2.4：
Selenium-Catalyzed Carbonylation Reactions / 8.2.5：
Selective Reduction of a,p-Unsaturated Carbonyl Compounds / 8.2.6：
Selenium-Catalyzed Halogenations and Halocyclizations / 8.2.7：
Selenium-Catalyzed Staudinger-Vilarrasa Reaction / 8.2.8：
Selenium-Catalyzed Elimination Reactions of Diols / 8.2.9：
Selenium-Catalyzed Hydrostannylation of Alkenes / 8.2.10：
Selenium-Catalyzed Radical Chain Reactions / 8.2.11：
Selenium-Catalyzed Oxidation Reactions / 8.2.12：
Selenium-Catalyzed Epoxidation of Alkenes / 8.2.12.1：
Selenium-Catalyzed Dihydroxylation of Alkenes / 8.2.12.2：
Selenium-Catalyzed Oxidation of Alcohols / 8.2.12.3：
Baeyer-Villiger Oxidation / 8.2.12.4：
Selenium-Catalyzed Allylic Oxidation of Alkenes / 8.2.12.5：
Selenium-Catalyzed Oxidation of ArylAlkyl Ketones / 8.2.12.6：
Selenium-Catalyzed Oxidation of Primary Aromatic Amines / 8.2.12.7：
Selenium-Catalyzed Oxidation of Alkynes / 8.2.12.8：
Selenium-Catalyzed Oxidation of Halide Anions / 8.2.12.9：
Stereoselective Catalytic Selenenylation-Elimination Reactions / 8.2.13：
Selenium-Catalyzed Diels-Alder Reactions / 8.2.14：
Selenium-Catalyzed Synthesis of Thioacetals / 8.2.15：
Selenium-Catalyzed Baylis-Hillman Reaction / 8.2.16：
Biological and Biochemical Aspects of Selenium Compounds / Bhaskar J. Bhuyan ; Govindasamy Mugesh9：
Biological Importance of Selenium / 9.1：
Selenocysteine: The 21st Amino Acid / 9.3：
Biosynthesis of Selenocysteine / 9.4：
Chemical Synthesis of Selenocysteine / 9.5：
Chemical Synthesis of Sec-Containing Proteins and Peptides / 9.6：
Selenoenzymes / 9.7：
Glutathione Peroxidases / 9.7.1：
Iodothyronine Deiodinase / 9.7.2：
Synthetic Mimics of IDs / 9.7.3：
Thioredoxirn Reductase / 9.7.4：
öSe NMR Values / 9.8：
Index
Preface
List of Contributor
Electrophilic Selenium / Claudio Santi ; Stefano Santoro1：
11.
図書
edited by Yoshimi Ito
出版情報:
New York : McGraw-Hill, c2010 xx, 214 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Abbreviations
Nomenclature
Table for Conversation
Fundamentals in Design of Structural Body Components / 1：
Necessities and Importance of Lightweighted Structure in Reduction of Thermal Deformation-Discussion Using Mathematical Models / 1.1：
First-hand View for Lightweighted Structures with High Stiffness and Damping in Practice / 1.2：
Axi-symmetrical Configuration-Portal Column (Column of Twin-Pillar Type) / 1.2.1：
Placement and Allocation of Structural Configuration Entities / 1.2.2：
References
What Is Thermal Deformation? / 2：
General Behavior of Thermal Deformation / 2.1：
Estimation of Heat Sources and Their Magnitudes / 2.2：
Estimation of Heat Source Position / 2.2.1：
Estimation of Magnitude of Heat Generation / 2.2.2：
Estimation of Thermal Deformation of Machine Tools / 2.3：
Estimation of Thermal Deformation in General / 2.3.1：
Thermal Deformation Caused by Inner Heat Sources / 2.3.2：
Thermal Deformation Caused by Both Inner and Outer Heat Sources / 2.3.3：
Heat Sources Generated by Chips and Their Dissipation / 2.4：
Mathematical Model of Chips / 2.4.1：
Thermal Properties of Chips-Equivalent Thermal Conductivity and Contact Resistance / 2.4.2：
An Example of Heat Transfer from Piled Chips to Machine Tool Structure / 2.4.3：
Dissipation of Chips / 2.4.4：
Future Perspectives in Research and Development for Heat Sources and Dissipation / 2.5：
Structural Materials and Design for Preferable Thermal Stability / 3：
Remedies Concerning Raw Materials for Structural Body Components / 3.1：
Concrete / 3.1.1：
Painting and Coating Materials / 3.1.2：
New Materials / 3.1.3：
Remedies Concerning Structural Configurations and Plural-Spindle Systems / 3.2：
Non-Sensitive Structure / 3.2.1：
Non-Constraint Structure / 3.2.2：
Deformation Minimization Structure / 3.2.3：
Plural-Spindle Systems-Twin-Spindle Configuration Including Spindle-over-Spindle Type / 3.2.4：
Future Perspectives in Research and Development for Structural Configuration to Minimize Thermal Deformation / 3.3：
Two-Layered Spindle with Independent Rotating Function / 3.3.1：
Selective Modular Design for Advanced Quinaxial-Controlled MC with Turning Function / 3.3.2：
Various Remedies for Reduction of Thermal Deformation / 4：
Thermal Deformations and Effective Remedies / 4.1：
Classification of Remedies for Reduction of Thermal Deformation / 4.2：
Separation of Heat Sources / 4.2.1：
Reduction of Generated Heat / 4.2.2：
Equalization of Temperature Distribution / 4.2.3：
Compensation of Thermal Deformations / 4.2.4：
Innovative Remedies for Minimizing Thermal Deformation in the Near Future / 4.3：
Appendix
Optimization of Structural Design / A.1：
Finite Element Analysis for Thermal Behavior / 5：
Numerical Computation for Thermal Problems in General / 5.1：
Introduction / 5.1.1：
Finite Element Method / 5.1.2：
Finite Differences Method / 5.1.3：
Decision Making for the Selection of Methods / 5.1.4：
Procedure for Thermal Finite Element Analysis / 5.2：
Discretisation / 5.2.1：
Materials / 5.2.3：
Assembling Components to an Entire Machine Tool Model / 5.2.4：
Boundary Conditions / 5.2.5：
Loadcases / 5.2.6：
Linear and Non-Linear Thermal Computation / 5.2.7：
Determination of Boundary Conditions / 5.3：
Convection Heat Transfer Coefficients / 5.3.1：
Emission Coefficients and View Factors / 5.3.3：
Heat Sources and Sinks / 5.3.4：
Thermomechanical Simulation Process / 5.4：
Serial Processing / 5.4.1：
Coupled Processing / 5.4.3：
Future Perspectives in Research and Development for Thermal FEA / 5.5：
Engineering Computation for Thermal Behavior and Thermal Performance Test / 6：
Tank Model / 6.1：
Bond Graph Simulation to Estimate Thermal Behavior within High-Voltage and NC Controllers / 6.2：
Thermal Performance Testing / 6.3：
Index
Preface
Abbreviations
Nomenclature
12.
図書
Georg Hager and Gerhard Wellein
目次情報:
続きを見る
Foreword
Preface
About the authors
List of acronyms and abbreviations
Modern processors / 1：
Stored-program computer architecture / 1.1：
General-purpose cache-based microprocessor architecture / 1.2：
Performance metrics and benchmarks / 1.2.1：
Transistors galore: Moore's Law / 1.2.2：
Pipelining / 1.2.3：
Superscalarity / 1.2.4：
SIMD / 1.2.5：
Memory hierarchies / 1.3：
Cache / 1.3.1：
Cache mapping / 1.3.2：
Prefetch / 1.3.3：
Multicore processors / 1.4：
Multithreaded processors / 1.5：
Vector processors / 1.6：
Design principles / 1.6.1：
Maximum performance estimates / 1.6.2：
Programming for vector architectures / 1.6.3：
Basic optimization techniques for serial code / 2：
Scalar profiling / 2.1：
Function- and line-based runtime profiling / 2.1.1：
Hardware performance counters / 2.1.2：
Manual instrumentation / 2.1.3：
Common sense optimizations / 2.2：
Do less work! / 2.2.1：
Avoid expensive operations! / 2.2.2：
Shrink the working set! / 2.2.3：
Simple measures, large impact / 2.3：
Elimination of common subexpressions / 2.3.1：
Avoiding branches / 2.3.2：
Using SIMD instruction sets / 2.3.3：
The role of compilers / 2.4：
General optimization options / 2.4.1：
Inlining / 2.4.2：
Aliasing / 2.4.3：
Computational accuracy / 2.4.4：
Register optimizations / 2.4.5：
Using compiler logs / 2.4.6：
C++ optimizations / 2.5：
Temporaries / 2.5.1：
Dynamic memory management / 2.5.2：
Loop kernels and iterators / 2.5.3：
Data access optimization / 3：
Balance analysis and lightspeed estimates / 3.1：
Bandwidth-based performance modeling / 3.1.1：
The STREAM benchmarks / 3.1.2：
Storage order / 3.2：
Case study: The Jacobi algorithm / 3.3：
Case study: Dense matrix transpose / 3.4：
Algorithm classification and access optimizations / 3.5：
O(N)/O(N) / 3.5.1：
Case study: Sparse matrix-vector multiply / 3.5.2：
Sparse matrix storage schemes / 3.6.1：
Optimizing JDS sparse MVM / 3.6.2：
Parallel computers / 4：
Taxonomy of parallel computing paradigms / 4.1：
Shared-memory computers / 4.2：
Cache coherence / 4.2.1：
UMA / 4.2.2：
ccNUMA / 4.2.3：
Distributed-memory computers / 4.3：
Hierarchical (hybrid) systems / 4.4：
Networks / 4.5：
Basic performance characteristics of networks / 4.5.1：
Buses / 4.5.2：
Switched and fat-tree networks / 4.5.3：
Mesh networks / 4.5.4：
Hybrids / 4.5.5：
Basics of parallelization / 5：
Why parallelize? / 5.1：
Parallelism / 5.2：
Data parallelism / 5.2.1：
Functional parallelism / 5.2.2：
Parallel scalability / 5.3：
Factors that limit parallel execution / 5.3.1：
Scalability metrics / 5.3.2：
Simple scalability laws / 5.3.3：
Parallel efficiency / 5.3.4：
Serial performance versus strong scalability / 5.3.5：
Refined performance models / 5.3.6：
Choosing the right scaling baseline / 5.3.7：
Case study: Can slower processors compute faster? / 5.3.8：
Load imbalance / 5.3.9：
Shared-memory parallel programming with OpenMP / 6：
Short introduction to OpenMP / 6.1：
Parallel execution / 6.1.1：
Data scoping / 6.1.2：
OpenMP worksharing for loops / 6.1.3：
Synchronization / 6.1.4：
Reductions / 6.1.5：
Loop scheduling / 6.1.6：
Tasking / 6.1.7：
Miscellaneous / 6.1.8：
Case study: OpenMP-parallel Jacobi algorithm / 6.2：
Advanced OpenMP: Wavefront parallelization / 6.3：
Efficient OpenMP programming / 7：
Profiling OpenMP programs / 7.1：
Performance pitfalls / 7.2：
Ameliorating the impact of OpenMP worksharing constructs / 7.2.1：
Determining OpenMP overhead for short loops / 7.2.2：
Serialization / 7.2.3：
False sharing / 7.2.4：
Case study: Parallel sparse matrix-vector multiply / 7.3：
Locality optimizations on ccNUMA architectures / 8：
Locality of access on ccNUMA / 8.1：
Page placement by first touch / 8.1.1：
Access locality by other means / 8.1.2：
Case study: ccNUMA optimization of sparse MVM / 8.2：
Placement pitfalls / 8.3：
NUMA-unfriendly OpenMP scheduling / 8.3.1：
File system cache / 8.3.2：
ccNUMA issues with C++ / 8.4：
Arrays of objects / 8.4.1：
Standard Template Library / 8.4.2：
Distributed-memory parallel programming with MPI / 9：
Message passing / 9.1：
A short introduction to MPI / 9.2：
A simple example / 9.2.1：
Messages and point-to-point communication / 9.2.2：
Collective communication / 9.2.3：
Nonblocking point-to-point communication / 9.2.4：
Virtual topologies / 9.2.5：
Example: MPI parallelization of a Jacobi solver / 9.3：
MPI implementation / 9.3.1：
Performance properties / 9.3.2：
Efficient MPI programming / 10：
MPI performance tools / 10.1：
Communication parameters / 10.2：
Synchronization, serialization, contention / 10.3：
Implicit serialization and synchronization / 10.3.1：
Contention / 10.3.2：
Reducing communication overhead / 10.4：
Optimal domain decomposition / 10.4.1：
Aggregating messages / 10.4.2：
Nonblocking vs. asynchronous communication / 10.4.3：
Understanding intranode point-to-point communication / 10.4.4：
Hybrid parallelization with MPI and OpenMP / 11：
Basic MPI/OpenMP programming models / 11.1：
Vector mode implementation / 11.1.1：
Task mode implementation / 11.1.2：
Case study: Hybrid Jacobi solver / 11.1.3：
MPI taxonomy of thread interoperability / 11.2：
Hybrid decomposition and mapping / 11.3：
Potential benefits and drawbacks of hybrid programming / 11.4：
Topology and affinity in multicore environments / A：
Topology / A.l：
Thread and process placement / A.2：
External affinity control / A.2.1：
Affinity under program control / A.2.2：
Page placement beyond first touch / A.3：
Solutions to the problems / B：
Bibliography
Index
Foreword
Preface
About the authors
13.
図書
edited by R. Morris Bullock
出版情報:
Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2010 xviii, 290 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
List of Contributors
Catalysis Involving the H* Transfer Reactions of First-Row Transition Metals / John Hartung ; Jack R. Norton1：
H* Transfer Between M-H Bonds and Organic Radicals / 1.1：
H* Transfer Between Ligands and Organic Radicals / 1.2：
H* Transfer Between M-H and C-C Bonds / 1.3：
Chain Transfer Catalysis / 1.4：
Catalysis of Radical Cydizations / 1.5：
Competing Methods for the Cyclization of Dienes / 1.6：
Summary and Conclusions / 1.7：
References
Catalytic Reduction of Dinitrogen to Ammonia by Molybdenum / Richard R. Schrock2：
Some Characteristics of Triamidoamine Complexes / 2.1Introduction：
Possible [HIPTN3 N]Mo Intermediates in a Catalytic Reduction of Molecular Nitrogen / 2.3：
MoN2 and MoN2 - / 2.3.1：
Mo-N=NH / 2.3.2：
Conversion of Mo(N2 ) into Mo-N=NH / 2.3.3：
[Mo=N-NH2 ]+ / 2.3.4：
Mo=N and [Mo=NH]+ / 2.3.5：
Mo(NH3 ) and [Mo(NH3 )+ / 2.3.6：
Interconversion of Mo(NH3 ) and Mo(N2 ) / 2.4：
Catalytic Reduction of Dinitrogen / 2.5：
MoH and Mo(H2 ) / 2.6：
Ligand and Metal Variations / 2.7：
Comments / 2.8：
Acknowledgements
Molybdenum and Tungsten Catalysts for Hydrogenation, Hydrosilylation and Hydrolysis / R. Morris Bullock3：
Introduction / 3.1：
Proton Transfer Reactions of Metal Hydrides / 3.2：
Hydride Transfer Reactions of Metal Hydrides / 3.3：
Stoichiometric Hydride Transfer Reactivity of Anionic Metal Hydride Complexes / 3.4：
Catalytic Hydrogenation of Ketones with Anionic Metal Hydrides / 3.5：
Ionic Hydrogenation of Ketones Using Metal Hydrides and Added Acid / 3.6：
Ionic Hydrogenations from Dihydrides: Delivery of the Proton and Hydride from One Metal / 3.7：
Catalytic Ionic Hydrogenations With Mo and W Catalysts / 3.8：
Mo Phosphine Catalysts With Improved lifetimes / 3.9：
Tungsten Hydrogenation Catalysts with N-Heterocyclic Carbene Ligands / 3.10：
Catalysts for Hydrosilylation of Ketones / 3.11：
Cp2 Mo Catalysts for Hydrolysis, Hydrogenations and Hydrations / 3.12：
Conclusion / 3.13：
Modern Alchemy: Replacing Precious Metals with Iron in Catalytic Alkene and Carbonyl Hydrogenation Reactions / Paul J. Chink4：
Alkene Hydrogenation / 4.1：
Iron Carbonyl Complexes / 4.2.1：
Iron Phosphine Compounds / 4.2.2：
Bis(imino)pyridine Iron Complexes / 4.2.3：
α-Diimine Iron Complexes / 4.2.4：
Carbonyl Hydrogenation / 4.3：
Hydrosilylation / 4.3.1：
Bifunctional Complexes / 4.3.2：
Outlook / 4.4：
Olefin Oligomerizations and Polymerizations Catalyzed by Iron and Cobalt Complexes Bearing Bis(imino)pyridine Ligands / Vernon C. Gibson ; Gregory A. Solan5：
Precatalyst Synthesis / 5.1：
Ligand Preparation / 5.2.1：
Complexation with MX2 (M = Fe, Co) / 5.2.2：
Precatalyst Activation and Catalysis / 5.3：
Olefin Polymerization / 5.3.1：
Catalytic Evaluation / 5.3.1.1：
Steric Versus Electronic Effects / 5.3.1.2：
Effect of MAO Concentration / 5.3.1.3：
Effects of Pressure and Temperature / 5.3.1.4：
α-Olefin Monomers / 5.3.1.5：
Olefin Oligomerization / 5.3.2：
Substituent Effects / 5.3.2.1：
Schulz-Flory Distributions / 5.3.2.3：
Poisson Distributions / 5.3.2.4：
The Active Catalyst and Mechanism / 5.3.2.5：
Active Species / 5.4.：
Iron Catalyst / 5.4.1.1：
Cobalt Catalyst / 5.4.1.2：
Propagation and Chain Transfer Pathways/Theoretical Studies / 5.4.2：
Well-Defined Iron and Cobalt Alkyls / 5.4.3：
Other Applications / 5.5：
Immobilization / 5.5.1：
Reactor Blending and Tandem Catalysis / 5.5.2：
Conclusions and Outlook / 5.6：
Cobalt and Nickel Catalyzed Reactions Involving C-H and C-N Activation Reactions / Renee Becker ; William D. Jones6：
Catalysis with Cobal / 6.1：
Catalysis with Nickel / 6.3：
A Modular Approach to the Development of Molecular Electrocatalysts for H2 Oxidation and Production Based on Inexpensive Metals / M. Rakowski DuBois ; Daniel L. DuBois7：
Concepts in Catalyst Design Based on Structural Studies of Hydrogenase Enzymes / 7.1：
A Layered or Modular Approach to Catalyst Design / 7.3：
Using the First Coordination Sphere to Control the Energies of Catalytic Intermediates / 7.4：
Using the Second Coordination Sphere to Control the Movement of Protons between the Metal and the Exterior of the Molecular Catalyst / 7.5：
Integration of the First and Second Coordination Spheres / 7.6：
Summary / 7.7：
Nickel-Catalyzed Reductive Couplings and Cyclizations / Hasnain A. Malik ; Ryan D. Baxter ; John Montgomery8：
Couplings of Alkynes with α,β-Unsaturated Carbonyls / 8.1：
Three-Component Couplings via Alkyl Group Transfer-Methods Development / 8.2.1：
Reductive Couplings via Hydrogen Atom Transfer-Methods Development / 8.2.2：
Mechanistic Insights / 8.2.3：
Metallacycle-Based Mechanistic Pathway / 8.2.3.1：
Use in Natural Product Synthesis / 8.2.4：
Couplings of Alkynes with Aldehydes / 8.3：
Three-Component Couplings via Alkyl Group Transfer-Method Development / 8.3.1：
Reductive Couplings via Hydrogen Atom Transfer-Method Development / 8.3.2：
Simple Aldehyde and Alkyne Reductive Couplings / 8.3.2.1：
Directed Processes / 8.3.2.2：
Diastereoselective Variants: Transfer of Chirality / 8.3.2.3：
Asymmetric Variants / 8.3.2.4：
Cydocondensations via Hydrogen Gas Extrusion / 8.3.3：
Copper-Catalyzed Ligand Promoted Ullmann-type Coupling Reactions / Yongwen Jiang ; Dawei Ma8.3.5：
C-N Bond Formation / 9.1：
Arylation of Amines / 9.2.1：
Arylation of Aliphatic Primary and Secondary Amines / 9.2.1.1：
Arylation of Aryl Amines / 9.2.1.2：
Arylation of Ammonia / 9.2.1.3：
Arylation and Vinylation of N-Heterocycles / 9.2.2：
Coupling of Aryl Halides and N-Heterocycles / 9.2.2.1：
Coupling of Vinyl Bromides and N-Heterocycles / 9.2.2.2：
Aromatic Amidation / 9.2.3：
Cross-Coupling of aryl Halides with Amides and Carbamates / 9.2.3.1：
Cross-Coupling of Vinyl Halides with Amides or Carbamates / 9.2.3.2：
Cross-Coupling of Alkynl Halides with Amides or Carbamates / 9.2.3.3：
Azidation / 9.2.4：
C-0 Bond Formation / 19.3：
Synthesis of Diaryl Ethers / 9.3.1：
Aryloxylation of Vinyl Halides / 9.3.2：
Cross-Coupling of Aryl Halides with Aliphatic Alcohols / 9.3.3：
C-C Bond Formation / 9.4：
Cross-Coupling with Terminal Acetylene / 9.4.1：
The Arylation of Activated Methylene Compounds / 9.4.2：
Cyanation / 9.4.3：
C-S Bond Formation / 9.5：
The Formation of Bisaryl- and Arylalkyl-Thioethers / 9.5.1：
The Synthesis of Alkenylsulfides / 9.5.2：
Assembly of aryl Sulfones / 9.5.3：
C-P Bond Formation / 9.6：
Copper-Catalyzed Azide-Alkyne Cycloaddition (CuAAC) / M.G. Finn ; Valery V. Fokin9.7：
Azide-Alkyne Cycloaddition: Basics / 10.1：
Copper-Catalyzed Cycloadditions / 10.3：
Catalysts and Ligands / 10.3.1：
CuAAC with In Situ Generated Azides / 10.3.2：
Mechanistic Aspects of the CuAAC / 10.3.3：
Reactions of Sulfonyl Azides / 10.3.4：
Copper-Catalyzed Reactions with Other Dipolar Species / 10.3.5：
Examples of Application of the CuAAC Reaction / 10.3.6：
Synthesis of Compound libraries for Biological Screening / 10.3.6.1：
Copper-Binding Adhesives / 10.3.6.2：
Representative Experimental Procedures / 10.3.7：
"Frustrated Lewis Pairs": A Metal-Free Strategy for Hydrogenation Catalysis / Douglas W. Stephan11：
Phosphine-Borane Activation of H2 / 11.1：
"Frustrated Lewis Pairs" / 11.2：
Metal-Free Catalytic Hydxogenation / 11.3：
Future Considerations / 11.4：
Index
Preface
List of Contributors
Catalysis Involving the H* Transfer Reactions of First-Row Transition Metals / John Hartung ; Jack R. Norton1：
14.
図書
Frank Schwierz, Hei Wong, Juin J. Liou
出版情報:
Singapore : Pan Stanford Publishing, 2010 ix, 340 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
The Evolution of Silicon Electronics / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
The Early Days of Semiconductor Electronics / 1.2：
Moore's Law / 1.3：
Further trends and the ITRS / 1.4：
Improved MOSFET Designs / 1.5：
MOSFETs for High-Frequency Operation? / 1.6：
MOSFET Theory / 2：
Different MOSFET Versions / 2.1：
Definitions of Threshold Voltage / 2.1.2：
MOS Fundamentals / 2.2：
Conventional Two-Terminal MOS Structure / 2.2.1：
Single-Gate and Double-Gate SOI MOS Structures / 2.2.2：
An Approximated Sheet Concentration Versus Gate Voltage Relationship / 2.2.3：
MOSFET Current -- Voltage Characteristics / 2.3：
Classical MOSFET Model / 2.3.1：
Two-Region MOSFET Model / 2.3.3：
Modified Two-Region Model / 2.3.4：
Effective Mobility / 2.3.5：
Scattering Model / 2.3.6：
Comparison and Assessment of the Four Transistor Models / 2.3.7：
Subthreshold Current / 2.3.8：
Series Resistances / 2.3.9：
Short-Channel Effects / 2.3.10：
The Concept of Scale Lengths / 2.3.12：
Nanoscale MOSFETs / 3：
MOSFET Scaling Theory / 3.1：
Constant-Field and Constant-Voltage Scaling / 3.1.1：
Generalized Scaling Approaches / 3.1.2：
Good Technology Rules / 3.1.3：
Nanoscale MOSFET Concepts -- An Overview / 3.2：
Nanoscale Bulk MOSFETs / 3.3：
Basic Structure / 3.3.1：
Doping Profiles / 3.3.2：
Mobility Enhancement Techniques / 3.4：
Strained Silicon / 3.4.1：
Hybrid-Orientation Technology / 3.4.2：
High-k Dielectrics and Metal Gates / 3.5：
Nanoscale Single-Gate SOI MOSFETs / 3.6：
Nanoscale Multiple-Gate MOSFETs / 3.7：
Double-Gate MOSFETs / 3.7.1：
Tri-Gate MOSFETs and Gate-All-Around MOSFETs / 3.7.2：
Nanowire MOSFETs / 3.7.3：
MOSFETs with Alternative Channel Materials / 3.8：
The Effect of Multiple Technology Boosters / 3.9：
MOSFETs for RF Applications / 4：
RF Transistor Figures of Merit / 4.1：
Gains / 4.2.1：
Minimum Noise Figure and Associated Gain / 4.2.2：
Output Power and Power-Added Efficiency / 4.2.4：
Small-Signal Equivalent Circuits / 4.3：
RF MOSFET Design and Performance / 4.4：
RF Small-Signal MOSFETs / 4.4.1：
RF Power MOSFETs / 4.4.2：
Comparison of RF CMOS and Competing RF Transistor Technologies / 4.4.3：
Why are Si MOSFETs so Fast? / 4.4.4：
Overview of Nanometer CMOS Technology / 5：
Lithography / 5.1：
Optical Lithography / 5.2.1：
Extremely Ultraviolet Lithography (EUV) / 5.2.3：
Electron Beam Lithography (E-Beam) / 5.2.4：
Imprint Lithography / 5.2.5：
Plasma Etching / 5.3：
Thin Film Formation Techniques / 5.4：
Overview / 5.4.1：
Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) / 5.4.2：
Metal-Organic Chemical Vapor Deposition (MOCVD) / 5.4.3：
Molecular Beam Epitaxy (MBE) / 5.4.4：
Atomic Layer Deposition (ALD) / 5.4.5：
Metal Film Deposition / 5.4.6：
Junction Formation / 5.5：
Ion Implantation / 5.5.1：
Plasma Doping / 5.5.2：
Interconnects / 5.6：
Summary / 5.7：
Outlook / 6：
Critical Scaling Issues / 6.1：
Issues Related to Device Physics / 6.2.1：
Power Consumption and Self-Heating / 6.2.2：
Interconnect Delays / 6.2.3：
Will There be a Mainstream Beyond-Scaling, Post-CMOS Technology? / 6.3：
Frequently Used Symbols / Appendix A：
Physical Constants and Unit Conversions / Appendix B：
Carrier Concentrations, Energy, and Potential / Appendix C：
Frequently Used Abbreviations / Appendix E：
Index
Preface
The Evolution of Silicon Electronics / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
15.
図書
Ricardo García
出版情報:
Weinheim : Wiley-VCH-Verl, c2010 xiv, 179 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Annotation List
Introduction / 1：
Historical Perspective / 1.1：
Evolution Periods and Milestones / 1.2：
Early Times 1987-1992 / 1.2.1：
Exploration and Expansion 1993-1999 / 1.2.2：
Cantilever Tip Dynamics 2000-2006 / 1.2.3：
Multifrequency AFM 2007 to Present / 1.2.4：
Tapping Mode or Amplitude Modulation Force Microscopy? / 1.3：
Other Dynamic APM Methods / 1.4：
Frequency Modulation AFM / 1.4.1：
Amplitude Modulation versus Frequency Modulation AFM / 1.4.2：
Instrumental and Conceptual Aspects / 2：
Amplitude Modulation AFM / 2.1：
Elements of an Amplitude Modulation AFM / 2.3：
Feedback Controller / 2.3.1：
Optical Beam Deflection / 2.3.2：
Other Detection Methods / 2.3.3：
Tip Sample Motion System / 2.3.4：
Imaging Acquisition and Display / 2.3.5：
Cantilever-Tip System / 2.4：
Cantilevers / 2.4.1：
Tips / 2.4.2：
Excitation of Cantilever-Tip Oscillations / 2.4.3：
Calibration Protocols / 2.5：
Optical Sensitivity / 2.5.1：
Calibration of the Cantilever Force Constant / 2.5.2：
Thermal Noise Method / 2.5.2.1：
Sader Method / 2.5.2.2：
Common Experimental Curves / 2.6：
Resonance Curves in Air and liquids / 2.6.1：
Amplitude and Phase Shift Distance Curves / 2.6.2：
Displacements and Distances / 2.7：
Tip-Surface Interaction Forces / 3：
Van der Waals Forces / 3.1：
Contact Mechanics Forces / 3.3：
Derjaguin-Muller-Toporov Model / 3.3.1：
Johnson-Kendall-Roberts Model / 3.3.2：
Capillary Force / 3.4：
Forces in Liquid / 3.5：
Electrostatic Double-Layer Force / 3.5.1：
Derjaguin-Landau-Verwey-Overbeek Forces / 3.5.2：
Solvation Forces / 3.5.3：
Other Forces in Aqueous Solutions / 3.5.4：
Electrostatic Forces / 3.6：
Nonconservative Forces / 3.7：
Net Tip-Surface Force / 3.8：
Tip-Surface Force for a Stiff Material with Surface Adhesion Hysteresis / 3.8.1：
Tip-Surface Force for a Viscoelastic Material / 3.8.2：
Theory of Amplitude Modulation AFM / 4：
Equation of Motion / 4.1：
The Point-Mass Model: Elemental Aspects / 4.3：
The Harmonic Oscillator / 4.3.1：
Dynamics of a Weakly Perturbed Harmonic Oscillator / 4.3.2：
The Point-Mass Model: Analytical Approximations / 4.4：
Perturbed Harmonic Oscillator / 4.4.1：
Wang Model / 4.4.2：
Virial Dissipation Method / 4.4.3：
Peak and Average Forces / 4.5：
Peak Forces / 4.5.1：
Average Forces / 4.5.2：
The Point-Mass Model: Numerical Solutions / 4.6：
Attractive and Repulsive Interaction Regimes / 4.6.1：
Driving the Cantilever Below Resonance / 4.6.2：
The Effective Model / 4.7：
Appendix: The Runge-Kutta Algorithm
Advanced Theory of Amplitude Modulation AFM / 5：
Q-Control / 5.1：
Nonlinear Dynamics / 5.3：
Continuous Cantilever Beam Model / 5.4：
One-Dimensional Model / 5.4.1：
Equivalence between Point-Mass and Continuous Models / 5.5：
Systems Theory Description / 5.6：
Force Reconstruction Methods: Force versus Distance / 5.7：
Lee-Jhe Method / 5.7.1：
Hölscher Method / 5.7.2：
Time-Resolved Force / 5.8：
Acceleration / 5.8.1：
Higher Harmonics Method / 5.8.2：
Direct Time-Resolved Force Measurements / 5.8.3：
Amplitude Modulation AFM in Liquid / 6：
Qualitative Aspects of the Cantilever Dynamics in Liquid / 6.1：
Dynamics Far from the Surface / 6.2.1：
Dynamics Close to the Surface / 6.2.2：
Interaction Forces in Liquid / 6.3：
Some Experimental and Conceptual Considerations / 6.4：
Theoretical Descriptions of Dynamic AFM in Liquid / 6.5：
Analytical Descriptions: Far from the Surface / 6.5.1：
Analytical and Numerical Descriptions in the Presence of Tip-Surface Forces / 6.5.2：
Semianalytical Models / 6.5.3：
Finite Element Simulations / 6.5.4：
Phase Imaging Atomic Force Microscopy / 7：
Theory of Phase Imaging AFM / 7.1：
Phase Imaging Atomic AFM: High Q / 7.3.1：
Phase Imaging AFM: Low Q / 7.3.2：
Energy Dissipation Measurements at the Nanoscale / 7.4：
Energy Dissipation and Observables / 7.4.1：
Identification of Energy Dissipation Processes / 7.4.2：
Atomic and Nanoscale Dissipation Processes / 7.4.3：
Resolution, Noise, and Sensitivity / 8：
Spatial Resolution / 8.1：
Vertical Resolution and Noise / 8.2.1：
Lateral Resolution / 8.2.2：
Image Distortion and Surface Reconstruction / 8.3：
Force-Induced Surface Deformations / 8.4：
Atomic, Molecular, and Subnanometer Lateral Resolution / 8.5：
True Resolution / 8.5.1：
High-Resolution Imaging of Isolated Molecules / 8.6：
Conditions for High-Resolution Imaging / 8.7：
Image Artifacts / 8.8：
Multifrequency Atomic Force Microscopy / 9：
Normal Modes and Harmonics / 9.1：
Generation of Higher Harmonics / 9.2.1：
Coupling Eigenmodes and Harmonics / 9.2.2：
Imaging Beyond the Fundamental Mode / 9.2.3：
Bimodal AFM / 9.3：
Intermodulation Frequencies / 9.3.1：
Mode-Synthesizing Atomic Force Microscopy / 9.4：
Torsional Harmonic AFM / 9.5：
Band Excitation / 9.6：
Beyond Topographic Imaging / 10：
Scattering Near Field Optical Microscopy / 10.1：
Topography and Recognition Imaging / 10.3：
Tip Functionalization / 10.3.1：
Nanofabrication by AFM / 10.4：
AFM Oxidation Nanolithography / 10.4.1：
Patterning and Devices / 10.4.2：
References
Index
Preface
Annotation List
Introduction / 1：
16.
図書
edited by John M. Chalmers, Howell G.M. Edwards, Michael D. Hargreaves
出版情報:
Chichester : Wiley, 2012 xxviii, 618 p., [32] p. of plates ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
About the Editors
List of Contributors
Preface
Introduction / Section I：
Introduction and Scope / John M. Chalmers ; Howell G.M. Edwards ; Michael D. Hargreaves1：
Historical Prologue / 1.1：
The Application of Infrared Spectroscopy and Raman Spectroscopy in Forensic Science / 1.2：
References
Vibrational Spectroscopy Techniques: Basics and Instrumentation / 2：
Vibrational Spectroscopy Techniques / 2.1：
The basics and some comparisons / 2.2.1：
Wavelength/Wavenumber Ranges and Selection Rules / 2.2.1.1：
Sampling Considerations / 2.2.1.2：
Sensitivity, Surfaces and Signal Enhancement Techniques / 2.2.1.3：
IR and Raman Bands / 2.2.1.4：
Quantitative and classification analyses / 2.2.2：
Multivariate Data Analyses / 2.2.2.1：
Data Pre-Processing / 2.2.2.2：
Reference databases and search libraries/algorithms / 2.2.3：
Vibrational Spectroscopy: Instrumentation / 2.3：
Spectrometers / 2.3.1：
Sources / 2.3.1.1：
Detectors / 2.3.1.2：
Spectrometers and Interferometers / 2.3.1.3：
Vibrational spectroscopy-microscopy systems / 2.3.2：
Mapping and Imaging / 2.3.2.1：
Fibre optics and fibre-optic probes / 2.3.3：
Remote, portable, handheld, field-use, and stand-off vibrational spectroscopy instrumentation / 2.3.4：
Closing Remarks / 2.4：
Vibrational Spectroscopy Sampling Techniques / 3：
Vibrational Spectroscopy: Sampling Techniques / 3.1：
Raman spectroscopy / 3.2.1：
Raman Spectroscopy: Sampling Techniques and Considerations / 3.2.1.1：
Resonance Raman Spectroscopy / 3.2.1.2：
Surface Enhanced Raman Spectroscopy and Surface Enhanced Resonance Raman Spectroscopy / 3.2.1.3：
Spatially Offset Raman Spectroscopy / 3.2.1.4：
Transmission Raman Spectroscopy / 3.2.1.5：
Raman Microscopy/Microspectroscopy and Imaging / 3.2.1.6：
Remote and Fibre-Optic Probe Raman Spectroscopy / 3.2.1.7：
Mid-infrared spectroscopy / 3.2.2：
Mid-Infrared Transmission Spectroscopy: Sampling Techniques / 3.2.2.1：
Mid-Infrared Reflection Spectroscopy Sampling Techniques / 3.2.2.2：
Mid-Infrared Photoacoustic Spectroscopy / 3.2.2.3：
Mid-Infrared Microscopy/Microspectroscopy and Imaging / 3.2.2.4：
Near-infrared spectroscopy: sampling techniques / 3.2.3：
Near-Infrared Transmission Spectroscopy / 3.2.3.1：
Near-Infrared Diffuse Reflection Spectroscopy / 3.2.3.2：
Near-Infrared Transflection Spectroscopy / 3.2.3.3：
Near-Infrared Spectroscopy: Interactance and Fibre-Optic Probe Measurements / 3.2.3.4：
Near-Infrared Microscopy and Imaging / 3.2.3.5：
Terahertz/far-infrared spectroscopy: sampling techniques / 3.2.4：
Acknowledgements / 3.3：
Criminal Scene / Section II：
Criminal Forensic Analysis / Edward G. Bartick4：
Forensic Analysis / 4.1：
General Use of IR and Raman Spectroscopy in Forensic Analysis / 4.3：
Progression of infrared spectroscopy development in forensic analysis / 4.3.1：
Progression of Raman spectroscopy development in forensic analysis / 4.3.2：
Sampling methods / 4.3.3：
Microscopes / 4.3.3.1：
Reflection Methods / 4.3.3.2：
Gas Chromatography/IR / 4.3.3.3：
Spectral Imaging / 4.3.3.4：
Applications of Evidential Material Analysis / 4.4：
Polymers / 4.4.1：
General / 4.4.1.1：
Copy Toners / 4.4.1.2：
Fibres / 4.4.1.3：
Paints / 4.4.1.4：
Tapes / 4.4.1.5：
Drugs / 4.4.2：
Explosives / 4.4.3：
Fingerprint analysis / 4.4.4：
Summary and Future Direction / 4.5：
Forensic Analysis of Hair by Infrared Spectroscopy / Kathryn S. Kalasinsky
Basic Forensic Hair Analysis / 4.1.1：
Uniqueness of Hair to Chemical Analysis / 4.1.3：
Mechanism for Chemical Substance Incorporation into Hair / 4.1.4：
Applications / 4.1.5：
Disease Diagnosis / 4.1.6：
Summary / 4.1.7：
Raman Spectroscopy for Forensic Analysis of Household and Automotive Paints / Steven E.J. Bell ; Samantha P. Stewart ; W.J. Armstrong
Paint Composition / 4.2.1：
Analysis of Resin Bases / 4.2.3：
White Paint / 4.2.4：
Coloured Household Paints / 4.2.5：
Multi-Layer Paints / 4.2.6：
Automotive Paint / 4.2.7：
Conclusions / 4.2.8：
Raman Spectroscopy for the Characterisation of Inks on Written Documents / A. Guedes ; A.C. Prieto
Experimental
Chemical Differences in the Composition of Writing Inks through Time, and Modern Inks: Major Groups
Ink Discrimination / 4.3.4：
Forensic Test / 4.3.5：
Forensic Analysis of Fibres by Vibrational Spectroscopy / Peter M. Fredericks4.3.6：
Forensic importance of fibres
Types of fibres
Dyes
Why use vibrational spectroscopy?
Infrared Spectroscopy
Instrumentation and sample preparation / 4.4.2.1：
Transmission mid-IR microspectroscopy / 4.4.2.2：
ATR IR microspectroscopy / 4.4.2.3：
IR synchrotron radiation / 4.4.2.4：
Mid-IR imaging / 4.4.2.5：
Raman Spectroscopy
Application to fibres / 4.4.3.1：
Surface-enhanced Raman scattering / 4.4.3.2：
Raman spectroscopy of titania filler / 4.4.3.3：
Data Analysis
Acknowledgement / 4.4.5：
In Situ Crime Scene Analysis
Instrumentation / 4.5.1：
Raman spectrometers / 4.5.2.1：
Infrared spectrometers / 4.5.2.2：
Conditions of analysis / 4.5.3：
General chemical analysis / 4.5.3.2：
Conclusion / 4.5.3.3：
Raman spectroscopy gains currency / R. Withnall ; A. Reip ; J. Silver4.6：
Banknotes / 4.6.1：
Postage Stamps / 4.6.3：
Potential Forensic Applications / 4.6.4：
Counter Terrorism And Homeland Security / 4.6.5：
Counter Terrorism and Homeland Security / Vincent Otieno-Alego ; Naomi Speers5：
Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy for Explosives Identification / 5.1：
Level of chemical identification / 5.2.1：
Capability to analyse a large range of explosives and related chemicals / 5.2.2：
Other positive features of IR and Raman spectroscopy in explosive analysis / 5.2.3：
Case Studies - Example 1 / 5.2.4：
Portable IR and Raman Instruments / 5.3：
Case Studies - Example 2 / 5.3.1：
Post-Blast Examinations / 5.4：
Detection of Explosives in Fingerprints / 5.5：
Applications of SORS in explosive analysis / 5.6：
Terahertz Spectroscopy of Explosives / 5.7：
Sampling modes and sample preparation / 5.7.1：
THz spectroscopy of explosives and explosive related materials / 5.7.2：
Glossary / 5.8：
Tracing Bioagents - a Vibrational Spectroscopic Approach for a Fast and Reliable Identification of Bioagents / P. R€osch ; U. M€unchberg ; S. St€ockel ; J. Popp
Toxins / 5.1.1：
Viruses / 5.1.3：
Bacteria / 5.1.4：
Bulk samples / 5.1.4.1：
Single bacterium identification / 5.1.4.2：
Raman Spectroscopic Studies of Explosives and Precursors: Applications and Instrumentation / Mary L. Lewis ; Ian R. Lewis ; Peter R. Griffiths5.1.5：
Background
UV Excited Raman Studies of Explosives
FT-Raman Studies of Explosives
Neither FT-Raman nor Traditional Dispersive Raman / 5.2.5：
Surface Enhanced Raman and Surface Enhanced Resonance Raman Studies of Explosives / 5.2.6：
Dispersive Raman Studies of Explosives / 5.2.7：
Compact Dispersive Raman Spectrometers for the Study of Explosives / 5.2.8：
Stand-Off Raman of Explosives / 5.2.9：
Raman Microscopy and Imaging / 5.2.11：
Vehicle-Mounted Raman Analysers / 5.2.12：
Classification Schema for Explosives / 5.2.13：
Handheld Raman and FT-IR Spectrometers / Robert L. Green ; Wayne Jalenak ; Christopher D. Brown ; Craig Gardner5.2.14：
Handheld/Portable Raman and FT-IR Devices / 5.3.2：
Tactical Considerations / 5.3.3：
Sample Considerations / 5.3.5：
Raman and FT-IR Spectroscopy Explosive Identification Capabilities / 5.3.6：
Performance Characterisation / 5.3.7：
Disclaimer / 5.3.8：
Non-Invasive Detection of Concealed Liquid and Powder Explosives using Spatially Offset Raman spectroscopy / Kevin Buckley ; Pavel Matousek
Discussion and Examples / 5.4.1：
Terahertz Frequency Spectroscopy and its Potential for Security Applications / A.D. Burnett ; A.G. Davies ; P. Dean ; J.E. Cunningham ; E.H. Linfield5.4.3：
Terahertz Frequency Radiation / 5.5.1：
Terahertz Time-Domain Spectroscopy / 5.5.3：
Examples of the Use of THz Spectroscopy to Detect Materials of Security Interest / 5.5.4：
Drugs of abuse / 5.5.4.1：
Terahertz frequency imaging / 5.5.4.3：
Spectroscopy and imaging of concealed materials / 5.5.4.4：
Conclusions and Future Outlook / 5.5.5：
Drugs And Drugs Of Abuse / Section IV：
Raman Spectroscopy of Drugs of Abuse / S.J. Speers6：
Bulk Drugs / 6.1：
General Introduction / 6.2.1：
Experimental considerations / 6.2.2：
Laboratory-based methods / 6.2.3：
Screening and Identification / 6.2.3.1：
Quantitative Analysis / 6.2.3.2：
Composition Profiling / 6.2.3.3：
Raman outside the laboratory / 6.2.4：
Trace Detection / 6.3：
Drug microparticles / 6.3.1：
Surface-enhanced Raman spectroscopy / 6.3.2：
Drugs of Abuse - Application of Handheld FT-IR and Raman Spectrometers / 6.4：
Advantages of Vibrational Spectroscopy / 6.1.1：
General Drugs of Abuse - Introduction / 6.1.3：
Vibrational Spectroscopy / 6.1.4：
Analysis of Street Samples / 6.1.5：
Considerations when analysing in situ / 6.1.5.1：
Considerations when analysing in the laboratory / 6.1.5.2：
New Narcotic Threats / 6.1.6：
Identification of Drug Precursors / 6.1.7：
Case Studies / 6.1.8：
Case study I / 6.1.8.1：
Case study II / 6.1.8.2：
Non-Invasive Detection of Illicit Drugs Using Spatially Offset Raman Spectroscopy / 6.1.9：
Application Examples
Detection of Drugs of Abuse Using Surface Enhanced Raman Scattering / Karen Faulds ; W. Ewen Smith
Substrates
Direct Detection / 6.3.3：
Indirect Detection / 6.3.4：
Art / 6.3.5：
Vibrational Spectroscopy as a Tool for Tracing Art Forgeries / A. Deneckere ; P. Vandenabeele ; L. Moens7：
How to Trace Art Forgeries with Vibrational Spectroscopy? / 7.1：
Detection of anachronisms / 7.2.1：
Examples / 7.2.1.1：
Differentiation Between the Natural or Synthetic Form of a Pigment / 7.2.1.2：
Comparing with the artist's palette / 7.2.2：
Impurities / 7.2.3：
The Mercatellis Manuscripts / 7.2.3.1：
Spectroscopic Pigment Investigation of the Mayer van den Bergh Breviary / 7.2.3.2：
Identification of Dyes and Pigments by Vibrational Spectroscopy / Juan Manuel Madariaga7.3：
Review of the Scientific Literature / 7.1.1：
Databases of Reference Materials / 7.1.3：
Chemometric analysis of the spectral information / 7.1.3.1：
FT-IR and Raman Spectroscopy Applications / 7.1.4：
Identification of dyes, pigments and bulk materials / 7.1.4.1：
Attribution, authentication and counterfeit detection / 7.1.4.2：
Identification of degradation products and degradation mechanisms / 7.1.4.3：
The Vinland Map: An Authentic Relic of Early Exploration or a Modern Forgery - Raman Spectroscopy in a Pivotal Role?
The Scientific Analysis of the Vinland Map and Tartar Relation
Raman Microspectroscopic Study
Study of Manuscripts by Vibrational Spectroscopy / Lucia Burgio
Why Raman Microscopy? / 7.3.1：
Dating and Authentication / 7.3.3：
Provenance and Trade Routes / 7.3.4：
Archaeology And Mineralogy / 7.3.5：
Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy: Forensic Applications in Mineralogy / J. Jehlicka8：
Applications of Raman Spectroscopy for Provenancing / 8.1：
Raman Spectroscopy of Minerals / 8.3：
Class 1: Elements / 8.3.1：
Carbon / 8.3.1.1：
Carbon and Graphitisation / 8.3.1.2：
Minerals from other groups of the mineralogical classification system / 8.3.2：
Class 2: Sulfides / 8.3.2.1：
Class 3: Halogenides / 8.3.2.2：
Class 4: Oxides and Hydroxides / 8.3.2.3：
Class 5: Carbonates and Nitrates / 8.3.2.4：
Class 6: Borates / 8.3.2.5：
Class 7: Sulfates / 8.3.2.6：
Class 8: Phosphates / 8.3.2.7：
Class 9: Silicates / 8.3.2.8：
Class 10: Organic Compounds / 8.3.2.9：
Opals / 8.4：
Natural Glass / 8.5：
Meteorites / 8.6：
Identification and Provenancing of Gemstones / 8.7：
Synthetic gemstones / 8.7.1：
Semi-precious minerals / 8.7.2：
Garnets / 8.7.3：
Common Minerals / 8.8：
Clays / 8.8.1：
Databases / 8.9：
Identification of Inclusions in Minerals / 8.10：
Raman Mapping Techniques / 8.11：
Analyses Outdoors and On Site / 8.12：
Applications of Raman Spectroscopy to the Provenancing of Rocks / 8.13：
Identification of Ivory by Conventional Backscatter Raman and SORS / 8.14：
Application of Raman Spectroscopy / 8.1.1：
Preliminary screening method / 8.1.2.1：
Fake sample analysis / 8.1.2.2：
Concealed materials screening / 8.1.2.3：
Applications to the Study of Gems and Jewellery / Lore Kiefert ; Marina Epelboym ; Hpone-Phyo Kan-Nyunt ; Susan Paralusz8.1.3：
Case Study Example I: Mid-Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy of Diamonds / 8.2.1：
Infrared spectroscopy of diamonds / 8.2.2.1：
Photoluminescence spectroscopy / 8.2.2.4：
Case Study Example II: Detection of Fissure Fillings in Emeralds / 8.2.2.5：
Detection of emerald fissure fillings using FT-IR spectroscopy / 8.2.3.1：
Detection of emerald fissure fillings using Raman spectroscopy / 8.2.3.3：
Case Study Example III: The Raman Identification of Turquoise / 8.2.3.4：
Advanced analysis of turquoise / 8.2.4.1：
Raman Spectroscopy of Ceramics and Glasses / Paola Ricciardi ; Philippe Colomban8.2.5：
The Raman spectroscopic signature of ceramics, glasses and enamels
How to Discriminate Between Genuine Artifacts and Copies and Fakes
On-Site Measurements and Procedures / 8.3.3：
Tools for the identification of crystalline and amorphous phases in ceramics and glasses / 8.3.3.1：
Alhambra vases (Granada, Spain, fourteenth century) / 8.3.4：
Iznik fritware (Ottoman empire, fifteenth-seventeenth century) / 8.3.4.2：
Celadons (Vi^et Nam, thirteenth-fifteenth century) / 8.3.4.3：
Medici porcelain (Florence, sixteenth century) / 8.3.4.4：
Glass cup with handles (Low Countries, sixteenth-seventeenth century) / 8.3.4.5：
Meissen porcelains (Saxony, eighteenth century) / 8.3.4.6：
Enamels on metal: Chinese cloisonnes and Limoges painted enamels (fifteenth-nineteenth century) / 8.3.4.7：
Raman Spectroscopy at Longer Excitation Wavelengths Applied to the Forensic Analysis of Archaeological Specimens: A Novel Aspect of Forensic Geoscience / 8.3.5：
Results and Discussion / 8.4.1：
Resins / 8.4.3.1：
Ivories / 8.4.3.2：
Buried skeletal remains / 8.4.3.3：
Human Tissues and Skeletal Remains / 8.4.4：
Nail / 8.4.4.1：
Skin / 8.4.4.2：
Calcified tissues / 8.4.4.3：
Teeth / 8.4.4.4：
Bone / 8.4.4.5：
Counterfeit Consumer Products / 8.4.5：
Anti-Counterfeiting Organisations / Andrew J. O'Neil9：
Definition of a Counterfeit Product / 9.3：
Counterfeit Product Spectroscopic Analysis / 9.4：
Counterfeit alcoholic beverages and whisky / 9.4.1：
Counterfeit stamps / 9.4.2：
Counterfeit currency / 9.4.3：
Counterfeit medicines / 9.4.4：
Near-Infrared Spectroscopy and Imaging Microscopy / 9.4.4.1：
Attenuated Total Reflection Mid-Infrared Spectroscopy and Imaging Microscopy / 9.4.4.2：
Raman Spectroscopy, Spatially Offset Raman Spectroscopy and Mapping Microscopy / 9.4.4.3：
Use of Portable Spectrometers for Medicines Authentication / 9.4.4.4：
Combined Uses of Molecular Spectroscopic Techniques for Medicines Authentication / 9.4.4.5：
Case Studies Using Mid-infrared, Raman and Near-infrared Spectroscopies and NIR Multispectral Imaging / 9.5：
Case Study I: Counterfeit Clothing / 9.6：
Case study Ia: counterfeit Burberry Classic Check Scarf / 9.6.1：
Near-Infrared Spectroscopic Analysis / 9.6.1.1：
ATR/FT-IR Analysis / 9.6.1.2：
Case study Ib: counterfeit New Era 59fifty baseball caps / 9.6.2：
Case Study II: Counterfeit Aftershave / 9.6.2.1：
Case Study III: Counterfeit Medicines / 9.8：
Near-infrared spectrometry / 9.8.1：
Raman spectrometry / 9.8.2：
NIR Multispectral Imaging / 9.8.3：
Case Study IV: Counterfeit Product Packaging / 9.9：
ATR/FT-IR Spectroscopy / 9.9.1：
Tablet Blister-Strip Polymer / 9.9.1.1：
Tablet Carton / 9.9.1.2：
Case Study V: Counterfeit Royal Mail First Class Stamps / 9.10：
Near-infrared spectroscopic analysis / 9.10.1：
Near-infrared multispectral imaging / 9.10.2：
Case Study VI: Counterfeit Bank of England Banknotes / 9.11：
ATR/FT-IR Spectroscopic Analysis / 9.11.1：
Raman Spectroscopy for the Analysis of Counterfeit Tablets / Kaho Kwok ; Lynne S. Taylor9.11.2：
The Pharmaceutical Counterfeiting Problem / 9.1.1：
Analytical Techniques to Detect Counterfeit Products / 9.1.2：
Using Raman Spectroscopy to Characterise Genuine and Counterfeit Tablets-A Case Study / 9.1.3：
Examination of Counterfeit Pharmaceutical Labels / Mark R. Witkowski ; Mary W. Carrabba9.1.4：
Counterfeit Packaging Analysis / 9.2.1：
Case Study I: Counterfeit LipitorLabels / 9.2.3：
Case Study II: Counterfeit ZyprexaLabels / 9.2.4：
Vibrational Spectroscopy for "Food Forensics" / Victoria L. Brewster ; Royston Goodacre9.2.5：
Adulteration / 9.3.1：
Provenance / 9.3.3：
Food Spoilage / 9.3.4：
Micro-Organism Identification / 9.3.5：
Infrared Spectroscopy for the Detection of Adulteration in Foods / Banu Özen ; Figen Tokatli9.3.6：
Adulteration of Food Products and Application of IR Spectroscopy in the Detection of Adulteration
Case Study: Adulteration of Extra Virgin Olive Oils with Refined Hazelnut Oil
Index
About the Editors
List of Contributors
Preface
17.
図書
Michael R. Chernick, Robert A. LaBudde
出版情報:
Hoboken, N.J. : Wiley, c2011 xvii, 216 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
List of Tables
Introduction / 1：
Historical Background / 1.1：
Definition and Relationship to the Delta Method and Other Resampling Methods / 1.2：
Jackknife / 1.2.1：
Delta Method / 1.2.2：
Cross-Validation / 1.2.3：
Subsampling / 1.2.4：
Wide Range of Applications / 1.3：
The Bootstrap and the R Language System / 1.4：
Historical Notes / 1.5：
Exercises / 1.6：
References
Estimation / 2：
Estimating Bias / 2.1：
Bootstrap Adjustment / 2.1.1：
Error Rate Estimation in Discriminant Analysis / 2.1.2：
Simple Example of Linear Discrimination and Bootstrap Error Rate Estimation / 2.1.3：
Patch Data Example / 2.1.4：
Estimating Location / 2.2：
Estimating a Mean / 2.2.1：
Estimating a Median / 2.2.2：
Estimating Dispersion / 2.3：
Estimating an Estimate's Standard Error / 2.3.1：
Estimating Interquartile Range / 2.3.2：
Linear Regression / 2.4：
Overview / 2.4.1：
Bootstrapping Residuals / 2.4.2：
Bootstrapping Pairs (Response and Predictor Vector) / 2.4.3：
Heteroscedasticity of Variance: The Wild Bootstrap / 2.4.4：
A Special Class of Linear Regression Models: Multivariable Fractional Polynomials / 2.4.5：
Nonlinear Regression / 2.5：
Examples of Nonlinear Models / 2.5.1：
A Quasi-Optical Experiment / 2.5.2：
Nonparametric Regression / 2.6：
Examples of Nonparametric Regression Models / 2.6.1：
Bootstrap Bagging / 2.6.2：
Confidence Intervals / 2.7：
Subsampling, Typical Value Theorem, and Efron's Percentile Method / 3.1：
Bootstrap-t / 3.2：
Iterated Bootstrap / 3.3：
Bias-Corrected (BC) Bootstrap / 3.4：
BCa and ABC / 3.5：
Tilted Bootstrap / 3.6：
Variance Estimation with Small Sample Sizes / 3.7：
Hypothesis Testing / 3.8：
Relationship to Confidence Intervals / 4.1：
Why Test Hypotheses Differently? / 4.2：
Tendril DX Example / 4.3：
Klingenberg Example: Binary Dose-Response / 4.4：
Time Series / 4.5：
Forecasting Methods / 5.1：
Time Domain Models / 5.2：
Can Bootstrapping Improve Prediction Intervals? / 5.3：
Model-Based Methods / 5.4：
Bootstrapping Stationary Autoregressive Processes / 5.4.1：
Bootstrapping Explosive Autoregressive Processes / 5.4.2：
Bootstrapping Unstable Autoregressive Processes / 5.4.3：
Bootstrapping Stationary ARMA Processes / 5.4.4：
Block Bootstrapping for Stationary Time Series / 5.5：
Dependent Wild Bootstrap (DWB) / 5.6：
Frequency-Based Approaches for Stationary Time Series / 5.7：
Sieve Bootstrap / 5.8：
Bootstrap Variants / 5.9：
Bayesian Bootstrap / 6.1：
Smoothed Bootstrap / 6.2：
Parametric Bootstrap / 6.3：
Double Bootstrap / 6.4：
The m-Out-of-n Bootstrap / 6.5：
The Wild Bootstrap / 6.6：
Chapter Special Topics / 6.7：
Spatial Data / 7.1：
Kriging / 7.1.1：
Asymptotics for Spatial Data / 7.1.2：
Block Bootstrap on Regular Grids / 7.1.3：
Block Bootstrap on Irregular Grids / 7.1.4：
Subset Selection in Regression / 7.2：
Gong's Logistic Regression Example / 7.2.1：
Gunter's Qualitative Interaction Example / 7.2.2：
Determining the Number of Distributions in a Mixture / 7.3：
Censored Data / 7.4：
P-Value Adjustment / 7.5：
The Westfall-Young Approach / 7.5.1：
Passive Plus Example / 7.5.2：
Consulting Example / 7.5.3：
Bioequivalence / 7.6：
Individual Bioequivalence / 7.6.1：
Population Bioequivalence / 7.6.2：
Process Capability Indices / 7.7：
Missing Data / 7.8：
Point Processes / 7.9：
Bootstrap to Detect Outliers / 7.10：
Lattice Variables / 7.11：
Covariate Adjustment of Area Under the Curve Estimates for Receiver Operating Characteristic (ROC) Curves / 7.12：
Bootstrapping in SAS / 7.13：
When the Bootstrap is Inconsistent and How to Remedy It / 7.14：
Too Small of a Sample Size / 8.1：
Distributions with Infinite Second Moments / 8.2：
Example of Inconsistency / 8.2.1：
Remedies / 8.2.3：
Estimating Extreme Values / 8.3：
Survey Sampling / 8.3.1：
m-Dependent Sequences / 8.4.1：
Example of Inconsistency When Independence Is Assumed / 8.5.1：
Remedy / 8.5.3：
Unstable Autoregressive Processes / 8.6：
Long-Range Dependence / 8.6.1：
A Remedy / 8.7.1：
Bootstrap Diagnostics / 8.8：
Author Index / 8.9：
Subject Index
Preface
Acknowledgments
List of Tables
18.
図書
Pavel Hobza, Klaus Müller-Dethlefs
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / Chapter 1：
An Historical Remark / 1.1：
A Remark on Nomenclature of Molecular Complexes / 1.2：
Purpose and Scope: Theory and Experiment / 1.3：
Covalent Versus Non-covalent Bonds / 1.4：
Experimental Observables / 1.5：
Covalent and Non-covalent Interactions in Nature / 1.6：
Quantum-Chemical Methods for Non-covalent Complexes / 1.6.1：
Aims of this Book / 1.7：
References
Characteristics of Non-covalent Complexes and Their Determination by Experimental and Theoretical Techniques / Chapter 2：
Structure and Geometry / 2.1：
Microwave and Terahertz Spectroscopy / 2.2：
Ultrasoft Potentials: The Riddle of the Ammonia Dimer / 2.2.1：
From Water Clusters to a Potential for Liquid Water / 2.2.2：
Rotational Coherence Spectroscopy / 2.2.3：
Quantum-Chemical ab initio Methods / 2.2.4：
Gradient Optimisation and Basis Set Superposition Error / 2.2.5：
Stabilisation Energy / 2.3：
Experimental Methods for the Determination of the Binding Enthalpy / 2.3.1：
Computation of Stabilisation Energy / 2.3.2：
Is Density-Functional Theory Capable of Describing Non-covalent Interactions? / 2.4：
Quantum Monte Carlo / 2.5：
Vibrational Frequencies / 2.6：
Potential-Energy and Free-Energy Surfaces / Chapter 3：
Benzene Dimer / 3.1：
Benzene-Containing Complexes / 3.1.1：
Nucleic Acid-Base Pairs / 3.2：
Accurate Stabilisation Energies of H-Bonded and Stacked Nucleic Acid-Base Pairs / 3.2.1：
Verification of Accurate Stabilisation Energies / 3.2.2：
Decomposition of Stabilisation Energy Using the Perturbation Calculation / 3.2.3：
Microhydrated and Microsolvated Nucleic Acid Bases and Base Pairs / 3.2.4：
On the Role of Dispersion Energy on Stabilisation of DNA Double Helix / 3.2.5：
Amino Acid Pairs / 3.3：
On the Role of Dispersion and Electrostatic Energy on Stabilisation and Folding of Proteins / 3.3.1：
Carboxylic Acid Dimers / 3.4：
Peptides / 3.5：
JSCH-2005 and S22 Database Sets / 3.6：
Experimental Methods for Exploring Stationary Points on the PES: Stimulated-Emission Pumping / 3.7：
Classification of Non-covalent Complexes / Chapter 4：
Hydrogen Bonding and Improper Hydrogen Bonding / 4.1：
Dihydrogen Bonding / 4.2：
Halogen Bonding / 4.3：
Interpretation of Experimental Results and Types of Molecular Clusters / Chapter 5：
Molecule...Rare-Gas Atom Clusters / 5.1：
NO...Ar / 5.1.1：
Benzene...Ar / 5.1.2：
N-Butylbenzene...Ar (BB...Ar) / 5.1.3：
Fluorobenzene...Ar: Simulation of Rotational ZEKE/MATI Spectra / 5.1.6：
Aniline...Ar and Phenol...Ar / 5.3：
Trimer Clusters with Hydrogen and ?-Bonding / 5.3.2：
Phenol...Water...Ar / 5.4.1：
Benzene...Water...Ar / 5.4.2：
Benzene...Indole Complex / 5.5：
Nucleic Acid-Base Pairs in Vacuo / 5.7：
Ultrafast Hydrogen-Atom Transfer in Clusters of Aromatic Molecules Including Base Pairs / 5.8：
Photochemical Selectivity in Nucleic Acid Bases / 5.9：
Proton/Hydrogen Transfer and Hydrogen-Bonded Water Wires / 5.10：
Experimental and Theoretical Study of the Activity of Proton/Hydrogen Transfer in the 7-Azaindole...Ammonia Clusters / 5.10.1：
Helium Nanodroplets: Formic Acid Dimer and Glycine Dimer / 5.11：
Vibrational Energy Transfer and Predissociation / 5.11.1：
Aniline...Ar / 5.12.1：
Fluorobenzene...Ar / 5.12.2：
Extended Molecular Clusters in Chemistry, the Atmosphere and Stereospecific Molecular Recognition / 5.12.3：
Magic Numbers / 6.1：
Formation of Nanoscale Cages / 6.1.2：
Aerosols / 6.2：
Spontaneous Raman Scattering / 6.2.1：
Stimulated Raman Scattering / 6.2.3：
Chirality and Molecular Complexes / 6.3：
Theoretical Approaches to Chiral Recognition / 6.3.1：
Experiments in the Gas Phase and Supersonic Jets / 6.3.2：
Neurotransmitters: (1S, 2S)-N Methylpseudoephedrine / 6.3.3：
Subject Index
Introduction / Chapter 1：
An Historical Remark / 1.1：
A Remark on Nomenclature of Molecular Complexes / 1.2：
19.
図書
edited by Sabine Szunerits, Rabah Boukherroub
出版情報:
Singapore : Pan Stanford Publishing, c2015 xix, 358 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Foreword
Preface
Propagating Surface Plasmon Polaritons / Atef Shalabney1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Surface Plasmons on Smooth Surfaces / 1.2：
Surface Plasmon at Single Interface / 1.2.1：
Surface Plasmon in Multilayer Systems / 1.2.2：
Electromagnetic Energy Confinement and Field Enhancement / 1.2.3：
Excitation of Surface Plasmon Polaritons / 1.2.4：
Applications / 1.3：
Surface Plasmon Resonance-Based Sensors / 1.3.1：
Enhanced Spectroscopy and Emissive Processes / 1.3.2：
Concluding Remarks / 1.4：
Different Strategies for Glycan Immobilization onto Plasmonic Interfaces / Sabine Szunerits ; Rabah Boukherroub2：
Carboxymethylated Dextran Layers: The BiAcore Chip / 2.1：
Self-Assembled Monolayers Based on Thiolated Functional Groups / 2.3：
Polymer Films / 2.4：
Lamellar SPR Structures / 2.5：
Conclusion
Biophysics of DNA: DNA Melting Curve Analysis with Surface Plasmon Resonance Imaging / Arnaud Buhot ; Julia Pingel ; Jean-Bernard Fiche ; Roberto Calemczuk ; Thierry Livache3：
Temperature Regulation of SPRi for DNA Melting Curves Analysis / 3.1：
SPRi Apparatus with Temperature Regulation / 3.2.1：
Equilibrium versus Out-of-Equilibrium Melting Curves / 3.2.2：
Stability of Grafting Chemistries at High Temperatures / 3.2.3：
Electro-copolymerization of poly-pyrrole / 3.2.3.1：
Thiol self-assembling monolayer / 3.2.3.2：
Physico-Chemistry of DNA Melting at a Surface / 3.3：
Effects of Denaturant Molecules / 3.3.1：
Effects of Salt Concentration / 3.3.2：
Detection of Single Point Mutation from Melting Curve Analysis / 3.4：
Detection with Oligonucleotides Targets / 3.4.1：
Detection Limit of Somatic Mutations / 3.4.2：
Homozygous and Heterozygous Detection of PCR Products / 3.4.3：
Plasmon Waveguide Resonance Spectroscopy: Principles and Applications in Studies of Molecular Interactions within Membranes / Isabel D. Alves3.5：
Plasmon Spectroscopy / 4.1：
Description of Surface Plasmons / 4.2.1：
Types of Surface Plasmon Resonances / 4.2.2：
Conventional surface plasmon resonance / 4.2.2.1：
Plasmon-waveguide resonance / 4.2.2.2：
PWR Spectral Analysis / 4.2.3：
PWR Applications / 4.3：
Lipid Bilayers / 4.3.1：
Solid-supported lipid bilayers / 4.3.1.1：
Membranes composed of cellular membrane fragments / 4.3.1.2：
GPCR Insertion into Membranes, Activation and Signaling / 4.3.2：
Role of Lipids in GPCR Activation, Signaling, and Partition into Membrane Microdomains / 4.3.3：
Interaction of Membrane Active Peptides with Lipid Membranes / 4.3.4：
PWR Ongoing Developments / 4.4：
Surface-Wave Enhanced Biosensing / Wolfgang Knoll ; Amal Kasry ; Chun-Jen Huang ; Yi Wang ; Jakub Dostalek5：
Surface Plasmon Field-Enhanced Fluorescence Detection / 5.1：
Long-Range Surface Plasmon Fluorescence Spectroscopy / 5.3：
Optical Waveguide Fluorescence Spectroscopy / 5.4：
Conclusions / 5.5：
Infrared Surface Plasmon Resonance / Stefan Franzen ; Mark Losego ; Misun Kang ; Edward Sachet ; Jon-Paul Maria6：
The Hypothesis That Surface Plasmon Resonance Will Be Observed in Free Electron Conductors / 6.1：
Confirmation of the Hypothesis That Conducting Metal Oxides Can Support Surface Plasmon Resonance / 6.3：
The Effect of Carrier Concentration / 6.4：
The Effect of Mobility / 6.5：
Hybrid Plasmons: Understanding the Relationship between Localized LSPR and SPR / 6.6：
The Effect of Materials Properties on the Observed Surface Plasmon Polaritons / 6.7：
Detection of Mid-Infrared Surface Plasmon Polaritons / 6.8：
The Search for High Mobility Conducting Metal Oxides / 6.9：
The Unique Characteristics of Localized Surface Plasmon Resonance / Gaetan Leveque ; Abdellatif Akjouj6.10：
Localized Surface Plasmon Resonance of a Single Particle / 7.1：
Single Particle in the Quasi-Static Approximation / 7.1.1：
Case of the spherical particle / 7.1.1.1：
Case of the spheroidal particle / 7.1.1.2：
Beyond the Quasi-Static Approximation / 7.1.2：
Examples of Coupled Plasmonic Systems / 7.2：
Chain of Identical Particles / 7.2.1：
Chain of Different Particles / 7.2.2：
Localized Surface Plasmon for a Periodic Nano structure / 7.3：
Model and Simulation Method / 7.3.1：
Absorption Spectra for Au Nano structures Array / 7.3.2：
Influence of the Thickness of a Diamond Dielectric Overlayer on the LSPR / 7.3.3：
Advances in the Fabrication of Plasmonic Nanostructures: Plasmonics Going Down to the IManoscale / Thomas Maurer7.3.4：
Top-Down Techniques: A Mask-Based Process / 8.1：
Conventional Lithography Techniques: Photolithography and Particle Beam Lithography / 8.2.1：
Photolithography / 8.2.1.1：
Particle beam lithography / 8.2.1.2：
Advanced Lithography Techniques: Masks Coming from Researcher Imagination / 8.2.2：
Multilevel laser interference lithography / 8.2.2.1：
Nanostencil lithography / 8.2.2.2：
Self-assembly techniques for mask fabrication: nanosphere lithorgaphy and block copolymer lithography / 8.2.2.3：
Direct Writing / 8.2.3：
Particle beam-induced etching and particle beam-induced deposition / 8.2.3.1：
Laser ablation / 8.2.3.2：
3D laser lithography / 8.2.3.3：
Printing, Replica Molding and Embossing / 8.2.4：
Printing / 8.2.4.1：
Replica molding / 8.2.4.2：
Embossing / 8.2.4.3：
Conclusion about the Top-Down Strategy / 8.2.5：
Bottom-Up Techniques: Atom by Atom Building / 8.3：
The Bottom-Up Strategy / 8.3.1：
Physical route / 8.3.1.1：
Electrochemical route / 8.3.1.2：
Chemical route / 8.3.1.3：
Self-Organization, the Next Challenge of Plasmonics / 8.3.2：
Laboratory self-assembly techniques / 8.3.2.1：
Mass Production Using Wet Coating Processes / 8.3.3：
Mixing Top-Down and Bottom-Up Routes / 8.4：
Porous Membranes for Ordered Nanowires Growth / 8.4.1：
Copolymer Template Control of Plasmonic Nanoparticle Synthesis via Thermal Annealing / 8.4.2：
Let's Play Your Imagination / 8.4.3：
Conclusion: First, Choose Materials / 8.5：
Colorimetric Sensing Based on Metallic Nanostructures / Daniel Aili ; Borja Sepulveda9：
Introduction and Historical Perspective / 9.1：
Synthesis of Gold Nanoparticles / 9.2：
Optical Properties of Gold Nanoparticles / 9.3：
Colloidal Stability and Surface Chemistry of Gold Nanoparticles / 9.4：
Surface Functionalization / 9.4.1：
Molecular Recognition for Modulation of Nanoparticle Stability / 9.5：
Cross-Linking Assays / 9.5.1：
Redispersion Assays / 9.5.2：
Non-Cross-Linking Assays / 9.5.3：
Outlook and Challenges / 9.6：
Assays with Reversed Sensitivity and Plasmonic ELISA / 9.6.1：
Assays for the Future / 9.6.2：
Surface-Enhanced Raman Scattering: Principles and Applications for Single-Molecule Detection / Diego P. dos Santos ; Marcia I. A. Temperini ; Alexandre G. Brolo10：
Raman Scattering / 10.1：
SERS / 10.3：
SERS Substrates / 10.4：
Single-Molecule SERS / 10.5：
Graphene-Based Plasmonics / Sinan Balci ; Emre Ozan Polat ; Coskun Kocabas10.6：
Introduction: Plasmons in Reduced Dimensions / 11.1：
Optical Properties of Graphene / 11.2：
Synthesis of Graphene / 11.3：
Plasma Oscillations on Graphene-Metal Surface / 11.4：
Graphene Functionalized SPR Sensors / 11.5：
Graphene Passivation for SPR Sensors / 11.6：
Biomolecular Detection Using Graphene Functionalized SPR Sensors / 11.7：
Graphene Oxide Functionalization / 11.8：
Gate-Tunable Graphene Plasmonics / 11.9：
SPR: An Industrial Point of View / Iban Larroulet11.10：
Companies / 12.1：
Future Trends / 12.3：
Index
Foreword
Preface
Propagating Surface Plasmon Polaritons / Atef Shalabney1：
20.
図書
Mehryar Mohri, Afshin Rostamizadeh, and Ameet Talwalkar
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Applications and problems / 1.1：
Definitions and terminology / 1.2：
Cross-validation / 1.3：
Learning scenarios / 1.4：
Outline / 1.5：
The PAC Learning Framework / 2：
The PAC learning model / 2.1：
Guarantees for finite hypothesis sets - consistent case / 2.2：
Guarantees for finite hypothesis sets - inconsistent case / 2.3：
Generalities / 2.4：
Deterministic versus stochastic scenarios / 2.4.1：
Bayes error and noise / 2.4.2：
Estimation and approximation errors / 2.4.3：
Model selection / 2.4.4：
Chapter notes / 2.5：
Exercises / 2.6：
Rademacher Complexity and VC-Dimension / 3：
Rademacher complexity / 3.1：
Growth function / 3.2：
VC-dimension / 3.3：
Lower bounds / 3.4：
Support Vector Machines / 3.5：
Linear classification / 4.1：
SVMs - separable case / 4.2：
Primal optimization problem / 4.2.1：
Support vectors / 4.2.2：
Dual optimization problem / 4.2.3：
Leave-one-out analysis / 4.2.4：
SVMs - non-separable case / 4.3：
Margin theory / 4.3.1：
Kernel Methods / 4.5：
Positive definite symmetric kernels / 5.1：
Definitions / 5.2.1：
Reproducing kernel Hilbert space / 5.2.2：
Properties / 5.2.3：
Kernel-based algorithms / 5.3：
SVMs with PDS kernels / 5.3.1：
Representer theorem / 5.3.2：
Learning guarantees / 5.3.3：
Negative definite symmetric kernels / 5.4：
Sequence kernels / 5.5：
Weighted transducers / 5.5.1：
Rational kernels / 5.5.2：
Boosting / 5.6：
AdaBoost / 6.1：
Bound on the empirical error / 6.2.1：
Relationship with coordinate descent / 6.2.2：
Relationship with logistic regression / 6.2.3：
Standard use in practice / 6.2.4：
Theoretical results / 6.3：
VC-dimension-based analysis / 6.3.1：
Margin-based analysis / 6.3.2：
Margin maximization / 6.3.3：
Game-theoretic interpretation / 6.3.4：
Discussion / 6.4：
On-Line Learning / 6.5：
Prediction with expert advice / 7.1：
Mistake bounds and Halving algorithm / 7.2.1：
Weighted majority algorithm / 7.2.2：
Randomized weighted majority algorithm / 7.2.3：
Exponential weighted average algorithm / 7.2.4：
Perceptron algorithm / 7.3：
Winnow algorithm / 7.3.2：
On-line to batch conversion / 7.4：
Game-theoretic connection / 7.5：
Multi-Class Classification / 7.6：
Multi-class classification problem / 8.1：
Generalization bounds / 8.2：
Uncombined multi-class algorithms / 8.3：
Multi-class SVMs / 8.3.1：
Multi-class boosting algorithms / 8.3.2：
Decision trees / 8.3.3：
Aggregated multi-class algorithms / 8.4：
One-versus-all / 8.4.1：
One-versus-one / 8.4.2：
Error-correction codes / 8.4.3：
Structured prediction algorithms / 8.5：
Ranking / 8.6：
The problem of ranking / 9.1：
Generalization bound / 9.2：
Ranking with SVMs / 9.3：
RankBoost / 9.4：
Margin bound for ensemble methods in ranking / 9.4.1：
Bipartite ranking / 9.5：
Boosting in bipartite ranking / 9.5.1：
Area under the ROC curve / 9.5.2：
Preference-based setting / 9.6：
Second-stage ranking problem / 9.6.1：
Deterministic algorithm / 9.6.2：
Randomized algorithm / 9.6.3：
Extension to other loss functions / 9.6.4：
Regression / 9.7：
The problem of regression / 10.1：
Finite hypothesis sets / 10.2：
Rademacher complexity bounds / 10.2.2：
Pseudo-dimension bounds / 10.2.3：
Regression algorithms / 10.3：
Linear regression / 10.3.1：
Kernel ridge regression / 10.3.2：
Support vector regression / 10.3.3：
Lasso / 10.3.4：
Group norm regression algorithms / 10.3.5：
On-line regression algorithms / 10.3.6：
Algorithmic Stability / 10.4：
Stability-based generalization guarantee / 11.1：
Stability of kernel-based regularization algorithms / 11.3：
Application to regression algorithms: SVR and KRR / 11.3.1：
Application to classification algorithms: SVMs / 11.3.2：
Dimensionality Reduction / 11.3.3：
Principal Component Analysis / 12.1：
Kernel Principal Component Analysis (KPCA) / 12.2：
KPCA and manifold learning / 12.3：
Isomap / 12.3.1：
Laplacian eigenmaps / 12.3.2：
Locally linear embedding (LLE) / 12.3.3：
Johnson-Lindenstrauss lemma / 12.4：
Learning Automata and Languages / 12.5：
Finite automata / 13.1：
Efficient exact learning / 13.3：
Passive learning / 13.3.1：
Learning with queries / 13.3.2：
Learning automata with queries / 13.3.3：
Identification in the limit / 13.4：
Learning reversible automata / 13.4.1：
Reinforcement Learning / 13.5：
Learning scenario / 14.1：
Markov decision process model / 14.2：
Policy / 14.3：
Definition / 14.3.1：
Policy value / 14.3.2：
Policy evaluation / 14.3.3：
Optimal policy / 14.3.4：
Planning algorithms / 14.4：
Value iteration / 14.4.1：
Policy iteration / 14.4.2：
Linear programming / 14.4.3：
Learning algorithms / 14.5：
Stochastic approximation / 14.5.1：
TD(0) algorithm / 14.5.2：
Q-learning algorithm / 14.5.3：
SARSA / 14.5.4：
TD(λ) algorithm / 14.5.5：
Large state space / 14.5.6：
Conclusion / 14.6：
Linear Algebra Review / A：
Vectors and norms / A.1：
Norms / A.1.1：
Dual norms / A.1.2：
Matrices / A.2：
Matrix norms / A.2.1：
Singular value decomposition / A.2.2：
Symmetric positive semidefinite (SPSD) matrices / A.2.3：
Convex Optimization / B：
Differentiation and unconstrained optimization / B.1：
Convexity / B.2：
Constrained optimization / B.3：
Probability Review / B.4：
Probability / C.1：
Random variables / C.2：
Conditional probability and independence / C.3：
Expectation, Markov's inequality, and moment-generating function / C.4：
Variance and Chebyshev's inequality / C.5：
Concentration inequalities / D：
Hoeffding's inequality / D.1：
McDiarmid's inequality / D.2：
Other inequalities / D.3：
Binomial distribution: Slud's inequality / D.3.1：
Normal distribution: tail bound / D.3.2：
Khintchine-Kahane inequality / D.3.3：
Notation / D.4：
References
Index
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Applications and problems / 1.1：
21.
図書
edited by Zhongwei Gu
出版情報:
Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2015 xxi, 337 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
List of Contributors
Preface
Backbone Degradable and Coiled-Coil Based Macromolecular Therapeutics / Jiyuan Yang ; Jindrich Kopecek1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Water-Soluble Polymers as Carriers of Anticancer Drugs / 1.2：
First Generation Conjugates - Design, Synthesis, and Activity / 1.2.1：
Analysis of Design Factors That Need Attention / 1.2.2：
Design of Conjugates for the Treatment of Noncancerous Diseases / 1.2.2.1：
Combination Therapy Using Polymer-Bound Therapeutics / 1.2.2.2：
New Targeting Strategies / 1.2.2.3：
Relationship Between Detailed Structure of the Conjugates and Their Properties / 1.2.2.4：
Impact of Binding a Drug to a Polymer on the Mechanism of Action / 1.2.2.5：
Mechanism of Internalization and Subcellular Trafficking / 1.2.2.6：
Relationship Between the Molecular Weight of the Carrier and the Efficacy of the Conjugate / 1.2.2.7：
Design of Second Generation Conjugates - Long-Circulating and Backbone Degradable / 1.2.3：
RAFT Copolymerization for the Synthesis of Conjugates / 1.2.3.1：
Click Reactions for Chain Extension into Multiblock Copolymers / 1.2.3.2：
Biological Properties of Long-Circulating Macromolecular Therapeutics / 1.2.3.3：
Summary of Part 2 and Future Prospects / 1.2.4：
Drug-Free Macromolecular Therapeutics - A New Paradigm in Drug Delivery / 1.3：
Biorecognition in Hybrid Polymer Systems / 1.3.1：
Coiled-Coils in Biomedical Systems / 1.3.2：
Coiled-Coil Based Drug-Free Macromolecular Therapeutics: Design, In Vitro, and In Vivo Activity / 1.3.3：
Potential, Limitations, and Future Prospect of Drug-Free Macromolecular Therapeutics / 1.3.4：
General Summary and Outlook / 1.4：
Acknowledgments
References
Dendritic Polymers as Targeting Nanoscale Drug Delivery Systems for Cancer Therapy / Kui Luo ; Zhongwei Gu2：
Functional Dendritic Polymers Based Drug Delivery Vehicles for Targeting Tumor Therapy via EPR Effect / 2.1：
Functional Dendritic Polymers for Encapsulation of Anticancer Drugs / 2.2.1：
Chemical Conjugation Functional Dendritic Polymers as Drug Delivery Systems / 2.2.2：
Tumor Targeting Moieties Functionalized Dendritic Drug Delivery Vehicles for Cancer Therapy / 2.3：
Conclusion / 2.4：
Composite Colloidal Nanosystems for Targeted Delivery and Sensing / Pilar Rivera Gil ; Moritz Nazarenus ; Wolfgang J. Parak3：
Working Toolkit / 3.1：
Engineering a Multifunctional Carrier / 3.1.2：
Objective / 3.2：
Cellular Behavior of the Carrier / 3.3：
Intracellular Fate / 3.3.1：
Biocompatibility / 3.3.2：
Applications / 3.4：
Delivery with Multifunctional PEM Capsules / 3.4.1：
Magnetic Targeting and Magnetofection / 3.4.1.1：
Strategies for Controlled Opening / 3.4.1.2：
Intracellular Ion Sensing / 3.4.2：
Conclusions / 3.5：
Abbreviations
Polymeric Micelles for Cancer-Targeted Drug Delivery / Huabing Chen ; Zhishen Ge ; Kazunori Kataoka4：
Micelle Formulations in Clinical Development / 4.1：
Particle Size of Micelles / 4.3：
Morphology of Micelles / 4.4：
Targeting Design of Micelles for Enhanced Accumulation and Cell Internalization / 4.5：
Functional Designs of Micelles / 4.6：
Design of Micelles for Gene Delivery / 4.7：
Challenge and Future Perspective 103 / 4.8：
Biomimetic Polymers for in Vivo Drug Delivery / Wenping Wang ; Kinam Park5：
Commonly Used Biomimetic Polymers and Their Applications in DDS / 5.1：
Polylactones and Their Modifications / 5.2.1：
Poly(lactic acid) (PLA) / 5.2.1.1：
Poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA) / 5.2.1.2：
Poly(ε-caprolactone) (PCL) / 5.2.1.3：
Dendrimer / 5.2.2：
Structure and Properties of Dendrimers / 5.2.2.1：
Types of Dendrimers / 5.2.2.2：
Applications of Dendrimers as Carriers in Drug Delivery Systems / 5.2.2.3：
Synthetic Polypeptides / 5.2.3：
Challenges and Perspectives / 5.3：
Drug Delivery from Protein-Based Nanoparticles / Dan Ding ; Xiqun Jiang6：
Preparation of Protein-Based Nanoparticles / 6.1：
Desolvation / 6.2.1：
Emulsification / 6.2.2：
Coacervation / 6.2.3：
Polymer-Monomer Pair Reaction System / 6.2.4：
Drug Delivery from Albumin-Based Nanoparticles / 6.3：
Albumin-Based Nanoparticles as Drug Carriers / 6.3.1：
Targeting Ligand-Functionalized Albumin-Based Nanoparticles / 6.3.2：
Nanoparticle Albumin-Bound (nab) Technology / 6.3.3：
Drug Delivery from Gelatin-Based Nanoparticles / 6.4：
Gelatin-Based Nanoparticles as Drug Carriers / 6.4.1：
Targeting Ligand-Functionalized Gelatin-Based Nanoparticles / 6.4.2：
Site-Specific Drug Delivery System / 6.4.3：
Drug Delivery from Other Protein-Based Nanoparticles / 6.5：
Polymeic Gene Carriers / Xuesi Chen ; Huayu Tian ; Xiuwen Guan7：
Gene Therapy and Gene Carriers / 7.1：
Gene Therapy / 7.1.1：
The Concept of Gene Therapy / 7.1.1.1：
Development and the Present Situation of Gene Therapy / 7.1.1.2：
Methods and Strategies of Gene Therapy / 7.1.1.3：
Research Contents and Challenges of Gene Therapy / 7.1.1.4：
Gene Carriers / 7.1.2：
The Concept of Gene Carrier / 7.1.2.1：
The Necessity of the Gene Carrier / 7.1.2.2：
Requirements of Gene Carrier / 7.1.2.3：
Classification of Gene Carrier / 7.1.2.4：
Polymeric Gene Carriers / 7.2：
Cationic Polymer Gene Carriers / 7.2.1：
Process of the Polycation Vector Mediated Gene Delivery / 7.2.1.1：
Categories and Research Situation of the Cationic Polymer Gene Vector / 7.2.1.2：
PEI Grafting Modification Polymeric Gene Carriers / 7.3：
Amino Acid Derivatives Modified Polymeric Gene Carriers / 7.3.1：
Poly(glutamic acid) Derivatives Modified PEI / 7.3.1.1：
Polyphenyialanine Derivatives Modified PEI / 7.3.1.2：
PEG Modified Hyperbranched PEI / 7.3.2：
Low Molecular Weight (LWM) PEI Base Polymeric Gene Carriers / 7.4：
Crosslinked Polycations / 7.4.1：
Crosslinlced Polycation OEI-CBA / 7.4.1.1：
Crosslinked Polycation OEI-PBLG-PEGDA / 7.4.1.2：
Hexachlorotriphosphazene Crosslinked Polycation / 7.4.1.3：
Grafted Polycations / 7.4.2：
Grafted Cationic Polymer MP-g-OEI / 7.4.2.1：
Graft Cationic Polymer N-PAE-g-OEI / 7.4.2.2：
Graft Cationic Polymer mPEGT-PMCC-g-OEI / 7.4.2.3：
Targeted Shielding System for Polymeric Gene Carriers / 7.5：
Static Shielding System / 7.5.1：
Poly(glutamine acid) Shielding System and PEGylations / 7.5.1.1：
Sulfonamides Related Shielding System / 7.5.1.2：
Other Design Strategies of Cationic Gene Carrier / 7.5.2：
pH-Sensitive Polymeric Nanoparticles as Carriers for Cancer Therapy and Imaging / Yi Li ; Guang Hui Gao ; Ick Chan Kwon ; Doo Sung Lee7.6：
pH-Sensitive Polymers / 8.1：
pH-Sensitive Anionic Polymers / 8.2.1：
pH-Sensitive Cationic Polymers / 8.2.2：
pH-Sensitive Neutral Polymers / 8.2.3：
pH-Sensitive Polymers as Drug Carriers / 8.3：
pH-Sensitive Polymer-Drug Conjugates / 8.3.1：
pH-Sensitive Polymeric Micelles / 8.3.2：
pH-Sensitive Polymersomes / 8.3.3：
pH-Sensitive Polymer-Inorganic Hybrid Nanoparticles / 8.3.4：
pH-Sensitive Dendrimers / 8.3.5：
pH-Sensitive Polymers for Bioimaging / 8.4：
Charge-Reversal Polymers for Biodelivery / Bo Zhan ; Kai Wang ; Jingxing Si ; Meihua Sui ; Youqing Shen8.5：
Applications of Cationic Polymers in Biodelivery / 9.1：
Barriers for Cationic Polymers in In vitro and In vivo Applications / 9.2：
Characteristic pH Gradients in Tumor Interstitium and Endo/Lyso somes / 9.3：
Chemistry of Charge-Reversal Polymers Based on Acid-Labile Amides / 9.4：
pHe-Triggered Charge-Reversal / 9.4.1：
pHL-Triggered Charge-Reversal / 9.4.2：
Applications of Charge-Reversal Polymers in Biodelivery Systems / 9.5：
Charge-Reversal in Cancer Drug Delivery / 9.5.1：
Charge-Reversal in Gene Delivery / 9.5.2：
Charge-Reversal in Protein Delivery / 9.5.3：
Charge-Reversal Incorporated with Inorganic Materials / 9.5.4：
Perspectives / 9.6：
Phenylbaronic Acid-Containing Glucose-Responsive Polymer Materials: Synthesis and Applications in Drug Delivery / Rujiang Ma ; Linqi Shi10：
PBA-Containing Polymers Operating Under Physiological Conditions / 10.1：
Chemically Crosslinked PBA-Based Gels / 10.3：
Self-Assembled PBA-Based Polymer Micelles / 10.4：
Self-Assembled PBA-Based Polymersomes / 10.5：
Extracellular pH-Activated Nanocarriers for Enhanced Drug Delivery to Tumors / You-Yong Yuan ; Cheng-Qiong Mao ; Jin-Zhi Du ; Xian-Zhu Yang ; Jun Wang10.6：
Passive and Active Tumor Targeting / 11.1：
Targeting the Extracellular pH (pHe ) in Tumors / 11.3：
Extracellular pH-Induced Drug Delivery to Tumors / 11.4：
Ligand Exposure by a Shielding/Deshielding Method / 11.5：
Surface Charge Reversing Nanoparticles / 11.6：
Enhanced Cellular Uptake by Surface Charge Reversing Nanoparticles / 11.6.1：
Overcoming MDR by Surface Charge Reversing Nanoparticles / 11.6.2：
Enhanced Delivery of siRNA by Surface-Charge Reversing Nanoparticles / 11.6.3：
Stimulation-Sensitive Drug Delivery Systems / Xintao Shuai ; Du Cheng11.7：
pH-Sensitive Delivery Systems / 12.1：
pH-Sensitive Micellar Delivery Systems / 12.2.1：
pH-Sensitive Liposomes / 12.2.2：
Thermo-Sensitive Delivery Systems / 12.3：
Biomolecule-Sensitive Delivery Systems / 12.4：
Enzyme-Sensitive Nanocarriers / 12.4.1：
Reduction-Responsive Conjugates / 12.4.2：
Other Environmentally Sensitive Nanocarriers / 12.5：
Outlook / 12.6：
Index
List of Contributors
Preface
Backbone Degradable and Coiled-Coil Based Macromolecular Therapeutics / Jiyuan Yang ; Jindrich Kopecek1：
22.
図書
Ahmed H. Zewail, John M. Thomas
出版情報:
Hackensack, N.J. : Imperial College Press, c2010 xii, 341p. ; 25cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Acknowledgements
Preface
Historical Perspectives: From Camera Obscura to 4D Imaging / 1：
Concepts of Coherence: Optics, Diffraction, and Imaging / 2：
Coherence - A Simplified Prelude / 2.1：
Optical Coherence and Decoherence / 2.2：
Coherence in Diffraction / 2.3：
Rayleigh criterion and resolution / 2.3.1：
Diffraction from atoms and molecules / 2.3.2：
Coherence and Diffraction in Crystallography / 2.4：
Coherence in Imaging / 2.5：
Basic concepts / 2.5.1：
Coherence of the source, lateral and temporal / 2.5.2：
Imaging in electron microscopy / 2.5.3：
Instrumental Factors Limiting Coherence / 2.6：
From 2D to 3D Structural Imaging: Salient Concepts / 3：
2D and 3D Imaging / 3.1：
Electron Crystallography: Combining Diffraction and Imaging / 3.2：
High-Resolution Scanning Transmission Electron Microscopy / 3.3：
Use of STEM for electron tomography of inorganic materials / 3.3.1：
Biological and Other Organic Materials / 3.4：
Macromolecular architecture visualized by cryo-electron tomography / 3.4.1：
Electron-Energy-Loss Spectroscopy and Imaging by Energy-Filtered TEM / 3.5：
Combined EELS and ET in cellular biology / 3.5.1：
Electron Holography / 3.6：
Applications of 2D and 3D Imaging and Related Techniques / 4：
Introduction / 4.1：
Real-Space Crystallography via HRTEM and HRSTEM / 4.2：
Encapsulated nanocrystalline structures / 4.2.1：
Nanocrystalline catalyst particles of platinum / 4.2.2：
Microporous catalysts and molecular sieves / 4.2.3：
Other zeolite structures / 4.2.4：
Structures of complex catalytie oxides solved by HRSTEM / 4.2.5：
The value of electron diffraction in solving 3D structures / 4.2.6：
Electron Tomography / 4.3：
Electron Crystallography / 4.4：
Other complex inorganic structures / 4.5.1：
Complex biological structures / 4.5.2：
Electron-Energy-Loss Spectroscopy and Imagingl / 4.6：
Atomic Resolution in an Environmental TEM / 4.7：
Atomic-scale electron microscopy at ambient pressure by exploiting the technology of microelectromechanical systems / 4.7.1：
4D Electron Imaging in Space and Time: Principles / 5：
Atomic-Scale Resolution in Time / 5.1：
Matter particle-wave duality / 5.1.1：
Analogy with light / 5.1.2：
Classical atoms: Wave packets / 5.1.3：
Paradigm case study: Two atoms / 5.1.4：
From Stop-Motion Photography to Ultrafast Imaging / 5.2：
High-speed shutters / 5.2.1：
Stroboscopy / 5.2.2：
Ultrafast techniques / 5.2.3：
Ultrafast lasers / 5.2.4：
Single-Electron Imaging / 5.3：
Coherence of ultrafast packets / 5.3.1：
The double-slit experiment revisited / 5.3.2：
Ultrafast versus fast imaging / 5.3.3：
The velocity mismatch and attosecond regime / 5.3.4：
4D Microscopy: Brightness, Coherence and Degeneracy / 5.4：
Coherence volume and degeneracy / 5.4.1：
Brightness and degeneracy / 5.4.2：
Coherence and Contrast / 5.4.3：
Contrast, dose, and resolution / 5.4.4：
4D Ultrafast Electron Imaging: Developments and Applications / 6：
Developments at Caltech - A Brief History / 6.1：
Instruments and Techniques / 6.2：
Structure, Morphology, and Mechanics / 6.3：
Selected-area image (diffraction) dynamics / 6.3.1：
Dynamical morphology: Time-dependent warping / 6.3.2：
Proof of principle: Gold dynamics / 6.3.3：
Prototypical case: Graphite in 4D space / 6.3.4：
Atomic motions / 6.3.4.1：
Coherent resonances in diffraction: Longitudinal Young's modulus / 6.3.4.2：
Resonances in images: Longitudinal elasticity / 6.3.4.3：
Emergence of mechanical drumming; Transverse ellasticity / 6.3.4.4：
Moiré fringe dynamics / 6.3.4.5：
FEELS: Femtosecond EELS and chemical bonding / 6.3.4.6：
Selected Other Applications / 6.4：
Structural phase transitions / 6.4.1：
Metal-insulator transformation / 6.4.1.1：
Transient phases of superconducting cuprates / 6.4.1.2：
Nucleation and crystallization phenomena / 6.4.2：
Interfaces and biological assemblies / 6.4.3：
Water on hydrophobic and hydrophilic substrates / 6.4.3.1：
Bilayers, phospholipids, and cells / 6.4.3.2：
Nanomechanical and optoelectronic systems / 6.4.4：
Channel gating / 6.4.4.1：
Functional cantilevers / 6.4.4.2：
Optoelectronic nanorods / 6.4.4.3：
Diffraction and materials surface charging / 6.4.4.4：
4D Convergent Beam UEM: Nanodiffraction / 6.5：
4D Near-Field UEM: Nanostructures and Plasmonics / 6.6：
The Electron Microscope and the Synchrotron: A Comparison / 7：
Transmission X-ray Microscopy and X-ray Microscopic Tomography / 7.1：
X-ray tomography of biological cells / 7.2.1：
Coherent X-ray Diffraction Imaging / 7.3：
Extraction of Structures from Powdered Specimens / 7.4：
Extraction of structures from ultramicrocrystalline specimens / 7.4.1：
Energy-dispersive X-ray diffraction / 7.4.2：
X-ray-absorption-fine structure spectroscopy / 7.4.3：
Combined X-ray absorption and X-ray diffraction for in situ studies of powdered catalysts / 7.4.4：
Studies of Species in Solution / 7.5：
Laue Crystallography: Static and Dynamic / 7.6：
The Perennial Problem of Radiation Damage / 7.7：
Summarizing Assessment / 7.8：
4D Visualization: Past, Present, and Future / 8：
Visualization and Complexity / 8.1：
Complexity Paradox: Coherence and Creative Chaos / 8.2：
From 2(3)D to 4D Microscopy / 8.3：
Emerging Developments / 8.4：
Materials science / 8.4.1：
Biological UEM / 8.4.2：
Structural dynamics: Theory and experiment / 8.4.3：
Aligned- and single-molecule imaging / 8.4.4：
Imaging with attosecond electrons / 8.4.5：
Epilogue / 8.5：
Biographical Profiles
Acknowledgements
Preface
Historical Perspectives: From Camera Obscura to 4D Imaging / 1：
23.
図書
Joseph H. Koo
出版情報:
New York : McGraw-Hill, c2019 xvi, 523 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Nanomaterials, Processing, and Characterization / Part 1：
Introduction to Nanotechnology / 1：
Definition of Nanotechnology / 1.1：
Brief History of Nanotechnology / 1.2：
What Is the Significance of Nanoscale Materials? / 1.3：
Why Is This Nanoscale So Special and Unique? / 1.4：
How Polymer Nanocomposites Work / 1.5：
Strengths and Weaknesses of Nanoparticles / 1.6：
Safety of Nanoparticles / 1.7：
Overview of the Book / 1.8：
Summary / 1.9：
Study Questions / 1.10：
References / 1.11：
Further Reading / 1.12：
An Overview of Nanomaterials / 2：
Introduction / 2.1：
Types of Nanomaterials / 2.2：
One Nanoscale Dimension in the Form of Lamellar / 2.2.1：
Two Nanoscale Dimensions in the Form of Fibers / 2.2.2：
Three Nanoscale Dimensions in the Form of Particulates / 2.2.3：
Selecting Resin Matrix and Nanomaterials for Applications / 2.3：
Characteristics of Polymer Nanocomposites / 3.1：
Different Types of Polymer Nanocomposites / 3.2：
Thermoplastic-Based Nanocomposites / 3.2.1：
Thermoset-Based Nanocomposites / 3.2.2：
Elastomer-Based Nanocomposites / 3.2.3：
Processing of Multifunctional Polymer Nanocomposites / 3.3：
Synthesis Methods / 4.1：
Solution Intercalation / 4.2：
Solution Intercalation from Polymers in Solution / 4.2.1：
Solution Intercalation from Prepolymers in Solution / 4.2.2：
Melt Intercalation / 4.3：
Thermoplastic Nanocomposites / 4.3.1：
Elastomer Nanocomposites / 4.3.2：
Three-Roll Milling / 4.4：
Centrifugal Processing / 4.5：
In Situ Polymerization / 4.6：
Thermoset Nanocomposites / 4.6.1：
Rubber-Modified Epoxy Nanocomposites / 4.6.3：
Emulsion Polymerization / 4.7：
High-Shear Mixing / 4.8：
Ultrasonic Mixing / 4.9：
Structure and Property Characterization / 4.10：
Global Characterization Methods / 5.1：
Optical Microscopy / 5.2：
X-Ray Diffraction / 5.3：
Electron Microscopy and Spectroscopy / 5.4：
Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) / 5.4.1：
Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) / 5.4.2：
Energy-Dispersive X-Ray Spectroscopy (EDS or EDX) / 5.4.3：
Small-Angle X-Ray Scattering (SAXS) / 5.5：
Scanning Probe Microscopy (SPM) / 5.6：
Scanning Tunneling Microscopy (STM) / 5.6.1：
Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM) / 5.6.2：
Raman Spectroscopy / 5.7：
X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) / 5.8：
Other Techniques / 5.9：
Mechanical Properties / 5.10：
Thermal Properties / 5.11：
Thermogravimetric Analysis (TGA) / 5.11.1：
Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) / 5.11.2：
Dynamic Mechanical Thermal Analysis (DMTA) / 5.11.3：
Thermal Conductivity / 5.11.4：
Other Thermal Properties / 5.11.5：
Flammability Properties / 5.12：
Cone Calorimeter (CC) / 5.12.1：
Mass Loss Calorimetry (MLC) / 5.12.2：
Microscale Combustion Calorimetry (MCC) / 5.12.3：
Oxygen Index-Limiting Oxygen Index (LOI) / 5.12.4：
UL 94 / 5.12.5：
Steiner Tunnel Test (ASTM E 84) / 5.12.6：
Ablation Properties / 5.13：
Simulated Solid Rocket Motor (SSRM) / 5.13.1：
Subscale Solid Rocket Motor (Char Motor) / 5.13.2：
Oxyacetylene Test Bed (OTB) / 5.13.3：
Char Strength Sensor / 5.13.4：
In Situ Ablation Recession and Thermal Sensors / 5.13.5：
Electrical Properties / 5.14：
Other Properties / 5.15：
Summary, Future Needs, and Assessments / 5.16：
Multifunctional Properties of Polymer Nanocomposites / 5.17：
Mechanical Properties of Polymer Nanocomposites / 6：
Nanoclay-Based Thermoplastic Nanocomposites / 6.1：
Carbon-Based Thermoplastic Nanocomposites / 6.2.2：
Other Nanomaterial-Based Thermoplastic Nanocomposites / 6.2.3：
Summary of Thermoplastic-Based Nanocomposites / 6.2.4：
Thermoplastic Elastomer-Based Nanocomposites / 6.3：
Nanoclay-Based Thermoplastic Elastomer Nanocomposites / 6.3.1：
Carbon-Based Thermoplastic Elastomer Nanocomposites / 6.3.2：
Other Nanomaterial-Based Thermoplastic Elastomer Nanocomposites / 6.3.3：
Summary of Thermoplastic Elastomer-Based Nanocomposites / 6.3.4：
Epoxy Nanocomposites / 6.4：
Special Types of CNT-Based Thermoset-Based Nanocomposites / 6.4.2：
Summary of Thermoset-Based Nanocomposites / 6.4.3：
Overall Summary / 6.5：
Thermal Properties of Polymer Nanocomposites / 6.6：
Polypropylene-Clay Nanocomposites / 7.1：
PEEK-Carbon Nanofiber Nanocomposites / 7.2.2：
PVC-Layered Double-Hydroxide Nanocomposites / 7.2.3：
Hybrid Systems / 7.2.4：
Summary of Thermal Properties of Thermoplastic-Based Nanocomposites / 7.2.5：
Thermoplastic Polyurethane-Montmorillonite Clay / 7.3：
Thermoplastic Polyurethane-MWNT Nanocomposites / 7.3.2：
Thermoplastic Polyurethane Mixed with Laponite and Cloisite / 7.3.3：
Poly(dimethyl siloxane)/Boron Nitride / 7.3.4：
Polyethylene/Single-Walled Carbon Nanotubes / 7.3.5：
Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer/ZnO / 7.3.6：
Summary of Thermal Properties of Thermoplastic Elastomer-Based Nanocomposites / 7.3.7：
Thermal Conductivity of Epoxy-Based Nanocomposites / 7.4：
Heterogeneously Structured Conductive Resin Matrix/Graphite Fiber Composite for High Thermal Conductive Structural Applications / 7.4.3：
Summary of Thermal Conductivity Properties of Thermoset-Based Nanocomposites / 7.5：
Phenylethynyl Polyimide-Graphene Oxide Nanocomposites / 7.6：
Summary of Thermal Properties of Thermoset-Based Nanocomposites / 7.7：
Flammability Properties of Polymer Nanocomposites / 7.8：
Thermal and Flame Retardancy Properties of Polymer Nanocomposites / 8.1：
One Nanoscale Dimension-Based Nanocomposites / 8.2.1：
Two Nanoscale Dimensions-Based Nanocomposites / 8.2.2：
Three Nanoscale Dimensions-Based Nanocomposites / 8.2.3：
Multicomponent FR Systems: Polymer Nanocomposites Combined with Additional Materials / 8.2.4：
Flame-Retard ant Mechanisms of Polymer Nanocomposites / 8.3：
Concluding Remarks and Trends of Polymer Nanocomposites / 8.4：
Ablation Properties of Polymer Nanocomposites / 8.5：
Behavior of Thermal Protection Materials / 9.1：
Polymer Nanocomposite Review / 9.3：
Thermoplastic Nanocomposite Studies / 9.3.1：
Polymer-Clay Nanocomposite Studies / 9.3.2：
EPDM Nanocomposite Studies / 9.3.3：
Natural Rubber (NR) and Hydrogenated Nitrite Butadiene Rubber (HNBR) Nanocomposite Studies / 9.3.4：
Thermoplastic Polyurethane Nanocomposite (TPUN) Studies / 9.3.5：
Phenolic Nanocomposite Studies / 9.3.6：
In Situ Ablation Sensing Technology / 9.4：
A Comparison Among the Temperature Profiles of High-, Mid-, and Low-Density Materials / 9.4.1：
Summary and Conclusions of Ablation Recession Rate of Different Types of Ablatives and Future Outlook / 9.4.2：
Overall Summary and Conclusions / 9.5：
Electrical Properties of Polymer Nanocomposites / 9.6：
Electrical Properties of Thermoplastic-Based Nanocomposites / 10.1：
Carbon Nanotube-Reinforced Thermoplastic-Based Nanocomposites / 10.2.1：
Carbon Nanofiber-Reinforced Thermoplastic-Based Nanocomposites / 10.2.2：
Graphite-Reinforced Thermoplastic-Based Nanocomposites / 10.2.3：
Electrical Properties of Thermoset-Based Nanocomposites / 10.3：
Carbon Nanotube-Reinforced Thermoset-Based Nanocomposites / 10.3.1：
Carbon Nanofiber-Reinforced Thermoset-Based Nanocomposites / 10.3.2：
Carbon Black-Reinforced Thermoset-Based Nanocomposites / 10.3.3：
Graphite-Reinforced Thermoset-Based Nanocomposites / 10.3.4：
Electrical Properties of Thermoplastic Elastomer-Based Nanocomposites / 10.4：
Inorganic Filler in Thermoplastic Elastomer-Based Nanocomposites / 10.4.1：
Organic Fillers in Thermoplastic Elastomer-Based Nanocomposites / 10.4.2：
Widespread Properties of Polymer Nanocomposites / 10.5：
Tribological Properties of Polymer Nanocomposites / 11.1：
Abrasion, Wear, and Scratch Resistance Characterization Techniques / 11.2.1：
Wear and Abrasion Resistance of Polymer-Clay Nanocomposites / 11.2.2：
Wear and Scratch Resistance of Polymer-Carbon Nanotube Nanocomposites / 11.2.3：
Wear Resistance of PTFE-Graphene Nanocomposites / 11.2.4：
Summary of Tribological Properties of Polymer Nanocomposites / 11.2.5：
Permeability Properties of Polymer Nanocomposites and Applications of Nanotechnology and Nanomaterials in the Oil Field / 11.3：
Opportunities and Trends for Polymer Nanocomposites / 11.4：
Opportunities, Trends, and Challenges for Nanomaterials and Polymer Nanocomposites / 12：
Government and Commercial Research Opportunities / 12.1：
U.S. Government Research Opportunities, Program Plans, and Progress / 12.2.1：
Commercial Market Opportunities / 12.2.2：
Cost and Property and Geographical Breakdown Analyses / 12.2.3：
Technical and Funding Developments / 12.2.4：
Nanotechnology Research Output / 12.3：
Trend and Forecast / 12.4：
Challenges / 12.5：
Manufacturability of Nanoparticles / 12.5.1：
Manufacturability of Polymer Nanocomposites / 12.5.2：
Concluding Remarks / 12.6：
Index / 12.7：
Preface
Nanomaterials, Processing, and Characterization / Part 1：
Introduction to Nanotechnology / 1：
24.
図書
Kurt Jax
目次情報:
続きを見る
Acknowledgements
Introduction / 1：
Setting the scene: the context of investigating ecosystem functioning / 2：
Case study: exotic species and ecosystem functioning on Navarino Island / 2.1：
The fields of application for 'ecosystem functioning' / 2.2：
Conclusions from this chapter / 2.3：
What do we need for a functioning ecosystem? The debate on biodiversity and ecosystem functioning / 3：
A brief look at the history of the biodiversity - ecosystem functioning debate / 3.1：
Two diversity debates in ecology / 3.1.1：
Biodiversity and ecosystem functioning research: some general trends / 3.1.2：
Biodiversity and ecosystem functioning: what do we measure? / 3.2：
Biodiversity and ecosystem processes / 3.2.1：
From ecosystem processes to overall ecosystem functioning / 3.2.2：
Excursus: ecosystem functioning, functional groups, and functional diversity / 3.2.3：
Biodiversity and ecosystem functioning: some consensus and many open questions / 3.2.4：
Becoming general: what is ecosystem functioning? / 3.3：
At the heart of the problem: the meanings of 'functioning' / 4.1：
From function to functioning / 4.1.1：
Excursus: ecosystem services / 4.1.2：
Function and functioning: teleology looming / 4.2：
Two different views on wholes and parts / 4.2.1：
Ecosystem functioning and teleology / 4.2.2：
Functions in organisms, societies, and ecosystems / 4.2.3：
The meanings of 'ecosystem' / 4.3：
Case study: destroying or maintaining a functioning ecosystem? Wildlife management in Yellowstone National Park / 4.3.1：
A tool for clarifying and visualising different ecosystem definitions: the SIC scheme / 4.3.2：
General conclusions / 4.4：
Ecosystem functioning as a conceptual cluster: related terms and concepts / 4.4.2：
Ecosystem functioning: science meets society / 5：
Between constructivism and scientific realism: determining the limits of ecosystem functioning / 5.1：
Are ecosystems mere constructs? / 5.1.1：
Implications for ecosystems and their functioning / 5.1.2：
Does the variety of ecosystem concepts promote environmental relativism? / 5.1.3：
Case study: alternative stable states as distinct modes of ecosystem functioning / 5.1.4：
Values, norms, and ecosystem functioning: a necessary and difficult unity / 5.2：
Case study: societal choices and ecosystem management: the Ecosystem Approach of the Convention on Biodiversity / 5.3：
The development of ecosystem management approaches / 5.3.1：
The Ecosystem Approach of the Convention on Biodiversity / 5.3.2：
'Ecosystem functioning' in the Convention on Biodiversity Ecosystem Approach / 5.3.3：
Conclusions: the roles of science and society in assessing ecosystem functioning / 5.4：
A network of hybrid concepts / 5.4.1：
Assessing ecosystem functioning: some existing approaches / 6：
Ecosystem functioning: the baseline / 6.1：
Existing approaches for assessing ecosystem functioning: ecosystem integrity, ecosystem health, ecosystem stability, and ecosystem resilience / 6.2：
Ecosystem integrity and health / 6.2.1：
Case study: assessing 'good ecological status' in the European Water Framework Directive / 6.2.2：
Ecosystem stability and resilience / 6.2.3：
Other approaches / 6.2.4：
Putting ecosystem functioning concepts into practice: a classification and some guidelines / 6.3：
Ecosystem functioning concepts in practice: a classification / 7.1：
Ecosystem functioning and the generic-type ecosystem / 7.1.1：
Ecosystem functioning and the process-focused-type ecosystem / 7.1.2：
Ecosystem functioning and the physiognomic-type ecosystem / 7.1.3：
Ecosystem functioning and the species-specific-type ecosystem / 7.1.4：
What is the use in describing different ecosystem functioning types? / 7.1.5：
Some guidelines for conceptualising and assessing ecosystem functioning / 7.2：
Choices / 7.2.1：
Procedures / 7.2.2：
Case study: ecological restoration and ecosystem functioning / 7.3：
Restoration of post-mining sites in Lower Lusatia / 7.3.1：
Beyond Lusatia: ecological restoration and ecosystem functioning / 7.3.2：
Conclusions and outlook / 7.4：
Ecosystem functioning as a research programme? / 7.4.1：
Is ecosystem functioning good? / 7.4.2：
The role(s) of scientists in ecosystem functioning research (and beyond) / 7.4.3：
How useful is the ecosystem functioning concept? / 7.4.4：
References
Index
A brief look at the history of the biodiversity-ecosystem functioning debate
Biodiversity and ecosystem, processes
Acknowledgements
Introduction / 1：
Setting the scene: the context of investigating ecosystem functioning / 2：
25.
図書
Mahmood Aliofkhazraei, editor
出版情報:
Cham : Springer, c2016 2 v. (1439 p.) ; 25 cm
シリーズ名:
Springer reference
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
26.
図書
edited by Ben M. Dunn
出版情報:
Hoboken, N.J. : Wiley, c2015 xvi, 318 p., [8] p. of colored plates ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
List of Contributors
Peptide Therapeutics / Nader Fotouhi1：
History of Peptides as Drugs / 1.1：
Factors Limiting the Use of Peptides in the Clinic / 1.2：
Advances that have Stimulated the Use of Peptides as Drugs / 1.3：
Development of Peptide Libraries / 1.4：
Modification of Peptides to Promote Stability and Cell Entry / 1.5：
Targeting Peptides to Specific Cells / 1.6：
Formulations to Improve Peoperties / 1.7：
References
Methods for the Peptide Synthesis and Analysis / Judit Tulla-Puche ; Ayman El-Faham ; Athanassios S. Galanis ; Eliandre de Oliveira ; Aikaterini A. Zompra ; Fernando Albericio2：
Introduction / 2.1：
Solid Supports / 2.2：
Linkers / 2.3：
Protecting Groups / 2.4：
The Special Case of Cysteine / 2.4.1：
Methods for Peptide Bond Formation / 2.5：
Peptide-Bond Formation from Carbodiimide-Mediated Reactions / 2.5.1：
Peptide-Bond Formation from Preformed Symmetric Anhydrides / 2.5.2：
Peptide-Bond Formation from Acid Halides / 2.5.3：
Peptide-Bond Formatiion from Phosphonium Salt-Mediated Reactions / 2.5.4：
Peptide-Bond Formation from Aminium/Uronium Salt-Mediated Reactions / 2.5.5：
Solid-Phase Stepwise Synthesis / 2.6：
Long Peptides / 2.6.1：
Synthesis in Solution / 2.7：
Nα Protection of the N-Terminal Amino Acid Derivative or Fragment / 2.7.1：
Carboxy-Group Protection of the C-terminal Amino-Acid Derivative or Fragment / 2.7.2：
Peptide Bond Formation / 2.7.3：
Hybrid Synthesis-Combination of Solid and Solution Synthesis / 2.8：
Classical Segment Condensation / 2.8.1：
Native Chemical Ligation / 2.8.2：
Cyclic Peptides / 2.9：
Depsipeptides / 2.10：
Separation and Purification of Peptides / 2.11：
Gel-Filtration Chromatography / 2.11.1：
Ion-Exchange Chromatography / 2.11.2：
Reverse-Phase High Performance Liquid Chromatography / 2.11.3：
Characterization of Peptides Through Mass Spectrometry / 2.12：
Ionization Source / 2.12.1：
Mass Analysers / 2.12.2：
Peptide Fragmentation / 2.12.3：
Quantification by MS / 2.12.4：
Conclusions / 2.13：
Acknowledgments
Abbreviations
Peptide Design Strategies for G-Protein Coupled Receptors (GPCRs) / Anamika Singh ; Carrie Haskell-Luevano3：
Classification of GPCRs / 3.1：
Catalog of Peptide-Activated G-Protein Coupled Receptors / 3.3：
Structure of GPCRs: Common Features / 3.4：
Crystal Structures / 3.4.1：
GPCR Activation / 3.5：
Ligand (Peptide) Binding and Receptor Activation / 3.5.1：
Common Structural Changes among GPCRs / 3.5.2：
G-Protein Coupled Intracellular Signaling Pathwayws / 3.5.3：
Structure and Function of Peptide Hormones / 3.6：
Design Approaches for GPCR Selective Peptide Ligands / 3.7：
Structure-Activity Relationship (SAR) Studies / 3.7.1：
Chimeric Peptide Analogs / 3.7.2：
Combinatorial Libraries / 3.7.3：
Three-Dimensional (3D) GPCR Homology Molecular Modeling / 3.7.4：
Peptide-Resed Inhibitors of Enzymes / Anna Knapinska ; Sabrina Amar ; Trista K. Robichaud ; Gregg B. Fields3.8：
Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme and Neprilysin/Neutral Endopeptidase / 4.1：
Peptide Inhibitors of the HIV-1 Viral Life Cycle / 4.3：
Matrix Metalloproteinases / 4.4：
Antrax Lethal Factor Inhibition by Defensins / 4.5：
Kinases / 4.6：
Glycosyltransferases (Oligosaccharyltransferases) / 4.7：
Telomerase Inhibitors / 4.8：
Tyrosinase / 4.9：
Peptidyl-Prolyl Isomerase / 4.10：
Histone Modifying Enzymes / 4.11：
Histone Deacetylase / 4.11.1：
Histone Methyl-Transferase / 4.11.2：
Putting it all Together: Peptide Inhibitor Applications in Skin Care / 4.12：
Strategies for the Discovery of Novel Peptide Inhibitors / 4.13：
Discovery of Peptide Drugs as Enzyme Inhibitors and Activators / Jeffrey-Tri Nguyen ; Yoshiaki Kiso5：
Peptide Residue Nomenclature / 5.1：
Common Methods of Drug Design / 5.1.2：
Phases of Drug Development / 5.1.3：
Enzyme Types That Process Peptides / 5.2：
Enzymes as Chemicals in Consumer and Medical Products / 5.2.1：
Nonspecific Enzyme Inhibitors / 5.2.2：
Amino Acid Drugs / 5.3：
Thyroid Hormones / 5.3.1：
An Ornithine Decarboxylase Inhibitor / 5.3.2：
Catecholamines / 5.3.3：
Serine Proteases and Blood Clotting / 5.4：
Blood Coagulating Agents / 5.4.1：
Enzymes as Blood Anticoagulants / 5.4.2：
Direct Thrombin Inhibitors as Blood Anticoagulants / 5.4.3：
Diabetes Mellitus / 5.5：
Peptide Hormones and Blood Glucose Regulation / 5.5.1：
Glucagon-Like Peptide-1 and Analogs / 5.5.2：
Dipeptidyl Peptidase-4 Inhibitors / 5.5.3：
Renin-Angiotensin-Aldosterone System / 5.6：
ACE Inhibitors / 5.6.1：
Renin Inhibitors / 5.6.2：
Penicillin and Cephalosporin Antibiotics / 5.7：
HIV Protease / 5.8：
HIV-Specific Protease Inhibitors / 5.8.1：
Peptide Drugs Under Development / 5.9：
Cathepsins / 5.9.1：
Cysterine Proteases / 5.9.2：
Secretases in Alzheimer's Disease / 5.9.3：
Trypsin-Like Serine Proteases / 5.9.4：
Zinc Metalloproteases / 5.9.5：
Non-Mammalian Proteases / 5.9.6：
Discussion / 5.10：
Discovery of Peptide Drugs from Natural Sources / Sónia T Henriques ; David J Craik6：
Peptides are Involved in the Host Defense Mechanism of Living Organisms / 6.1：
Cationic AMPs from Eukaryotes, Peptides that Target the Membrane / 6.2.1：
Peptides and the Host Defense in Bacteria-Bacteriocins / 6.2.2：
Cyclotides, Ultra-Stable Peptides that are Part of Plant Defense Mechanism / 6.2.3：
Animal Venoms, a Rich Source of Peptides with Therapeutic Potential / 6.3：
Conotoxins, a Naturally Occurring Combinatorial Peptide Library / 6.3.1：
Optimization of Peptides for Drug Development / 6.4：
Chemical Modifications to Improve Activity / 6.4.1：
Modification of Peptides of Limit Metabolism / Isuru R. kumarasinghe ; Victor J. Hruby6.5：
Introduction of Unnatural Amino Acids / 7.1：
Cyclization of Linear Peptides to Improve Stability Toward Blood and Brain Protease Degradation / 7.3：
Introduction of D-Amino Acids into Peptides Improves Stability Toward Blood and Brain Protease Degradation / 7.4：
Introduction of β-Amino Acids Increases the Stability Toward Blood and Brain Protease Degradation / 7.5：
INtroduction of Peptide Bond Isosteres / 7.6：
Introduction of a N-Methylation of the Amide Bond of Peptides can Improve the Stability Toward Blood and Brain Protease Degradation / 7.7：
Use of Unnatural Amino Acids-Use of Topographically Constrained Amino Acid / 7.8：
Using Glycosylated Amino Acids to Increase the Resistance of the Proteolytic Degradation / 7.9：
Creation of Peptides as Multiple Antigen Peptide (MAP) Dendrimeric Forms Increases the Stability Toward Blood and Brain Protease Degradation / 7.10：
Halogenations of Aromatic Residues in Peptides can Reduce the Enzymatic Recognition Required for Peptide Hydrolysis / 7.11：
Concluding Discussion / 7.12：
Delivery of Peptide Drugs / 8：
Lipinski's Rule of Five / 8.1：
Molecular Size / 8.2.1：
Lipophilicity / 8.2.2：
Chemical Stability / 8.2.3：
Routes of Administration / 8.2.4：
Approaches to Delivering Peptide Drugs / 8.3：
Enzyme Inhibitors / 8.3.1：
Permeation Enhancers / 8.3.2：
Delivery of Peptide Drugs across the Blood-Brain Barrier / 8.3.3：
Parenteral Peptide Drugs / 8.4：
Topical Peptide Drugs for Local Effects / 8.5：
Cosmeceutical Peptides / 8.5.1：
Intranasal Peptide Drug Delivery / 8.6：
Enteral Peptide Drugs / 8.7：
DIfferent Routes of Administration for Insulin / 8.8：
Index / 8.9：
Preface
List of Contributors
Peptide Therapeutics / Nader Fotouhi1：
27.
図書
edited by Christopher S. Yoo
28.
図書
Victor V. Moshchalkov, Joachim Fritzsche
出版情報:
Singapore : World Scientific, c2011 xix, 299 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
List of Figures
Introduction / 1：
Quantization and confinement in nano-materials / 1.1：
Nanostructuring / 1.2：
Confining the superconducting condensate / 1.3：
Nucleation of superconductivity in presence of spatially modulated magnetic fields / 1.4：
Vortex matter in superconductors / 1.5：
The structure of a single vortex / 1.5.1：
The vortex lattice - general considerations / 1.5.2：
Vortex lattices in thin films / 1.5.3：
Vortex lattices in type-1.5 superconductors / 1.5.4：
Flux pinning / 1.6：
Structural pinning / 1.6.1：
Magnetic pinning / 1.6.2：
Individual Nanostructures / 2：
Line / 2.1：
Loop / 2.2：
Disc / 2.3：
The cross-over from loop to dot / 2.4：
Symmetry-induced antivortices in mesoscopic superconductors / 2.5：
Square / 2.5.1：
Triangle / 2.5.2：
Rectangles / 2.5.3：
The magnetization of singly connected nanostructures / 2.6：
Dynamic effects in mesoscopic structures / 2.6.1：
Rectification effects in a triangle / 2.7.1：
Reversal of the diode effect / 2.7.2：
The diode effect in a disk / 2.7.3：
Comparison with a theoretical model / 2.7.4：
Hybrid individual cells / 2.8：
Square with magnetic dot / 2.8.1：
Phase shifter / 2.8.2：
Clusters of Nanocells / 3：
One-dimensional clusters of loops / 3.1：
Two-dimensional clusters of antidots / 3.2：
Magnetically coupled loops / 3.3：
Laterally Nanostructured Superconductors / 4：
Pinning in laterally nanostructured superconductors / 4.1：
Pinning by an antidot or a columnar defect / 4.2.1：
Regular pinning arrays / 4.2.2：
Composite antidot lattices / 4.2.3：
Ratchet effects in antidot lattices / 4.3：
Vortex rectification in films with asymmetric pinning / 4.3.1：
Controlled multiple reversals of a ratchet effect / 4.3.2：
The origin of reversed vortex ratchet motion / 4.3.3：
Superconductor-Ferromagnet Hybrid Systems / 5：
Field polarity dependent vortex pinning in laterally nano-structured S/F systems / 5.1：
Vortex pinning by magnetic dots / 5.1.1：
Commensurate vortex domain formation / 5.1.2：
Field induced superconductivity / 5.2：
Dipole-induced vortex ratchet effects / 5.3：
Generation of vortex-antivortex pairs / 5.3.1：
Switching rectification properties / 5.3.2：
Superconductivity in stray fields of magnetic domains / 5.4：
Domain superconductivity and domain-wall superconductivity / 5.4.1：
Direct visualization of reverse-domain superconductivity / 5.4.2：
Superconducting - normal-state junctions induced by stray magnetic fields / 5.4.3：
Concluding Remarks
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Acknowledgments
List of Figures
29.
図書
Peter Biggins, John Hiltz, Anne Kusterbeck
出版情報:
Cambridge, UK : Royal Society of Chemistry, c2011 xi, 151 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
A View on Bio-inspiration / Chapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Context/Motivation / 1.2：
Rio-inspiration / 1.2.1：
Biotechnology vs. Bib-inspiration / 1.2.2：
Challenges for Science and Technology / 1.3：
The Need for a Framework / 1.4：
Biological Principles / 1.4.1：
Science and Technology to Mission Capability / 1.5：
Conclusion / 1.6：
References
Investment Approaches / Chapter 2：
Effect of Globalization on Investment / 2.1：
Overview of Investment by Key Countries / 2.3：
United States / 2.3.1：
United Kingdom / 2.3.2：
European Union / 2.3.3：
China / 2.3.4：
India / 2.3.5：
Japan / 2.3.6：
Russia / 2.3.7：
Future Trends / 2.4：
Conceptual Approach / 2.5：
Operational Requirements and Concepts of Operation / 3.1：
Conceptual Goal / 3.3：
Enabling Technologies / 3.4：
Collection and Sampling / 3.4.1：
Structures / 3.4.2：
Receptors and Surfaces / 3.4.3：
Sensing and Transduction / 3.4.4：
Processing and Communication / 3.4.5：
Power and Energy / 3.4.6：
A Larger Vision of the SASS Concept / 3.5：
Structure / 3.6：
Themes in Biological Systems / 4.1：
Hierarchical Structures / 4.2.1：
Bottom-up vs. Top-down Approach to Fabrication / 4.2.2：
Multifunctional Materials / 4.2.3：
Structural Parameters / 4.3：
Scale / 4.3.1：
Function / 4.3.2：
Biological Joining Technologies / 4.4：
Velcro / 4.4.1：
Toe Pad Adhesion / 4.4.2：
Self-healing Materials / 4.5：
Superhydrophobic Surfaces / 4.6：
Materials / 4.7：
Approaches to Collection and Sampling / 4.8：
Collection and Sampling Tools / 5.2.1：
Natural Sampling System û Olfaction / 5.3：
Bio-inspired Sampling System - Electronic Nose / 5.4：
Rio-inspired Materials for Collection and Sampling / 5.5：
Molecularly Imprinted Polymers / 5.5.1：
High Surface Area, Highly Porous Materials / 5.5.2：
Polysilsesquioxanes / 5.5.3：
Dendrimers / 5.5.4：
Polymer Nanofibres / 5.5.5：
Bio-inspired/Biomimetic Collection and Sampling Systems / 5.6：
Biomimetic Air Sampling / 5.6.1：
Water Collection and Transport (Thorny Devil) / 5.6.2：
Optimized/Controlled Fluid Flow / 5.6.3：
Natural Receptors / 5. 7：
Antibodies / 6.2.1：
Other Bio-derived Molecular Bioprobes / 6.2.2：
Synthetic Ligands / 6.2.3：
Functionalized Surfaces / 6.3：
Virus Particles as Scaffolds / 6.3.1：
Lipid Bilayers / 6.3.2：
Hydrogels / 6.3.3：
Nanoarrays with Bio-inspired Nanocorals / 6.3.4：
On the Horizon: Molecular Biomimetics / 6.4：
Transduction Defined / 6.5：
Select Examples of Sensing and Transduction Approaches / 7.3：
Optica / 7.3.1：
Mass-based and Spectroscopic Methods / 7.3.2：
Piezoelectric / 7.3.3：
Electrochemical / 7.3.4：
Micro-electromechanical Systems (MEMS) / 7.3.5：
Magnetic / 7.3.6：
Emerging Transduction Technologies / 7.3.7：
Microfabrication and Lab on a Chip Technologies / 7.3.8：
Biomimetic and Bio-inspired Sensing Technologies / 7.5：
Smart Materials in Sensing and Transduction / 7.5.1：
Sensing Technologies / 7.5.2：
Energy and Power / 7.6：
Energy Sources / 8.1：
Energy in a Natural System / 8.2.1：
Solar Energy / 8.2.2：
Photosynthesis / 8.2.3：
Artificial Photosynthesis / 8.2.4：
Fuel Cells / 8.2.5：
Towards Autonomy: Self-sustaining Systems / 8.3：
Space Exploration / 8.4：
Processing and Communications / 8.5：
Parallel Computing / 9.1：
Natural Computing / 9.2.2：
Molecular Computing / 9.3：
Cognition / 9.4：
Applications / 9.5：
Sensor Networks / 9.5.1：
Insect Sensory Systems / 9.6：
Collision Avoidance/Motion Detection Systems / 9.6.1：
Bio-inspired Networking / 9.7：
Bio-inspired Network Routing Protocols / 9.7.1：
Issues / 9.8：
The Sass Approach / 9.9：
Design and Manufacture / 10.1：
Bioengineering / 10.2.1：
Additive Manufacturing / 10.2.2：
Component Level / 10.3：
System Level / 10.3.2：
System of Systems Level / 10.3.3：
Range of Applications / 10.3.4：
Societal Implications / 10.4：
Concluding Remarks / 10.5：
Subject Index
A View on Bio-inspiration / Chapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Context/Motivation / 1.2：
30.
図書
edited by Fei Huang, Hin-Lap Yip, Yong Cao
目次情報:
続きを見る
New Chemistry for Organic Photovoltaic Materials / Cuihong Li ; Zhishan BoChapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Stille Polycondensation / 1.2：
History and Mechanism of the Stille Coupling Reaction / 1.2.1：
The Reaction Catalyst, Ligand and Solvent / 1.2.2：
Monomers / 1.2.3：
Advantages of the Stille Polycondensation / 1.2.4：
Disadvantages of the Stille Polycondensation / 1.2.5：
Examples of Synthesis of D-A Conjugated Polymers by Stille Coupling / 1.2.6：
Suzuki Polycondensation / 1.3：
History and Mechanism of the Suzuki Coupling Reaction / 1.3.1：
Mechanism of the Suzuki Coupling Reaction / 1.3.2：
Catalyst, Ligand and Solvents / 1.3.3：
Advantages of the Suzuki Coupling Reaction / 1.3.4：
Drawbacks of the Suzuki Coupling Reaction / 1.3.6：
Examples of the Suzuki Coupling Reaction / 1.3.7：
C-H Activation/Direct Arylation Polycondensation / 1.4：
History and Mechanism of the C-H Activation Polycondensation / 1.4.1：
Mechanistic Insight / 1.4.2：
Catalysts, Additive and Solvents / 1.4.3：
Advantages of the Direct Arylation Polycondensation / 1.4.4：
Drawbacks of the Direct Arylation Polycondensation / 1.4.6：
Examples of the Direct Arylation Polycondensation / 1.4.7：
References
New Polymer Donors for Polymer Solar Cells / Long Ye ; Sunsun Li ; Jianhui HouChapter 2：
Design Requirements and Strategies for Highly Efficient Polymer Donors / 2.1：
Design Requirements for Highly Efficient Polymer Donors / 2.2.1：
Design Strategies for Highly Efficient Polymer Donors / 2.2.2：
Novel D-A Copolymers for Polymer Solar Cells / 2.3：
Design Considerations for D-A Polymer Donors / 2.3.1：
D-A Copolymers Based on Thiophene Units / 2.3.2：
D-A Copolymers Based on Bridged Biphenyl Derivatives / 2.3.3：
D-A Copolymers Based on Bridged Bithiophene Derivatives / 2.3.4：
D-A Copolymers Based on Benzodithiophene Analogues / 2.3.5：
D-A Copolymers Based on Indacenodithiophene Analogues / 2.3.6：
Novel Terpolymer Donors for Polymer Solar Cells / 2.4：
Design Considerations for Terpolymer Donors / 2.4.1：
Novel Terpolymers Based on One Donor Unit / 2.4.2：
Novel Terpolymers Based on Two Donor Units / 2.4.3：
Summary and Outlook / 2.5：
Fullerene Derivatives as Electron Acceptors in Polymer Solar Cells / Yutaka MatsuoChapter 3：
Design Concepts of Fullerene Acceptors / 3.1：
PCBM / 3.2：
Synthesis of PCBM / 3.2.1：
Fundamental Properties of PCBMs / 3.2.2：
PCBM Derivatives in Photovoltaic Applications / 3.2.3：
[70]PCBM / 3.2.4：
Mix-PCBM / 3.2.5：
1,4-Di(organo)fullerene / 3.3：
Silylmethylfullerene (SIMEF) / 3.3.1：
1,4-Di(aryl)fullerene / 3.3.2：
Diphenylmethanofullerene (DPM) / 3.4：
Synthesis of Diphenylmethanofullerene / 3.4.1：
Photovoltaic Application / 3.4.2：
Fulleropyrrolidine / 3.5：
Synthesis of Fulleropyrrolidine / 3.5.1：
Photovoltaic Applications / 3.5.2：
56π-Electron Conjugated Fullerene Derivatives / 3.6：
Diels-Alder Reactions / 3.6.1：
Indene-C60 Bis-Adducts (ICBA) and Related Compounds / 3.6.2：
Dihydromethanofullerene / 3.7：
Synthesis of Dihydromethanofullerene / 3.7.1：
56π-Dihydromethanofullerene / 3.7.2：
Summary / 3.8：
Acknowledgements
Polymer Acceptors for All-Polymer Solar Cells / He Yan ; Christopher R. McNeill ; Cheng MuChapter 4：
Materials Aspects for All-Polymer Solar Cells / 4.1：
All-PSCs Based on Large Bandgap (2-2.5 eV) Donor Polymers / 4.2.1：
All-PSCs Based on Polythiophene Donor Polymers / 4.2.2：
All-PSCs Based on Medium or Low Bandgap Polymers / 4.2.3：
Morphology of Polymer: Polymer Blends / 4.3：
Solution Deposition / 4.3.1：
Molecular Weight / 4.3.2：
Crystallinity / 4.3.3：
Side Chains / 4.3.4：
Mini-Summary / 4.3.5：
Conclusions / 4.4：
Design and Synthesis of Small Molecule Donors for High Efficiency Solution Processed Organic Solar Cells / Seth McAfee ; Gregory C. Welch ; Corey V. HovenChapter 5：
Device Operation / 5.1：
Small Molecule Donor Design / 5.3：
Historical Perspective / 5.4：
Dye Based Molecules (BODIPY, Squaraine, and Merocyanine) / 5.5：
Dye Based Molecules - Diketopyrrolopyrrole / 5.6：
Dye Based Molecules - Isoindigo / 5.7：
Porphyrins / 5.8：
Oligothiophenes (Donor-Acceptor-Donor-Acceptor-Donor) / 5.9：
Oligothiophenes (Acceptor-Donor-Acceptor) / 5.10：
Comments on Device Optimization / 5.11：
Conclusions and Future Outlook / 5.12：
Interface Engineering of Polymer Solar Cells / Kai Zhang ; Chunhui Duan ; Fei Huang ; Yong CaoChapter 6：
Functions and Design Criteria of the Interfacial Layer / 6.1：
Functions of Interfacial Materials / 6.2.1：
Design Criteria for Interfacial Materials / 6.2.2：
Interfacial Materials for Conventional Polymer Solar Cells / 6.3：
Anode Contact / 6.3.1：
Cathode Contact / 6.3.2：
Interfacial Materials for Inverted Polymer Solar Cells / 6.4：
Solution Processed Metal Oxides and Hybrid Metal Oxides as Efficient Carrier Transport Layers of Organic Optoelectronic Devices / Wallace C. H. Choy6.4.1：
Solution-Processed Metal Oxides as Electron Transport Layer (ETL) / 7.1：
Zinc Oxide (ZnO) / 7.2.1：
Titanium Oxide (TiOx ) / 7.2.2：
CS2 CO3 / 7.2.3：
Other Metal Oxide Based ETLs / 7.2.4：
Doped and Hybrid Metal Oxides for Enhanced Electron Transport of ETL / 7.3：
Doped and Hybrid TiOx / 7.3.1：
Doped and Hybrid ZnO / 7.3.2：
Solution-Processed Metal Oxides Functioning as Hole Transport Layers (HTLs) / 7.4：
Solution-Processed Molybdenum Oxide (MoOx ) as HTLs / 7.4.1：
Solution-Processed Vanadium Oxide (V2 Ox )as HTL / 7.4.2：
Solution-Processed Tungsten Oxide (WOx ) as HTL / 7.4.3：
Doped and Hybrid Metal Oxides as HTL / 7.4.4：
Acknowledgments / 7.5：
New Science and New Technology in Semiconducting Polymers / L. Kaake ; D. Moses ; C. Luo ; A. K. K. Kyaw ; L. A. Perez ; S. Patel ; M. Wang ; B. Grimm ; Y. Sun ; G. C. Bazan ; E.J. Kramer ; Alan J. HeegerChapter 8：
Coherence and Uncertainty in Nanostructured Organic Photovoltaic Materials / 8.1：
The Mechanism for Ultrafast Electron Transfer / 8.1.1：
Ultrafast Experimental Results / 8.1.2：
High Mobility Thin-Film Transistors (TFTs) Fabricated from Semiconducting Polymers / 8.2：
Conclusion / 8.3：
Morphology of Bulk Heterojunction Polymer Solar Cells / Feng Liu ; Yao Liu ; Thomas P. RussellChapter 9：
Characterization Methods / 9.1：
Lateral Morphology Characterizations / 9.2.1：
Vertical Morphology Characterizations / 9.2.2：
Surface Morphology Characterization / 9.2.3：
Crystalline Structure Characterization / 9.2.4：
Important Morphology Observations / 9.3：
PPV Polymers and Solvent Effect / 9.3.1：
P3HT and Thermal Annealing / 9.3.2：
PCPDTBT and Chemical Additives / 9.3.3：
PTB7 and Hierarchical Structure / 9.3.4：
Charge Generation, Recombination and Transport in Organic Solar Cells / Chengmei Zhong9.4：
The Charge Generation Process in Organic Solar Cells / 10.1：
The Exciton Theory of Charge Generation / 10.2.1：
The CT State, Charge Generation and Gemmate Recombination / 10.2.2：
The Ultrafast Charge Generation Theory / 10.2.3：
Charge Recombination in Organic Solar Cells / 10.3：
Charge Transport in Organic Solar Cells / 10.4：
Multi-junction Polymer Solar Cells / Alice Furlan ; Rene A. J. Janssen10.5：
Principles of Multi-Junction Polymer Solar Cells / 11.1：
Early Developments / 11.1.2：
Outline / 11.1.3：
Optimization and Characterization of Multi-Junction Polymer Solar Cells / 11.2：
Electrical and Optical Modeling / 11.2.1：
Characterization of Tandem Cells / 11.2.2：
Photoactive Layers / 11.3：
Fullerenes / 11.3.1：
Wide Bandgap Donors / 11.3.2：
Small Bandgap Donors / 11.3.3：
Recombination Layers / 11.4：
Regular Configuration / 11.4.1：
Inverted Configuration / 11.4.2：
Loss-Less Contacts / 11.4.3：
Advancing the Efficiency of Solution Processed Multi-Junction Cells / 11.5：
Polymer Tandem Cells / 11.5.1：
Small Molecule Tandem Cells / 11.5.2：
Polymer Multi-Junction Cells / 11.5.3：
Special Device Configurations / 11.6：
Processing Issues for Multi-Junction Polymer Solar Cells / 11.7：
Laboratory Scale Devices / 11.7.1：
Large Area and Printed Multi-Junction Cells / 11.7.2：
Semi-Transparent Polymer Solar Cells for Power Generating Window Applications / Hin-Lap Yip ; Alex K.-Y. Jen11.8：
Optical Assessment / 12.1：
Color Rendering Properties / 12.2.1：
Optical Simulations / 12.2.2：
Transparent Electrodes for ST-OPV / 12.3：
Transparent Conductive Oxides / 12.3.1：
Conducting Polymers / 12.3.2：
Ultrathin Metal Films / 12.3.3：
Metal Nanowires / 12.3.4：
Low Bandgap Polymers / 12.4：
Semitransparent Tandem Solar Cells / 12.5：
Photonic Crystal-Enhanced ST-OPV / 12.6：
Solution Processed Organic Photovoltaics (OPVs) / Hongseok Youn ; L. Jay Guo12.7：
Material Cost Issues in OPVs / 13.1：
Fabrication Technologies Toward Low-Cost and Scalable OPVs / 13.3：
Slot-Die Coating Process / 13.3.1：
Inkjet Printing Process / 13.3.2：
Traditional Roll-to-Roll Printing Process / 13.3.3：
Materials for Functional Layers / 13.4：
Flexible Substrates / 13.4.1：
Silver Back Electrode / 13.4.2：
Active Layer and Coating Issues / 13.4.3：
Interfacial Layer (PEO, PEIE) / 13.4.4：
Hole Transport Layer (HTL)/Electron Transport Layer (ETL) / 13.4.5：
Issues in Scalable OPVs / 13.5：
Effect of Device Size / 13.5.1：
Isolation of Defects / 13.5.2：
Subject Index / 13.6：
New Chemistry for Organic Photovoltaic Materials / Cuihong Li ; Zhishan BoChapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Stille Polycondensation / 1.2：
31.
図書
edited by Damien W. M. Arrigan
目次情報:
続きを見る
Advances in Stripping Analysis of Metals / Anastasios Economou ; Christos KokkinosChapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
The Principle of Stripping Analysis / 1.2：
Advances in Electrodes, Sensors and Devices / 1.3：
Carbon Electrodes / 1.3.1：
Screen-Printed Electrodes / 1.3.2：
Solid Amalgam Electrodes / 1.3.3：
"Green" Metal and Metal-film Electrodes / 1.3.4：
Microelectrodes and Microelectrode Arrays / 1.3.5：
Microfabricated, Cell-on-a-chip, Paper-based and Wearable Devices / 1.3.6：
Flow Systems and Probes for Environmental and Personal Exposure Monitoring / 1.3.7：
Biosensing Based on SA of Metals / 1.3.8：
Conclusions / 1.4：
References
Development of Microelectrode-based Biosensors for Biomedical Analysis / Anton Guimerà ; Elisabet Prats-Alfonso ; Rosa Villa ; F. Javier del CampoChapter 2：
Introduction to Microelectrode Arrays / 2.1：
Why Microelectrodes? / 2.1.1：
Microfabrication Opens New Horizons / 2.1.2：
Biomedical Applications of Microelectrodes / 2.1.3：
Design of Microelectrode Array-based Systems / 2.2：
Analytes and Bioreceptors / 2.2.1：
Transducer Functionalization Strategies / 2.2.2：
Electrochemical Transduction / 2.2.3：
Overview of Microfabrication and Rapid Prototyping Techniques / 2.3：
Microfabrication Processes / 2.3.1：
Rapid Prototyping Techniques / 2.3.2：
Miniaturized Biomedical Diagnostic Devices / 2.4：
Development of Microfabricated Immunosensors for Label-free Detection / 2.4.1：
Microfabricated Devices for the Electrochemical Detection of Cardiovascular Disease Markers / 2.4.2：
Further Biomedical Applications of Miniaturized Electrochemical Devices / 2.4.3：
Concluding Remarks and Outlook / 2.5：
Principles and Strategies for Microchip Electrophoresis with Amperometric Detection / Dulan B. Gunasekara ; Manjula B. Wijesinghe ; Rachel A. Saylor ; Susan M. LunteChapter 3：
Principles of Microchip Electrophoresis Separations / 3.1：
Microchip Designs / 3.3：
Electrochemical Detection / 3.4：
Amperometry / 3.4.1：
Interaction of Separation Field with the Working Electrode / 3.5：
Electrode Configurations in Microchip Electrophoresis / 3.6：
End-channel Detection / 3.6.1：
Off-channel Detection / 3.6.2：
In-channel Detection / 3.6.3：
Instrumentation for Amperometric Detection in ME / 3.7：
Signal, Noise, and Limits of Detection for ME-EC / 3.8：
Signal / 3.8.1：
Noise / 3.8.2：
Signal-to-noise Ratio and LOD / 3.8.3：
Types of Electrodes / 3.9：
Microelectrodes / 3.9.1：
Multiple Electrodes / 3.9.2：
Electrode Materials / 3.9.3：
Applications / 3.10：
Biological Applications / 3.10.1：
Environmental Applications / 3.10.2：
Food Applications / 3.10.3：
Future Directions / 3.11：
Acknowledgements
Scanning Electrochemical Microscopy (SECM): Fundamentals and Applications in Life Sciences / Angelika Holzinger ; Charlotte Steinbach ; Christine KranzChapter 4：
Instrumentation / 4.1：
Positioning Modes in SECM / 4.2.1：
SECM Imaging Modes for Life Sciences / 4.3：
Generation-Collection Mode / 4.3.1：
Feedback Mode / 4.3.2：
Redox Competition Mode / 4.3.3：
Mapping Enzyme Activity / 4.4：
DNA Hybridization / 4.4.2：
SECM Investigations of Cells / 4.4.3：
Biofilms and Bacteria / 4.4.4：
Combined SECM Techniques for Life Sciences / 4.5：
Combined Scanning Ion Conductance-Scanning Electrochemical Microscopy (SICM-SECM) / 4.5.1：
Combined Atomic Force-Scanning Electrochemical Microscopy (AFM-SECM) / 4.5.2：
Additional Combined SECM Approaches / 4.5.3：
Outlook / 4.6：
Electrochemical Detection of Nanoparticles / Her Shuang Toh ; Richard G. ComptonChapter 5：
Nanoparticles and their Properties / 5.1：
Non-electrochemical Techniques for Nanoparticle Detection / 5.2：
Stripping Voltammetry for Nanoparticle Detection / 5.3：
Nanoparticle-Electrode Impacts for Single Nanoparticle Detection / 5.4：
Conclusion / 5.5：
Nanoelectrodes in Electrochemical Analysis / Amélie Wahl ; Alan O'RiordanChapter 6：
Benefits of Nanoelectrodes / 6.1：
Challenges / 6.1.2：
Nanoelectrodes Design, Fabrication and Characterisation / 6.2：
Nanoelectrode Design / 6.2.1：
Nanoelectrode Fabrication / 6.2.2：
Surface Area Characterisation / 6.2.3：
Electrochemical Analysis at the Nanoscale / 6.3：
Mass Transport to Nanoelectrodes / 6.3.1：
Electron Transfer Kinetics at Nanoelectrodes / 6.3.2：
Recent Advances and Future Development / 6.4：
Design for Application Approach for Nanoelectrode Arrays / 6.4.1：
Emerging and Future Applications / 6.4.2：
Conclusion and Outlook / 6.5：
Carbon Nanomaterials in Electrochemical Detection / Jonathan P. Metters ; Craig E. BanksChapter 7：
Carbon Nanotubes / 7.1：
Carbon Nanohorns / 7.2.1：
C60 / 7.3：
Carbon Onions / 7.3.1：
Nanocarbons / 7.3.2：
Graphene / 7.4：
Graphene Electroanalysis / 7.4.1：
Graphene Screen-printed Electrodes / 7.4.2：
3D Graphene Foam / 7.5：
Dispersible Electrodes: An Approach to Developing Sensing Devices that can Quickly Detect Ultralow Concentrations of Analyte / Saimon Moraes Silva ; J. Justin Gooding7.6：
The Use of Au@MNPs in Electrochemical Sensing / 8.1：
Synthetic Approach of Gold-shell-protected Magnetic Nanoparticles / 8.3：
Electrochemical Characterization of Au@MNPs / 8.4：
Functionalisation of Gold-coated Magnetic Nanoparticles for Electroanalytical Applications / 8.5：
Detection of Electroactive Species / 8.6：
Detection of Non-electroactive Species / 8.7：
The Biochemiresistor: An Ultrasensitive Biosensor for Small Organic Molecules / 8.7.1：
Amperometric Ion Sensing Approaches at Liquid/Liquid Interfaces for Inorganic, Organic and Biological Ions / Hye Jin Lee ; Damien W. M. Arrigan ; Md. Nurul Karim ; Hyerim Kim8.8：
Principles for Utilizing Ion Transfer Reactions across the ITIES for Sensing / 9.1：
Ion Transfer Reaction at the ITIES / 9.2.1：
Assisted Ion Transfer / 9.2.2：
Geometric Platforms for the ITIES / 9.2.3：
New Materials for ITIES-based Ion Sensing / 9.3：
Room Temperature Ionic Liquid as an Alternative Organic Phase / 9.3.1：
Functionalized ITIES / 9.3.2：
ITIES Sensing for Pioneering New Target Ions / 9.4：
Inorganic Ions / 9.4.1：
Small Organic Ions / 9.4.2：
Biomacromolecules / 9.4.3：
Summary and Outlook / 9.5：
Electrochemical Detection Using Ionic Liquids / Debbie S. Silvester ; Leigh AldousChapter 10：
What are Ionic Liquids? / 10.1：
Inherent Electrochemical Properties of Ionic Liquids / 10.1.2：
Task Specific Ionic Liquids / 10.1.3：
Gases / 10.2：
Explosives and Chemical Warfare Agents / 10.2.2：
Carbon-paste Electrodes and Ionic Liquids / 10.2.3：
Biosensors and Bioanalysis / 10.2.4：
Heavy Metals / 10.2.5：
Other Analytical Targets / 10.2.6：
Conclusions and Future Outlook / 10.3：
Subject Index
Advances in Stripping Analysis of Metals / Anastasios Economou ; Christos KokkinosChapter 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
The Principle of Stripping Analysis / 1.2：
32.
図書
ブライアン・コックス, ジェフ・フォーショー [著] ; 柴田裕之訳
出版情報:
東京 : 紀伊國屋書店, 2011.9 329p ; 20cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
33.
図書
edited by Michele Aresta
出版情報:
Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2010 xix, 394 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction
Technological Uses of CO2
Pathways for CO2 Conversion in Nature
Carbon Dioxide Co-Ordination Chemistry and Reactivity of Co-Ordinated CO2
Main Group Elements- and Transition Metal-Promoted Carboxylation of Organic Substrates
Synthesis of N-CO2 Bonds
Synthesis of Molecular Carbonates
Polymers from Carbon Dioxide. Polycarbonates, Polythiocarbonates, and Polyurethanes
CO2 Reduction
Non-Thermal Plasma Approaches for CO2 Utilization
Photochemical, Electrochemical and Photoelectrochemical Reduction of CO2
Electrochemical Carboxylations Using CO2
Indirect Utilization of CO2
Fixation of CO2 into Inorganic Carbonates
Introduction
Technological Uses of CO2
Pathways for CO2 Conversion in Nature
34.
図書
Volkhard Helms
出版情報:
Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2019 xvii, 440 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface of the First Edition
Preface of the Second Edition
Networks in Biological Cells / 1：
Some Basics About Networks / 1.1：
Random Networks / 1.1.1：
Small-World Phenomenon / 1.1.2：
Scale-Free Networks / 1.1.3：
Biological Background / 1.2：
Transcriptional Regulation / 1.2.1：
Cellular Components / 1.2.2：
Spatial Organization of Eukaryotic Cells into Compartments / 1.2.3：
Considered Organisms / 1.2.4：
Cellular Pathways / 1.3：
Biochemical Pathways / 1.3.1：
Enzymatic Reactions / 1.3.2：
Signal Transduction / 1.3.3：
Cell Cycle / 1.3.4：
Ontologies and Databases / 1.4：
Ontologies / 1.4.1：
Gene Ontology / 1.4.2：
Kyoto Encyclopedia of Genes and Genomes / 1.4.3：
Reactome / 1.4.4：
Brenda / 1.4.5：
DAVID / 1.4.6：
Protein Data Bank / 1.4.7：
Systems Biology Markup Language / 1.4.8：
Methods for Cellular Modeling / 1.5：
Summary / 1.6：
Problems / 1.7：
Bibliography
Structures of Protein Complexes and Subcellular Structures / 2：
Examples of Protein Complexes / 2.1：
Principles of Protein-Protein Interactions / 2.1.1：
Categories of Protein Complexes / 2.1.2：
Complexome: The Ensemble of Protein Complexes / 2.2：
Complexome of Saccharomyces cerevisiae / 2.2.1：
Bacterial Protein Complexomes / 2.2.2：
Complexome of Human / 2.2.3：
Experimental Determination of Three-Dimensional Structures of Protein Complexes / 2.3：
X-ray Crystallography / 2.3.1：
NMR / 2.3.2：
Electron Crystallography/Electron Microscopy / 2.3.3：
Cryo-EM / 2.3.4：
Immunoelectron Microscopy / 2.3.5：
Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer / 2.3.6：
Mass Spectroscopy / 2.3.7：
Density Fitting / 2.4：
Correlation-Based Density Fitting / 2.4.1：
Fourier Transformation / 2.5：
Fourier Series / 2.5.1：
Continuous Fourier Transform / 2.5.2：
Discrete Fourier Transform / 2.5.3：
Convolution Theorem / 2.5.4：
Fast Fourier Transformation / 2.5.5：
Advanced Density Fitting / 2.6：
Laplacian Filter / 2.6.1：
FFT Protein-Protein Docking / 2.7：
Protein-Protein Docking Using Geometric Hashing / 2.8：
Prediction of Assemblies from Pairwise Docking / 2.9：
CombDock / 2.9.1：
Multi-LZerD / 2.9.2：
3D-MOSAIC / 2.9.3：
Electron Tomography / 2.10：
Reconstruction of Phantom Cell / 2.10.1：
Protein Complexes in Mycoplasma pneumonia / 2.10.2：
Mapping of Crystal Structures into EM Maps / 2.11：
Analysis of Protein-Protein Binding / 3：
Modeling by Homology / 3.1：
Properties of Protein-Protein Interfaces / 3.2：
Size and Shape / 3.2.1：
Composition of Binding Interfaces / 3.2.2：
Hot Spots / 3.2.3：
Physicochemical Properties of Protein Interfaces / 3.2.4：
Predicting Binding Affinities of Protein-Protein Complexes / 3.2.5：
Forces Important for Biomolecular Association / 3.2.6：
Predicting Protein-Protein Interactions / 3,3：
Pairing Propensities / 3.3.1：
Statistical Potentials for Amino Acid Pairs / 3.3.2：
Conservation at Protein Interfaces / 3.3.3：
Correlated Mutations at Protein Interfaces / 3.3.4：
Algorithms on Mathematical Graphs / 3.4：
Primer on Mathematical Graphs / 4.1：
A Few Words About Algorithms and Computer Programs / 4.2：
Implementation of Algorithms / 4.2.1：
Classes of Algorithms / 4.2.2：
Data Structures for Graphs / 4.3：
Dijkstra's Algorithm / 4.4：
Description of the Algorithm / 4.4.1：
Pseudocode / 4.4.2：
Running Time / 4.4.3：
Minimum Spanning Tree / 4.5：
Kruskal's Algorithm / 4.5.1：
Graph Drawing / 4.6：
Force Directed Layout of Graphs / 4.7：
Protein-Protein Interaction Networks - Pairwise Connectivity / 5：
Experimental High-Throughput Methods for Detecting Protein-Protein Interactions / 5.1：
Gel Electrophoresis / 5.1.1：
Two-Dimensional Gel Electrophoresis / 5.1.2：
Affinity Chromatography / 5.1.3：
Yeast Two-hybrid Screening / 5.1.4：
Synthetic Lethality / 5.1.5：
Gene Co expression / 5.1.6：
Databases for Interaction Networks / 5.1.7：
Overlap of Interactions / 5.1.8：
Criteria to Judge the Reliability of Interaction Data / 5.1.9：
Bioinformatic Prediction of Protein-Protein Interactions / 5.2：
Analysis of Gene Order / 5.2.1：
Phylogenetic Profiling/Coevolutionary Profiling / 5.2.2：
Coevolution / 5.2.2.1：
Bayesian Networks for Judging the Accuracy of Interactions / 5.3：
Bayes' Theorem / 5.3.1：
Bayesian Network / 5.3.2：
Application of Bayesian Networks to Protein-Protein Interaction Data / 5.3.3：
Measurement of Reliability "Likelihood Ratio" / 5.3.3.1：
Prior and Posterior Odds / 5.3.3.2：
A Worked Example: Parameters of the Naïve Bayesian Network for Essentiality / 5.3.3.3：
Fully Connected Experimental Network / 5.3.3.4：
Protein Interaction Networks / 5.4：
Protein Interaction Network of Saccharomyces cerevisiae / 5.4.1：
Protein Interaction Network of Escherichia coli / 5.4.2：
Protein Interaction Network of Human / 5.4.3：
Protein Domain Networks / 5.5：
Bayesian Analysis of (Fake) Protein Complexes / 5.6：
Protein-Protein Interaction Networks - Structural Hierarchies / 6：
Protein Interaction Graph Networks / 6.1：
Degree Distribution / 6.1.1：
Clustering Coefficient / 6.1.2：
Finding Cliques / 6.2：
Random Graphs / 6.3：
Scale-Free Graphs / 6.4：
Detecting Communities in Networks / 6.5：
Divisive Algorithms for Mapping onto Tree / 6.5.1：
Modular Decomposition / 6.6：
Modular Decomposition of Graphs / 6.6.1：
Identification of Protein Complexes / 6.7：
MCODE / 6.7.1：
ClusterONE / 6.7.2：
DACO / 6.7.3：
Analysis of Target Gene Coexpression / 6.7.4：
Network Growth Mechanisms / 6.8：
Protein-DNA Interactions / 6.9：
Transcription Factors / 7.1：
Transcription Factor-Binding Sites / 7.2：
Experimental Detection of TFBS / 7.3：
Electrophoretic Mobility Shift Assay / 7.3.1：
DNAse Footprinting / 7.3.2：
Protein-Binding Micro arrays / 7.3.3：
Chromatin Immunoprecipitation Assays / 7.3.4：
Position-Specific Scoring Matrices / 7.4：
Binding Free Energy Models / 7.5：
Cis-Regulatory Motifs / 7.6：
DACO Algorithm / 7.6.1：
Relating Gene Expression to Binding of Transcription Factors / 7.7：
Gene Expression and Protein Synthesis / 7.8：
Regulation of Gene Transcription at Promoters / 8.1：
Experimental Analysis of Gene Expression / 8.2：
Real-time Polymerase Chain Reaction / 8.2.1：
Microarray Analysis / 8.2.2：
RNA-seq / 8.2.3：
Statistics Primer / 8.3：
t-Test / 8.3.1：
z-Score / 8.3.2：
Fisher's Exact Test / 8.3.3：
Mann-Whitney-Wilcoxon Rank Sum Tests / 8.3.4：
Kolmogorov-Smirnov Test / 8.3.5：
Hypergeometric Test / 8.3.6：
Multiple Testing Correction / 8.3.7：
Preprocessing of Data / 8.4：
Removal of Outlier Genes / 8.4.1：
Quantile Normalization / 8.4.2：
Log Transformation / 8.4.3：
Differential Expression Analysis / 8.5：
Volcano Plot / 8.5.1：
SAM Analysis of Micro array Data / 8.5.2：
Differential Expression Analysis of RNA-seq Data / 8.5.3：
Negative Binomial Distribution / 8.5.3.1：
DESeq / 8.5.3.2：
Functional Enrichment / 8.6：
Similarity of GO Terms / 8.7：
Translation of Proteins / 8.8：
Transcription and Translation Dynamics / 8.8.1：
Gene Regulatory Networks / 8.9：
Gene Regulatory Networks (GRNs) / 9.1：
Gene Regulatory Network of E. coli / 9.1.1：
Gene Regulatory Network of S. cerevisiae / 9.1.2：
Graph Theoretical Models / 9.2：
Coexpression Networks / 9.2.1：
Bayesian Networks / 9.2.2：
Dynamic Models / 9.3：
Boolean Networks / 9.3.1：
Reverse Engineering Boolean Networks / 9.3.2：
Differential Equations Models / 9.3.3：
DREAM: Dialogue on Reverse Engineering Assessment and Methods / 9.4：
Input Function / 9.4.1：
YAYG Approach in DREAM3 Contest / 9.4.2：
Regulatory Motifs / 9.5：
Feed-forward Loop (FFL) / 9.5.1：
SIM / 9.5.2：
Densely Overlapping Region (DOR) / 9.5.3：
Algorithms on Gene Regulatory Networks / 9.6：
Key-pathway Miner Algorithm / 9.6.1：
Identifying Sets of Dominating Nodes / 9.6.2：
Minimum Dominating Set / 9.6.3：
Minimum Connected Dominating Set / 9.6.4：
Regulatory Noncoding RNA / 9.7：
Introduction to RNAs / 10.1：
Elements of RNA Interference: siRNAs and miRNAs / 10.2：
miRNA Targets / 10.3：
Predicting miRNA Targets / 10.4：
Role of TFs and miRNAs in Gene-Regulatory Networks / 10.5：
Constructing TF/miRNA Coregulatory Networks / 10.6：
TFmiR Web Service / 10.6.1：
Construction of Candidate TF-miRNA-Gene FFLs / 10.6.1.1：
Case Study / 10.6.1.2：
Computational Epigenetics / 10.7：
Epigenetic Modifications / 11.1：
DNA Methylation / 11.1.1：
CpG Islands / 11.1.1.1：
Histone Marks / 11.1.2：
Chromatin-Regulating Enzymes / 11.1.3：
Measuring DNA Methylation Levels and Histone Marks Experimentally / 11.1.4：
Working with Epigenetic Data / 11.2：
Processing of DNA Methylation Data / 11.2.1：
Imputation of Missing Values / 11.2.1.1：
Smoothing of DNA Methylation Data / 11.2.1.2：
Differential Methylation Analysis / 11.2.2：
Comethylation Analysis / 11.2.3：
Working with Data on Histone Marks / 11.2.4：
Chromatin States / 11.3：
Measuring Chromatin States / 11.3.1：
Connecting Epigenetic Marks and Gene Expression by Linear Models / 11.3.2：
Markov Models and Hidden Markov Models / 11.3.3：
Architecture of a Hidden Markov Model / 11.3.4：
Elements of an HMM / 11.3.5：
The Role of Epigenetics in Cellular Differentiation and Reprogramming / 11.4：
Short History of Stem Cell Research / 11.4.1：
Developmental Gene Regulatory Networks / 11.4.2：
The Role of Epigenetics in Cancer and Complex Diseases / 11.5：
Metabolic Networks / 11.6：
Introduction / 12.1：
Resources on Metabolic Network Representations / 12.2：
Stoichiometric Matrix / 12.3：
Linear Algebra Primer / 12.4：
Matrices: Definitions and Notations / 12.4.1：
Adding, Subtracting, and Multiplying Matrices / 12.4.2：
Linear Transformations, Ranks, and Transpose / 12.4.3：
Square Matrices and Matrix Inversion / 12.4.4：
Eigenvalues of Matrices / 12.4.5：
Systems of Linear Equations / 12.4.6：
Flux Balance Analysis / 12.5：
Gene Knockouts: MOMA Algorithm / 12.5.1：
OptKnock Algorithm / 12.5.2：
Double Description Method / 12.6：
Extreme Pathways and Elementary Modes / 12.7：
Steps of the Extreme Pathway Algorithm / 12.7.1：
Analysis of Extreme Pathways / 12.7.2：
Elementary Flux Modes / 12.7.3：
Pruning Metabolic Networks: NetworkReducer / 12.7.4：
Minimal Cut Sets / 12.8：
Applications of Minimal Cut Sets / 12.8.1：
High-Flux Backbone / 12.9：
Static Network Properties: Pathways / 12.10：
Kinetic Modeling of cellular processes / 13：
Biological Oscillators / 13.1：
Circadian Clocks / 13.2：
Role of Post-transcriptional Modifications / 13.2.1：
Ordinary Differential Equation Models / 13.3：
Examples for ODEs / 13.3.1：
Modeling Cellular Feedback Loops by ODEs / 13.4：
Protein Synthesis and Degradation: Linear Response / 13.4.1：
Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation - Hyperbolic Response / 13.4.2：
Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation - Buzzer / 13.4.3：
Perfect Adaptation - Sniffer / 13.4.4：
Positive Feedback - One-Way Switch / 13.4.5：
Mutual Inhibition - Toggle Switch / 13.4.6：
Negative Feedback - Homeostasis / 13.4.7：
Negative Feedback: Oscillatory Response / 13.4.8：
Cell Cycle Control System / 13.4.9：
Partial Differential Equations / 13.5：
Spatial Gradients of Signaling Activities / 13.5.1：
Reaction-Diffusion Systems / 13.5.2：
Dynamic Phosphorylation of Proteins / 13.6：
Stochastic Processes in Biological Cells / 13.7：
Stochastic Processes / 14.1：
Binomial Distribution / 14.1.1：
Poisson Process / 14.1.2：
Master Equation / 14.1.3：
Dynamic Monte Carlo (Gillespie Algorithm) / 14.2：
Basic Outline of the Gillespie Method / 14.2.1：
Stochastic Effects in Gene Transcription / 14.3：
Expression of a Single Gene / 14.3.1：
Toggle Switch / 14.3.2：
Stochastic Modeling of a Small Molecular Network / 14.4：
Model System: Bacterial Photosynthesis / 14.4.1：
Pools-and-Proteins Model / 14.4.2：
Evaluating the Binding and Unbinding Kinetics / 14.4.3：
Pools of the Chromatophore Vesicle / 14.4.4：
Steady-State Regimes of the Vesicle / 14.4.5：
Parameter Optimization with Genetic Algorithm / 14.5：
Protein-Protein Association / 14.6：
Brownian Dynamics Simulations / 14.7：
Dynamic Simulations of Networks / 14.8：
Integrated Cellular Networks / 15：
Response of Gene Regulatory Network to Outside Stimuli / 15.1：
Whole-Cell Model of Mycoplasma genitalium / 15.2：
Architecture of the Nuclear Pore Complex / 15.3：
Integrative Differential Gene Regulatory Network for Breast Cancer Identified Putative Cancer Driver Genes / 15.4：
Particle Simulations / 15.5：
Outlook / 15.6：
Index
Preface of the First Edition
Preface of the Second Edition
Networks in Biological Cells / 1：
35.
図書
Gilbert Strang
出版情報:
Wellesley, Mass. : Wellesley-Cambridge Press, c2016 x, 574 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction to Vectors / 1：
Vectors and Linear Combinations / 1.1：
Lengths and Dot Products / 1.2：
Matrices / 1.3：
Solving Linear Equations / 2：
Vectors and Linear Equations / 2.1：
The Idea of Elimination / 2.2：
Elimination Using Matrices / 2.3：
Rules for Matrix Operations / 2.4：
Inverse Matrices / 2.5：
Elimination = Factorization: A = LU / 2.6：
Transposes and Permutations / 2.7：
Vector Spaces and Subspaces / 3：
Spaces of Vectors / 3.1：
The Nullspace of A: Solving Ax = 0 and Rx = 0 / 3.2：
The Complete Solution to Ax = b / 3.3：
Independence, Basis and Dimension / 3.4：
Dimensions of the Four Subspaces / 3.5：
Orthogonality / 4：
Orthogonality of the Four Subspaces / 4.1：
Projections / 4.2：
Least Squares Approximations / 4.3：
Orthonormal Bases and Gram-Schmidt / 4.4：
Determinants / 5：
The Properties of Determinants / 5.1：
Permutations and Cofactors / 5.2：
Cramer's Rule, Inverses, and Volumes / 5.3：
Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors / 6：
Introduction to Eigenvalues / 6.1：
Diagonalizing a Matrix / 6.2：
Systems of Differential Equations / 6.3：
Symmetric Matrices / 6.4：
Positive Definite Matrices / 6.5：
The Singular Value Decomposition (SVD) / 7：
Image Processing by Linear Algebra / 7.1：
Bases and Matrices in the SVD / 7.2：
Principal Component Analysis (PCA by the SVD) / 7.3：
The Geometry of the SVD / 7.4：
Linear Transformations / 8：
The Idea of a Linear Transformation / 8.1：
The Matrix of a Linear Transformation / 8.2：
The Search for a Good Basis / 8.3：
Complex Vectors and Matrices / 9：
Complex Numbers / 9.1：
Hermitian and Unitary Matrices / 9.2：
The Fast Fourier Transform / 9.3：
Applications / 10：
Graphs and Networks / 10.1：
Matrices in Engineering / 10.2：
Markov Matrices, Population, and Economics / 10.3：
Linear Programming / 10.4：
Fourier Series: Linear Algebra for Functions / 10.5：
Computer Graphics / 10.6：
Linear Algebra for Cryptography / 10.7：
Numerical Linear Algebra / 11：
Gaussian Elimination in Practice / 11.1：
Norms and Condition Numbers / 11.2：
Iterative Methods and Preconditioned / 11.3：
Linear Algebra in Probability & Statistics / 12：
Mean, Variance, and Probability / 12.1：
Covariance Matrices and Joint Probabilities / 12.2：
Multivariate Gaussian and Weighted Least Squares / 12.3：
Matrix Factorizations
Index
Sex Great Theorems/Linear Algebra in a Nutshell
Introduction to Vectors / 1：
Vectors and Linear Combinations / 1.1：
Lengths and Dot Products / 1.2：
36.
図書
editors, K. Bradley Penuel, Matt Statler
出版情報:
Los Angeles : SAGE, c2011 2 v. (xxxiv, 934 p.) ; 29 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
Children, In State Care / Rebecca Berne
Children, In State Care / Rebecca Berne
37.
図書
John Domingue, Dieter Fensel, James A. Hendler (eds.)
出版情報:
Berlin : Springer, c2011 2 v. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名:
Springer reference
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
2: Handbook of Semantic Web technologies : semantic web applications
2: Handbook of Semantic Web technologies : semantic web applications
38.
図書
Koki Horikoshi (Ed.)
出版情報:
Tokyo : Springer, c2011 2 v. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名:
Springer reference
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
39.
図書
Roger Penrose
出版情報:
Princeton : Princeton University Press, c2016 xvi, 501 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Acknowledgements
Preface
Are fashion, faith, or fantasy relevant to fundamental science?
Fashion / 1：
Mathematical elegance as a driving force / 1.1：
Some fashionable physics of the past / 1.2：
Particle-physics background to string theory / 1.3：
The superposition principle in QFT / 1.4：
The power of Feynman diagrams / 1.5：
The original key ideas of string theory / 1.6：
Time in Einstein's general relativity / 1.7：
Weyl's gauge theory of electromagnetism / 1.8：
Functional freedom in Kaluza-Klein and string models / 1.9：
Quantum obstructions to functional freedom? / 1.10：
Classical instability of higher-dimensional string theory / 1.11：
The fashionable status of string theory / 1.12：
M-theory / 1.13：
Supersymmetry / 1.14：
AdS/CFT / 1.15：
Brane-worlds and the landscape / 1.16：
Faith / 2：
The quantum revelation / 2.1：
Max Planck's E = hv / 2.2：
The wave-particle paradox / 2.3：
Quantum and classical levels: C, U, and R / 2.4：
Wave function of a point-like particle / 2.5：
Wave function of a photon / 2.6：
Quantum linearity / 2.7：
Quantum measurement / 2.8：
The geometry of quantum spin / 2.9：
Quantum entanglement and EPR effects / 2.10：
Quantum functional freedom / 2.11：
Quantum reality / 2.12：
Objective quantum state reduction: a limit to the quantum faith? / 2.13：
Fantasy / 3：
The Big Bang and FLRW cosmologies / 3.1：
Black holes and local irregularities / 3.2：
The second law of thermodynamics / 3.3：
The Big Bang paradox / 3.4：
Horizons, comoving volumes, and conformal diagrams / 3.5：
The phenomenal precision in the Big Bang / 3.6：
Cosmological entropy? / 3.7：
Vacuum energy / 3.8：
Inflationary cosmology / 3.9：
The anthropic principle / 3.10：
Some more fantastical cosmologies / 3.11：
A New Physics for the Universe? / 4：
Twistor theory: an alternative to strings? / 4.1：
Whither quantum foundations? / 4.2：
Conformal crazy cosmology? / 4.3：
A personal coda / 4.4：
Mathematical Appendix / Appendix A：
Iterated exponents / A.1：
Functional freedom of fields / A.2：
Vector spaces / A.3：
Vector bases, coordinates, and duals / A.4：
Mathematics of manifolds / A.5：
Manifolds in physics / A.6：
Bundles / A.7：
Functional freedom via bundles / A.8：
Complex numbers / A.9：
Complex geometry / A.10：
Harmonic analysis / A.11：
References
Index
Acknowledgements
Preface
Are fashion, faith, or fantasy relevant to fundamental science?
40.
図書
Hilary Glasman-Deal
出版情報:
London : Imperial College Press, c2010 xiii, 257 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction: How to Use This Book
How to Write an Introduction / Unit 1：
Structure / l.l：
Grammar and Writing Skills / 1.2：
Tense pairs / 1.2.1：
Signalling language / 1.2.2：
Passive/Active / 1.2.3：
Writing Task: Build a Model / 1.3：
Building a model / 1.3.1：
Key / 1.3.2：
The model / 1.3.3：
Testing the Model / 1.3.4：
Vocabulary / 1.4：
Vocabulary for the Introduction / 1.4.1：
Writing an Introduction / 1.5：
Write an Introduction / 1.5.1：
Writing about Methodology / 1.5.2：
Passives and tense pairs / 2.1：
Use of 'a' and 'the' / 2.2.2：
Adverbs and adverb location / 2.2.3：
Testing the model / 2.3：
Vocabulary task / 2.4：
Vocabulary for the Methodology section / 2.4.2：
Writing a Methodology Section / 2.5：
Write a Methodology section / 2.5.1：
Writing about Results / 2.5.2：
Sequence / 3.1：
Frequency / 3.2.2：
Quantity / 3.2.3：
Causality / 3.2.4：
Vocabulary for the Results section / 3.3：
Writing a Results Section / 3.5：
Write a Results section / 3.5.1：
Writing the Discussion/Conclusion / 3.5.2：
Vocabulary for the Discussion/Conclusion / 4.1：
Writing a Discussion/Conclusion / 4.5：
Write a Discussion/Conclusion / 4.5.1：
Writing the Abstract / Unit 5：
Verb tense / 5.1：
Length / 5.2.2：
Language / 5.2.3：
The models / 5.3：
Testing the models / 5.3.4：
Vocabulary for the Abstract / 5.4：
Writing an Abstract / 5.5：
Write an Abstract / 5.5.1：
Creating a Tide / 5.5.2：
Sources and Credits
Useful Resources and Further Reading
Abbreviations Used in Science Writing / Appendix A：
Prefixes Used in Science Writing / Appendix B：
Latin and Greek Singular and Plural Forms / Appendix C：
Useful Verbs / Appendix D：
Index of Contents
Index of Vocabulary
Introduction: How to Use This Book
How to Write an Introduction / Unit 1：
Structure / l.l：
41.
図書
Eng-Chong Pua, Michael R. Davey, editors
出版情報:
Berlin : Springer, c2010 2 v. ; 24 cm.
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
42.
図書
Antony Joseph
出版情報:
Burlington, Mass. : Academic Press, 2011 xii, 436 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / 1：
Tsunami Generation and Historical Aspects / 2：
Tsunamis Generated by Seaquakes / 2.1：
Tsunamis Generated by Surface/Submarine Landslides and Rock Avalanches / 2.2：
Tsunamis Generated by Volcanic Eruptions / 2.3：
Tsunamis Generated by Meteorological Disturbances / 2.4：
Meteo-tsunami Warning / 2.4.1：
Tsunamis Generated by Underwater Gas Emission / 2.5：
Tsunamis Generated by Asteroid Impacts / 2.6：
Tsunami Databases / 3：
The United States Tsunami Database / 3.1：
The Russia Tsunami Databases / 3.2：
The UNESCO Tsunami Database / 3.3：
The Japan Tsunami Database / 3.4：
The Greece Tsunami Database / 3.5：
Geophysical Tsunami Hydrodynamics / 4：
Propagation / 4.1：
Features of Geophysical Tsunamis / 4.2：
Influence of Midocean Ridges, Straits, and Continental Shelves / 4.3：
Tsunamis on Islands / 4.4：
Tsunami-Induced Seiches in Harbors / 4.5：
Tsunamis in Inland Water Bodies / 4.6：
Impact of a Tsunami on Coastal and Island Habitats / 5：
The Protective Role of Coastal Ecosystms / 6：
Earthquake Detection and Monitoring for Early Warnings of Seismogenic Tsunamis / 7：
Earthquake Precursors / 7.1：
P-, S-, Love, and Raleigh Waves / 7.1.1：
Microelectric Discharges and Electromagnetic Emissions / 7.1.2：
Pressure Signals in the Troposphere / 7.1.3：
Rise in Surface Temperature Near the Earthquake Zone / 7.1.4：
Increases in Sea Surface Temperature Near the Epicenter / 7.1.5：
Earthquake Detection Through Monitoring the Behavior of Animals, Reptiles, and Birds / 7.2：
Numerical Models for Forecasting / 8：
The Role of IOC-UNESCO in Tsunami Early Warnings / 9：
Earthquake Monitoring for Early Tsunami Early Warnings / 10：
Seismic Network of the Pacific Tsunami Warning Center / 10.1：
Seismic Network in Japan / 10.1.1：
Open Ocean Tsunami Detection / 11：
Detection Using Seafloor Pressure Measurement / 11.1：
Detection Using Orbiting Satellite Altimeters / 11.2：
Detection Using Optical Devices in Satellites and Aircrafts / 11.3：
Detection Using Orbiting Microwave Radar and Radiometers / 11.4：
Land-Based Measurements of Inundation to Confirm Tsunamigenesis / 12：
The Technology of End-to-End Communication: Sending the Message / 13：
IOC-UNESCO Tsunami Early Warning Systems / 14：
The United States Tsunami Warning System / 14.1：
The Japan Tsunami Warning System / 14.2：
Historical Review of Japan's Tsunami Warning System / 14.2.1：
Japan Meteorological Agency Tsunami Monitoring / 14.2.2：
Merits and Drawbacks of Submarine Cable-Mounted Systems / 14.2.3：
The Russia Tsunami Warning Service / 14.3：
Historical Background / 14.3.1：
Service and Science Components of the Russian Tsunami Warning System / 14.3.2：
Tsunami Service Component / 14.3.3：
Tsunami Science Component / 14.3.4：
The Canada Tsunami Warning System / 14.4：
The Australia Tsunami Warning System / 14.5：
Sea-Level Network / 14.5.1：
The Tsunami Warning Scheme / 14.5.2：
Tsunami Risk Assessment Program / 14.5.3：
The Puerto Rico Tsunami Warning System / 14.6：
Tsunami Warnings / 14.6.1：
Tsunami Watches / 14.6.2：
Tsunami Advisories / 14.6.3：
Tsunami and Earthquake Information Statements / 14.6.4：
The Korea Tsunami Warning System / 14.7：
Seismic Networks / 14.7.1：
Sea-Level Networks / 14.7.2：
The Chile Tsunami Warning System / 14.8：
The New Zealand Tsunami Warning System / 14.9：
India's Early-Warning System for Tsunamis and Storm Surges / 14.9.1：
Sensor Networks / 14.10.1：
Tsunami Warning Centers / 14.10.2：
Standard Operating Procedures at Early Warning Centers / 14.10.3：
Vulnerability Maps / 14.10.4：
Performance of the System: Case Study of September 12, 2007 / 14.10.5：
Contributions to the Indian Ocean Region / 14.10.6：
National Institute of Oceanography Stations / 14.10.7：
Malaysia's Multihazard Early Warning System / 14.11：
Automatic Weather Station Networks / 14.11.1：
The Singapore Tsunami Warning System / 14.12：
European Union Initiative / 14.13：
Tsunami Warning Systems Around the African Continent / 14.14：
Technological Challenges In Detecting Tsunamis / 15：
Sea-Level Measurements From Coasts and Islands / 16：
Chart Datum / 16.1：
Float-Driven Gauges / 16.2：
Shaft Encoders and Microprocessor-Based Loggers / 16.2.1：
Calibrating Float-Driven Gauges / 16.2.2：
Drawbacks of Conventional Tide-Wells / 16.2.3：
Electric Step Gauges / 16.3：
Air-Acoustic Gauges / 16.4：
Unguided Air-Acoustic Gauges / 16.4.1：
Guided Air-Acoustic Gauges / 16.4.2：
Downward-Looking Aerial Microwave Radar Gauges / 16.5：
Subsurface Pressure Gauge Systems / 16.6：
Pressure Transducers / 16.6.1：
Commonly Used Pressure Transducers / 16.6.2：
Subsurface Pressure Transducer Installation Schemes / 16.6.3：
Gas-Puraged Bubbler Gauges / 16.6.4：
Radiowave Interferometry / 16.7：
Ground-Based Transmitter Systems / 16.7.1：
Satellite-Borne Transmitter Systems / 16.7.2：
Differential Global Positioning Systems on Floating Buoys / 16.8：
Applying a Tide Staff for Datum Control in Coastal Sea-Level Measurements / 16.9：
Sea Level Measurements From Deep-Sea Regions / 17：
Seafloor Pressure Sensor Capsules / 17.1：
Permanent Installation / 17.1.1：
Seafloor Pressure Measurement Techniques / 17.1.2：
Satellite Radar Altimetry / 17.2：
Telemetry of Sea-Level Data / 18：
Submarine Cable Communication / 18.1：
Acoustic Communication / 18.2：
VHF/UHF Transceivers and Wired Telephone Connections / 18.3：
Satellite Communication / 18.4：
Argos / 18.4.1：
Orbcomm / 18.4.2：
Iridium / 18.4.3：
Meteosat / 18.4.4：
Inmarsat / 18.4.5：
Cellular Modems / 18.5：
Telemetry From Polar Regions / 18.6：
Evaluating and Assessing Tsunamis Technologies for Specific Situations / 19：
Optimal Ocean-Bottom Pressure Recorders / 19.1：
Optimal Devices for Measuring Coastal Tsunamis / 19.2：
Summary / 19.3：
Extracting Tsunami Signals From Sea-Level Records / 20：
Conclusions / 21：
References
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / 1：
43.
図書
Richard Leach (Ed.)
出版情報:
Berlin ; Heidelberg : Springer, c2011 xiii, 323p. ; 25cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction to Surface Texture Measurement / Richard Leach1：
Surface Texture Measurement / 1.1：
Surface Profile and Areal Measurement / 1.2：
Areal Surface Texture Measurement / 1.3：
Surface Texture Standards and GPS / 1.4：
Profile Standards / 1.4.1：
Areal Specification Standards / 1.4.2：
Instrument Types in the ISO 25178 Series / 1.5：
The Stylus Instrument / 1.5.1：
Scanning Probe Microscopes / 1.5.2：
Scanning Electron Microscopes / 1.5.3：
Optical Instrument Types / 1.5.4：
Considerations When Choosing a Method / 1.6：
Acknowledgements
References
Some Common Terms and Definitions / 2：
Introduction / 2.1：
The Principal Aberrations / 2.2：
Objective Lenses / 2.3：
Magnification and Numerical Aperture / 2.4：
Spatial Resolution / 2.5：
Optical Spot Size / 2.6：
Field of View / 2.7：
Depth of Field and Depth of Focus / 2.8：
Interference Objectives / 2.9：
Limitations of Optical 3D Sensors / Gerd Häusler ; Svenja Ettl3：
Introduction: What Is This Chapter About? / 3.1：
The Canonical Sensor / 3.2：
Optically Rough and Smooth Surfaces / 3.3：
Type I Sensors: Triangulation / 3.4：
Type II and Type III Sensors: Interferometry / 3.5：
Type IV Sensors: Deflectometry / 3.6：
Only Four Sensor Principles? / 3.7：
Conclusion and Open Questions / 3.8：
Calibration of Optical Surface Topography Measuring Instruments / Claudiu Giusca4：
Introduction to Calibration and Traceability / 4.1：
Calibration of Surface Topography Measuring Instruments / 4.2：
Can an Optical Instrument Be Calibrated? / 4.3：
Types of Material Measure / 4.4：
Calibration of Instrument Scales / 4.5：
Noise / 4.5.1：
Residual Flatness / 4.5.2：
Amplification, Linearity and Squareness of the Scales / 4.5.3：
Resolution / 4.5.4：
Relationship between the Calibration, Adjustment and Measurement Uncertainty / 4.6：
Summary / 4.7：
Chromatic Confocal Microscopy / François Blateyron5：
Basic Theory / 5.1：
Confocal Setting / 5.1.1：
Axial Chromatic Dispersion / 5.1.2：
Spectral Decoding / 5.1.3：
Height Detection / 5.1.4：
Metrological Characteristics / 5.1.5：
Spot Size / 5.1.5.1：
Instrumentation / 5.2：
Lateral Scanning Configurations / 5.2.1：
Profile Measurement / 5.2.1.1：
Areal Measurement / 5.2.1.2：
Optoelectronic Controller / 5.2.2：
Optical Head / 5.2.3：
Light Source / 5.2.4：
Chromatic Objective / 5.2.5：
Spectrometer / 5.2.6：
Optical Fibre Cord / 5.2.7：
Instrument Use and Good Practice / 5.3：
Calibration / 5.3.1：
Calibration of Dark Level / 5.3.1.1：
Linearisation of the Response Curve / 5.3.1.2：
Calibration of the Height Amplification Coefficient / 5.3.1.3：
Calibration of the Lateral Amplification Coefficient / 5.3.1.4：
Calibration of the Hysteresis in Bi-directional Measurement / 5.3.1.5：
Preparation for Measurement / 5.3.2：
Pre-processing / 5.3.3：
Limitations of the Technique / 5.4：
Local Slopes / 5.4.1：
Scanning Speed / 5.4.2：
Light Intensity / 5.4.3：
Non-measured Points / 5.4.4：
Outliers / 5.4.5：
Interference / 5.4.6：
Ghost Foci / 5.4.7：
Extensions of the Basic Principles / 5.5：
Thickness Measurement / 5.5.1：
Line and Field Sensors / 5.5.2：
Absolute Reference / 5.5.3：
Case Studies / 5.6：
Point Autofocus Instruments / Katsuhiro Miura ; Atsuko Nose6：
Comparison with Roughness Material Measures / 6.1：
Three-Dimensional Measurement of Grinding Wheel Surface Topography / 6.3.2：
Limitations of PAI / 6.4：
Lateral Resolution / 6.4.1：
Vertical Resolution / 6.4.2：
The Maximum Acceptable Local Surface Slope / 6.4.3：
Conclusion / 6.5：
Focus Variation Instruments / Franz Helmli7：
How Does It Work? / 7.1：
Acquisition of Image Data / 7.2.2：
Measurement of 3D Information / 7.2.3：
Post-processing / 7.2.4：
Handling of Invalid Points / 7.2.5：
Difference to Other Techniques / 7.3：
Difference to Imaging Confocal Microscopy / 7.3.1：
Difference to Point Auto Focusing Techniques / 7.3.2：
Optical System / 7.4：
CCD Sensor / 7.4.2：
Microscope Objective / 7.4.3：
Driving Unit / 7.4.5：
Practical Instrument Realisation / 7.4.6：
Limitations of the Technology / 7.5：
Translucent Materials / 7.6.1：
Measurable Surfaces / 7.6.2：
Repeatability Information / 7.7：
High Radiometric Data Acquisition / 7.7.2：
2D Alignment / 7.7.3：
3D Alignment / 7.7.4：
Surface Texture Measurement of Worn Metal Parts / 7.8：
Form Measurement of Complex Tap Parameters / 7.8.2：
Phase Shifting Interferometry / Peter de Groot7.9：
Concept and Overview / 8.1：
Principles of Surface Measurement Interferometry / 8.2：
Phase Shifting Method / 8.3：
Phase Unwrapping / 8.4：
Phase Shifting Error Analysis / 8.5：
Interferometer Design / 8.6：
Focus / 8.7：
Light Sources / 8.9：
Examples of PSI Measurement / 8.10：
Coherence Scanning Interferometry / 9：
Terminology / 9.1：
Typical Configurations of CSI / 9.3：
Signal Formation / 9.4：
Signal Processing / 9.5：
Foundation Metrics and Height Calibration for CSI / 9.6：
Dissimilar Materials / 9.7：
Vibrational Sensitivity / 9.8：
Transparent Films / 9.9：
Examples / 9.10：
Digital Holographic Microscopy / Tristan Colomb ; Jonas Kühn9.11：
Acquisition / 10.1：
Reconstruction / 10.2.2：
Digital Camera / 10.3：
Optical Path Retarder / 10.3.3：
Digital Focusing / 10.4：
DHM Parameters / 10.4.2：
Automatic Working Distance in Reflection DHM / 10.4.3：
Sample Preparation and Immersion Liquids / 10.4.4：
Limitations of DHM / 10.5：
Parasitic Interferences and Statistical Noise / 10.5.1：
Height Measurement Range / 10.5.2：
Sample Limitation / 10.5.3：
Extensions of the Basic DHM Principles / 10.6：
Multi-wavelength DHM / 10.6.1：
Extended Measurement Range / 10.6.1.1：
Mapping / 10.6.1.2：
Stroboscopic Measurement / 10.6.2：
DHM Reflectometry / 10.6.3：
Infinite Focus / 10.6.4：
Applications of DHM / 10.6.5：
Topography and Defect Detection / 10.6.5.1：
Roughness / 10.6.5.2：
Micro-optics Characterization / 10.6.5.3：
MEMS and MOEMS / 10.6.5.4：
Semi-transparent Micro-structures / 10.6.5.5：
Conclusions / 10.7：
Imaging Confocal Microscopy / Roger Artigas11：
Introduction to Imaging Confocal Microscopes / 11.1：
Working Principle of an Imaging Confocal Microscope / 11.1.2：
Metrological Algorithm / 11.1.3：
Image Formation of a Confocal Microscope / 11.1.4：
General Description of a Scanning Microscope / 11.1.4.1：
Point Spread Function for the Limiting Case of an Infinitesimally Small Pinhole / 11.1.4.2：
Pinhole Size Effect / 11.1.4.3：
Types of Confocal Microscopes / 11.2：
Laser Scanning Confocal Microscope Configuration / 11.2.1.1：
Disc Scanning Confocal Microscope Configuration / 11.2.1.2：
Programmable Array Scanning Confocal Microscope Configuration / 11.2.1.3：
Objectives for Confocal Microscopy / 11.2.2：
Vertical Scanning / 11.2.3：
Motorised Stages with Optical Linear Encoders / 11.2.3.1：
Piezoelectric Stages / 11.2.3.2：
Comparison between Motorised and Piezoelectric Scanning Stages / 11.2.3.3：
Location of an Imaging Confocal Microscope / 11.3：
Setting Up the Sample / 11.3.2：
Setting the Right Scanning Parameters / 11.3.3：
Simultaneous Detection of Confocal and Bright Field Images / 11.3.4：
Sampling / 11.3.5：
Low Magnification against Stitching / 11.3.6：
Limitations of Imaging Confocal Microscopy / 11.4：
Maximum Detectable Slope on Smooth Surfaces / 11.4.1：
Noise and Resolution in Imaging Confocal Microscopes / 11.4.2：
Errors in Imaging Confocal Microscopes / 11.4.3：
Objective Flatness Error / 11.4.3.1：
Calibration of the Flatness Error / 11.4.3.2：
Measurements on Thin Transparent Materials / 11.4.3.3：
Measurement of Thin and Thick Film with Imaging Confocal Microscopy / 11.4.4：
Thick Films / 11.5.1：
Thin Films / 11.5.3：
Case Study: Roughness Prediction on Steel Plates / 11.6：
Light Scattering Methods / Theodore V. Vorburger ; Richard Silver ; Rainer Brodmann ; Boris Brodmann ; Jörg Seewig12：
Instrumentation and Case Studies / 12.1：
Early Developments / 12.3.1：
Recent Developments in Instrumentation for Mechanical Engineering Manufacture / 12.3.2：
Recent Developments in Instrumentation for Semiconductor Manufacture (Optical Critical Dimension) / 12.3.3：
SEMI MF 1048-1109 (2009) Test Method for Measuring the Effective Surface Roughness of Optical Components by Total Integrated Scattering / 12.4：
SEMI ME1392-1109 (2009) Guide for Angle-Resolved Optical Scatter Measurements on Specular or Diffuse Surfaces / 12.4.2：
ISO10110-8: 2010 Optics and Photonics - Preparation of Drawings for Optical Elements and Systems - Part 8: Surface Texture / 12.4.3：
Standards for Gloss Measurement / 12.4.4：
VDA Guideline 2009, Geometrische Produktspezifikation Oberflächenbeschaffenheit Winkelaufgelöste Streulichtmesstech-nik Definition, KenngröBen und Anwendung (Light Scattering Measurement Technique) / 12.4.5：
Index / 12.5：
Introduction to Surface Texture Measurement / Richard Leach1：
Surface Texture Measurement / 1.1：
Surface Profile and Areal Measurement / 1.2：
44.
図書
Eelco J. Rohling
出版情報:
New York, NY : Oxford University Press, c2019 viii, 162 p. ; 22 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Acknowledgments
Introduction / 1：
Past Climates: How We Get Our Data / 2：
Data from Ice / 2.1：
Data from Land / 2.2：
Data from the Sea / 2.3：
Data about Sea-Level Changes / 2.4：
Recap and Outlook / 2.5：
Energy Balance of Climate / 3：
The Greenhouse Gases / 3.1：
A Perspective from Studies of Past Climates / 3.2：
Causes of Climate Change / 3.3：
Carbon-Cycle Changes / 4.1：
Astronomical Variability / 4.2：
Large (Super-)Volcanic Eruptions and Asteroid Impacts / 4.3：
Variability in the Intensity of Solar Radiation / 4.4：
Changes during the Industrial Age / 4.5：
Direct Effects / 5.1：
Global Responses and Climate Sensitivity / 5.2：
Sea-Level Change / 5.3：
Common Reactions to the Geological Perspective / 5.4：
Mother Nature to the Rescue? / 5.5：
Weathering, Reforestation, and Carbon Burial / 6.1：
Requirement for Human Intervention / 6.2：
Human Intervention in Carbon Removal / 6.3：
Summary / 7：
Epilogue / 8：
Notes
Glossary
Index
Acknowledgments
Introduction / 1：
Past Climates: How We Get Our Data / 2：
45.
図書
edited by Sir John Gurdon
出版情報:
Singapore : World Scientific, c2012 2 v. ; 27 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
46.
図書
Alan Cooper
目次情報:
続きを見る
Biological Molecules / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Proteins and Polypeptides / 1.2：
Polynucleotides / 1.3：
Polysaccharides / 1.4：
Fats, Lipids and Detergents / 1.5：
Water / 1.6：
Foams, Surfactants and Emulsions / 1.7：
Acids, Bases, Buffers and Polyelectrolytes / 1.8：
A Note about Units / 1.9：
Problems
References
Further Reading
Spectroscopy / 2：
Electromagnetic Waves and their Interactions / 2.1：
UV/Visible Spectroscopy / 2.2：
Circular Dichroism / 2.3：
Fluorescence / 2.4：
Vibrational Spectroscopy: IR and Raman / 2.5：
NMR (Brief Overview) / 2.6：
Mass Spectrometry / 3：
Ion Sources / 3.1：
Ionization Methods / 3.3：
Mass Analysers / 3.4：
Detection / 3.5：
Applications of MS / 3.6：
Hydrodynamics / 4：
Density and Molecular Volume / 4.1：
Analytical Ultracentrifugation / 4.2：
Sedimentation Equilibrium / 4.3：
Sedimentation Rate / 4.4：
Diffusion and Brownian Motion / 4.5：
Dynamic Light Scattering (DLS) / 4.6：
Viscosity / 4.7：
Thermodynamics and interactions / 5：
A Bluffer's Guide to Molecular Thermodynamics / 5.1：
Differential Scanning Calorimetry / 5.2：
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry / 5.3：
Binding Equilibrium / 5.4：
General Methods for Determining Thermodynamic Properties / 5.5：
Thermal Shift Assays / 5.6：
Equilibrium Dialysis / 5.7：
Protein Solubility and Crystallization / 5.8：
Kinetics / 6：
Basic Kinetics / 6.1：
Rapid Reaction Techniques / 6.2：
Relaxation Methods / 6.3：
Hydrogen Exchange / 6.4：
Surface Plasmon Resonance / 6.5：
Enzyme Kinetics / 6.6：
Chromatography and Electrophoresis / 7：
Chromatography / 7.1：
Electrophoresis / 7.2：
imaging / 8：
Waves and Particles / 8.1：
Lenses or No Lenses: Reconstructing the Image / 8.2：
X-ray Diffraction and Protein Crystallography / 8.3：
Fibre Diffraction and Small-angle Scattering / 8.4：
Neutron Diffraction and Scattering / 8.5：
Electron Microscopy / 8.6：
Single Molecules / 9：
How Many Molecules can Stand on the Head of a Pin? / 9.1：
Thermodynamic Fluctuations and the Ergodic Hypothesis / 9.2：
Atomic Force Microscopy / 9.3：
Optical Tweezers and Traps / 9.4：
Single Molecule Fluorescence / 9.5：
Answers to Problems
Subject Index
Biological Molecules / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Proteins and Polypeptides / 1.2：
47.
図書
東工大
松井勇 [ほか] 著
出版情報:
東京 : 井上書院, 2010.4 271p ; 26cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Ⅰ編 構造材料 11
序 12
1 木質構造（材料）の特徴 14
1-1 木質構造の特徴とディティール 14
1-1-1 全般的な特徴 14
1-2 構造・材料の長所・短所 18
1-2-1 長所 18
1-2-2 短所とその対策 18
1-3 材料の種類および性質・選択 18
1-3-1 樹種と用途 18
1-3-2 木質材料の種類と特徴 20
2 鉄骨構造（材料）の特徴 22
2-1 鉄骨構造の特徴とディテール 22
2-1-1 全般的な特徴 22
2-2 構造・材料の長所・短所 23
2-2-1 長所 23
2-2-2 短所とその対策 23
2-3 材料の種類および性質・選択 23
2-3-1 鋼材の種類と表記 23
2-3-2 鉄鋼製品 24
2-3-3 鋼材の形状・寸法表示 24
2-3-4 鋼材の接合 27
2-3-5 架構 28
3 鉄筋コンクリート構造（材料）の特徴 31
3-1 鉄筋コンクリート構造の特徴とディテール 31
3-1-1 全般的な特徴 31
3-2 構造・材料の長所・短所 32
3-2-1 長所 32
3-2-2 短所とその対策 33
3-3 材料の種類および性質・選択 34
3-3-1 コンクリートと鉄筋 34
3-3-2 コンクリートの設計基準強度およびそのワーカビリティー 34
3-3-3 鉄筋の種類と接合 36
3-3-4 構造体の総合的耐久性 37
4 組積造（材料）の特徴 39
Ⅱ編 部位と材料 43
序 44
1 屋根 45
1-1 要求条件 45
1-1-1 屋根に要求される条件 45
1-1-2 屋根材料に要求される性能 45
1-2 勾配屋根 46
1-2-1 勾配屋根の材料構成 47
1-2-2 屋根葺き材料の種類および特徴 47
1-3 陸屋根 48
1-3-1 陸屋根の材料構成 48
1-3-2 防水材の種類および特徴 49
2 外壁 50
2-1 要求条件 50
2-1-1 外壁に要求される条件 50
2-1-2 外壁仕上材料に要求される性能 50
2-2 外壁の材料構成 51
2-3 材料の種類および特徴 53
3 内壁 55
3-1 要求条件 55
3-1-1 内壁に要求される条件 55
3-1-2 内壁仕上材料に要求される性能 55
3-2 内壁の材料構成 56
3-3 材料の種類および特徴 57
4 天井
4-1 要求条件 59
4-1-1 天井に要求される条件 59
4-1-2 天井仕上材料に要求される性能 59
4-2 天井の材料構成 60
4-3 材料の種類および特徴 61
5 床 62
5-1 要求条件 62
5-1-1 床に要求される条件 62
5-1-2 床仕上材料に要求される性能 62
5-2 床の材料構成 63
5-3 材料の種類および特徴 64
6 建具 66
6-1 要求条件 66
6-1-1 建具に要求される条件 66
6-1-2 建具材料に要求される性能 67
6-2 建具の材料構成 67
6-2-1 建具の材料構成 67
6-2-2 建具のおもな部材名称 68
6-2-3 建具の種類 68
6-3 材料の種類および特徴 69
6-3-1 建具に用いられる材料分類 69
7 衛生器具 70
7-1 要求条件 70
7-1-1 衛生器具に要求される条件 70
7-1-2 材料に要求される性能 70
7-2 衛生器具の種類 71
7-3 材料の種類および特徴 71
Ⅲ編 材料の機能 73
序 74
1 防水性 76
1-1 水分の挙動 76
1-2 水分と材料の性質 77
1-3 防水工法と材料 77
1-3-1 隔壁（材料）表面を不透水性の材料で覆って水分を遮断する工法 77
1-3-2 隔壁（材料）自体の吸水・吸湿性を低下させて，透水・透湿が生じにくい性質に変える工法 77
1-3-3 材料や部材のすきまに不透水性の材料を詰める工法 78
2 防火性 79
2-1 構造，建築物および材料の分類 79
2-1-1 構造の分類 79
2-1-2 建築物の分類 81
2-1-3 材料の分類 81
2-2 材料の燃焼と種類 82
2-2-1 材料の燃焼 82
2-2-2 不燃・難燃材料の種類 82
3 断熱・保温性 85
3-1 機能と原理 85
3-1-1 熱の移動と性質 85
3-1-2 断熱材の性質 86
3-2 断熱材の種類と断熱工法 88
3-2-1 断熱材の種類 88
3-2-2 断熱工法 89
4 音響特性 90
4-1 機能と原理 90
4-2 吸音方法と材料 90
4-2-1 多孔質材料による方法 90
4-2-2 板状材料の振動による方法 91
4-2-3 膜状材料による方法 91
4-2-4 あなあき板による方法 91
4-2-5 成形吸音板による方法 91
4-3 遮音方法と材料 92
5 接着性・接合性 93
5-1 機能と性能 93
5-2 物理化学的接合 93
5-2-1 接着 93
5-2-2 溶接 97
5-2-3 自着 99
5-3 機械的接合 101
5-3-1 仕口・継手による接合 101
5-3-2 接合金物による接合 101
5-3-3 補強金物による接合 102
5-3-4 ラスによる接合 103
6 保護・仕上げ性 104
6-1 機能と性能 104
6-2 塗科 104
6-2-1 概説 104
6-2-2 種類 104
6-2-3 塗料の機能と素地 107
6-2-4 用途と製品 108
6-3 建築用仕上塗材 110
6-3-1 概説 110
6-3-2 薄付け仕上塗材 111
6-3-3 厚付け仕上塗材 111
6-3-4 複層仕上塗材 111
6-3-5 可とう形改修用仕上塗材 112
6-3-6 軽量骨材仕上塗材 112
6-3-7 建築用下地調整塗材 112
6-4 表面含浸材 113
6-4-1 概説 113
6-4-2 シラン系表面含浸材 113
6-4-3 ケイ酸塩系表面含浸材 114
6-5 塗り床材 115
6-5-1 概説 115
6-5-2 塗布型塗り床材 115
6-5-3 一体型塗り床材 116
7 水密・気密性 118
7-1 機能と原理 118
7-2 シーリング材・コーキング材 118
7-2-1 建築用シーリング材 118
7-2-2 建築用油性コーキング材 120
7-2-3 金属製建具用ガラスパテ 120
7-2-4 補修用注入エポキシ樹脂 120
7-3 ガスケット 121
7-3-1 建築用発泡体ガスケット 121
7-3-2 建築用ガスケット 121
8 材料の感覚的性能 123
8-1 概説 123
8-2 温冷感触 123
8-3 凹凸感触 124
8-4 べたつき感触 125
8-5 よごれの程度 126
8-6 打音感触 126
9 環境負荷と建築材料 128
9-1 概説 128
9-2 環境負荷低減のための建築材料のあり方 129
9-2-1 環境基本法とその関係法令に示される建築材料 129
9-2-2 長寿命と建築材料 130
9-2-3 自然共生と建築材料 130
9-2-4 省エネルギーと建築材料 130
9-2-5 省資源・循環と建築材料 131
9-2-6 室内空気汚染と建築材料 131
Ⅳ編 基本材料 133
序 134
1 金属材料 135
1-1 鉄鋼 135
1-1-1 製法 135
1-1-2 炭素鋼 137
1-1-3 特殊鋼 139
1-1-4 鋳鋼 140
1-1-5 用途と製品 140
1-2 アルミニウムおよびその合金 141
1-2-1 製法 141
1-2-2 種類・特徴 142
1-2-3 性質 142
1-2-4 用途と製品 144
1-3 銅およびその合金 145
1-3-1 製法 145
1-3-2 種類・特徴 145
1-3-3 性質 146
1-3-4 用途と製品 146
1-4 チタンおよびその合金 146
1-4-1 製法 146
1-4-2 種類・特徴 147
1-4-3 性質 147
1-4-4 用途と製品 148
1-5 亜鉛・スズ・鉛 148
1-5-1 製法 148
1-5-2 種類・特徴 149
1-5-3 性質 149
1-5-4 用途と製品 150
1-6 銀・金・白金 151
1-6-1 製法 151
1-6-2 種類・特徴 151
1-6-3 性質 152
1-6-4 用途と製品 152
1-7 耐久性 153
2 無機材料 156
2-1 石材 156
2-1-1 概説 156
2-1-2 種類および組成 156
2-1-3 一般的性質 156
2-1-4 製品 158
2-2 セメント 161
2-2-1 概説 161
2-2-2 ポルトランドセメントの製造 161
2-2-3 ポルトランドセメントの成分 161
2-2-4 ポルトランドセメントの水和 164
2-2-5 混和材 165
2-2-6 性質 167
2-3 コンクリート 170
2-3-1 コンクリート用材料 170
2-3-2 調合 181
2-3-3 フレッシュコンクリートの性質 188
2-3-4 初期性状 190
2-3-5 硬化コンクリートの性質 193
2-3-6 各種コンクリート 204
2-3-7 コンクリート製品 205
2-3-8 鉄筋コンクリート構造物の耐久性 208
2-4 石灰，せっこう，プラスター 215
2-4-1 概説 215
2-4-2 種類および組織，基本的性質 215
2-4-3 用途と製品 216
2-5 陶磁器 218
2-5-1 概説 218
2-5-2 素地の種類と性質 218
2-5-3 製品と用途 219
2-5-4 陶磁器の耐久性 222
2-6 ガラス 223
2-6-1 概説 223
2-6-2 種類・製法および加工法 223
2-6-3 一般的性質 224
2-6-4 製品と用途 225
3 有機材料 227
3-1 木材 227
3-1-1 構造と組織・木理・欠点 228
3-1-2 製材による種類 229
3-1-3 水分 230
3-1-4 一般的な性質 231
3-1-5 木材の耐久性 235
3-1-6 木質材料 238
3-2 プラスチック・ゴム 243
3-2-1 概要 243
3-2-2 種類 243
3-2-3 成形法・現場施工 244
3-2-4 性質 245
3-2-5 用途と製品 248
3-3 アスファルト 254
3-3-1 概説 254
3-3-2 種類と性質・用途 254
Ⅴ編 材料の基本的物性と単位 257
1 質量・重量・密度・比重 258
2 強度・応力度・ひずみ度 258
3 温度・熱に関する物性値と単位 260
4 水に関する物性値と単位 261
5 音に関する物性値と単位 262
6 光・照明に関する物性値と単位 263
7 表色・光沢 264
索引 267
Ⅰ編 構造材料 11
序 12
1 木質構造（材料）の特徴 14
48.
図書
Richard G. Compton, Craig E. Banks
出版情報:
London : Imperial College Press, c2011 xiii, 429 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Equilibrium Electrochemistry and the Nernst Equation / 1：
Chemical Equilibrium / 1.1：
Electrochemical Equilibrium: Introduction / 1.2：
Electrochemical Equilibrium: Electron Transfer at the Solution-Electrode Interface / 1.3：
Electrochemical Equilibrium: The Nernst Equation / 1.4：
Walther Hermann Nernst / 1.5：
Reference Electrodes and the Measurement of Electrode Potentials / 1.6：
The Hydrogen Electrode as a Reference Electrode / 1.7：
Standard Electrode Potentials and Formal Potentials / 1.8：
Formal Potentials and Experimental Voltammetry / 1.9：
Electrode Processes: Kinetics vs. Thermodynamics / 1.10：
Electrode Kinetics / 2：
Currents and Reaction Fluxes / 2.1：
Studying Electrode Kinetics Requires Three Electrodes / 2.2：
Butler-Volmer Kinetics / 2.3：
Standard Electrochemical Rate Constants and Formal Potentials / 2.4：
The Need for Supporting Electrolyte / 2.5：
The Tafel Law / 2.6：
Julius Tafel / 2.7：
Multistep Electron Transfer Processes / 2.8：
Tafel Analysis and the Hydrogen Evolution Reaction / 2.9：
B. Stanley Pons / 2.10：
Cold Fusion-The Musical! / 2.11：
Why Are Some Standard Electrochemical Rate Constants Large but Others Slow? The Marcus Theory of Electron Transfer: An Introduction / 2.12：
Marcus Theory: Taking it Further. Inner and Outer Sphere Electron Transfer / 2.13：
Marcus Theory: Taking it Further. Adiabatic and Non-Adiabatic Reactions / 2.14：
Marcus Theory: Taking it Further. Calculating the Gibbs Energy of Activation / 2.15：
Relationship between Marcus Theory and Butler-Volmer Kinetics / 2.16：
Marcus Theory and Experiment. Success! / 2.17：
Diffusion / 3：
Fick's 1st Law of Diffusion / 3.1：
Fick's 2nd Law of Diffusion / 3.2：
The Molecular Basis of Fick's Laws / 3.3：
How Did Fick Discover His Laws? / 3.4：
The Cottrell Equation: Solving Fick's 2nd Law / 3.5：
The Cottrell Problem: The Case of Unequal Diffusion Coefficients / 3.6：
The Nernst Diffusion Layer / 3.7：
Mass Transfer vs. Electrode Kinetics: Steady-State Current-Voltage Waveshapes / 3.8：
Mass Transport Corrected Tafel Relationships / 3.9：
Cyclic Voltammetry at Macroelectrodes / 4：
Cyclic Voltammetry: The Experiment / 4.1：
Cyclic Voltammetry: Solving the Transport Equations / 4.2：
Cyclic Voltammetry: Reversible and Irreversible Kinetics / 4.3：
What Dictates 'Reversible' and 'Irreversible' Behaviour? / 4.4：
Reversible and Irreversible Behaviour: The Effect of Voltage Scan Rate / 4.5：
Reversible versus Irreversible Voltammetry: A Summary / 4.6：
The Measurement of Cyclic Voltammograms: Three Practical Considerations / 4.7：
Multiple Electron Transfer: Reversible Electrode Kinetics / 4.8：
Multiple Electron Transfer: Irreversible Electrode Kinetics / 4.10：
The Influence of pH on Cyclic Voltammetry / 4.11：
The Scheme of Squares / 4.12：
Simultaneous Two-Electron Transfer in Electrode Kinetics? / 4.13：
Voltammetry at Microelectrodes / 5：
The Cottrell Equation for a Spherical or Hemispherical Electrode / 5.1：
Potential Step Transients at Microdisc Electrodes / 5.2：
Microelectrodes Have Large Current Densities and Fast Response Times / 5.3：
Applications of Potential Step Chronoamperometry Using Microdisc Electrodes / 5.4：
Double Potential Step Microdisc Chronoamperometry Exploring the Diffusion Coefficient of Electrogenerated Species / 5.5：
Cyclic and Linear Sweep Voltammetry Using Microdisc Electrodes / 5.6：
Steady-State Voltammetry at the Microdisc Electrode / 5.7：
Microelectrodes versus Macroelectrodes / 5.8：
Ultrafast Cyclic Voltammetry: Megavolts per Second Scan Rates / 5.9：
Ultrasmall Electrodes: Working at the Nanoscale / 5.10：
Voltammetry at Heterogeneous Surfaces / 6：
Partially Blocked Electrodes / 6.1：
Microelectrode Arrays / 6.2：
Voltammetry at Highly Ordered Pyrolytic Graphite Electrodes / 6.3：
Electrochemically Heterogeneous Electrodes / 6.4：
Electrodes Covered with Porous Films / 6.5：
Voltammetric Particle Sizing / 6.6：
Scanning Electrochemical Microscopy (SECM) / 6.7：
Cyclic Voltammetry: Coupled Homogeneous Kinetics and Adsorption / 7：
Homogeneous Coupled Reactions: Notation and Examples / 7.1：
Modifying Fick's Second Law to Allow for Chemical Reaction / 7.2：
Cyclic Voltammetry and the EC Reaction / 7.3：
ECE Processes / 7.4：
ECE versus DISP / 7.8：
The CE Mechanism / 7.9：
The EC'(Catalytic) Mechanism / 7.10：
Adsorption / 7.11：
Voltammetric Studies of Droplets and Solid Particles / 7.12：
Hydrodynamic Electrodes / 8：
Convection / 8.1：
Modifying Fick's Laws to Allow for Convection / 8.2：
The Rotating Disc Electrode: An Introduction / 8.3：
The Rotating Disc Electrode-Theory / 8.4：
Osborne Reynolds (1842-1912) / 8.5：
The Rotating Disc Electrode-Further Theory / 8.6：
Chronoamperometry at the Rotating Disc Electrode: An Illustration of the Value of Simulation / 8.7：
The Rotating Disc and Coupled Homogeneous Kinetics / 8.8：
The Channel Electrode: An Introduction / 8.9：
The Channel Electrode: The Levich Equation Derived / 8.10：
Channel Flow Cells and Coupled Homogeneous Kinetics / 8.11：
Chronoamperometry at the Channel Electrode / 8.12：
The Channel Electrode is not 'Uniformly Accessible' / 8.13：
Channel Microelectrodes / 8.14：
Channel Microband Electrode Arrays for Mechanistic Electrochemistry / 8.15：
The High Speed Channel Electrode / 8.16：
Hydrodynamic Electrodes Based on Impinging jets / 8.17：
Sonovoltammetry / 8.18：
Voltammetry for Electroanalysis / 9：
Potential Step Voltammetric Techniques / 9.1：
Differential Pulse Voltammetry / 9.2：
Square Wave Voltammetry / 9.3：
Stripping Voltammetry / 9.4：
Sono-electroanalysis / 9.5：
Voltammetry in Weakly Supported Media: Migration and Other Effects / 10：
Potentials and Fields in Fully Supported Voltammetry / 10.1：
The Distribution of Ions Around a Charged Electrode / 10.2：
The Electrode-Solution Interface: Beyond the Gouy-Chapman Theory / 10.3：
Double Layer Effect on Electrode Kinetics: Frumkin Effects / 10.4：
Transport by Diffusion and by Migration / A.N. Frumkin10.5：
Measurement of Ion Mobilities / 10.7：
Liquid Junction Potentials / 10.8：
Chronoamperometry and Cyclic Voltammetry in Weakly Supported Media / 10.9：
Voltammetry at the Nanoscale / 11：
Transport to Particles Supported on an Electrode / 11.1：
Nanoparticle Voltammetry: The Transport Changes as the Electrode Shrinks in Size / 11.2：
Altered Chemistry at the Nanoscale / 11.3：
Appendix: Simulation of Electrode Processes
Fick's First and Second Laws / A.1：
Boundary Conditions / A.2：
Finite Difference Equations / A.3：
Backward Implicit Method / A.4：
Conclusion / A.5：
Index
Cold Fusion - The Musical!
The EC' (Catalytic) Mechanism
The Rotating Disc Electrode - Theory
The Rotating Disc Electrode - Further Theory
A.N. Frumkin
Preface
Equilibrium Electrochemistry and the Nernst Equation / 1：
Chemical Equilibrium / 1.1：
49.
図書
Parviz Moin
出版情報:
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press, 2010 xiv, 241 p. ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface to the Second Edition
Preface to the First Edition
Interpolation / 1：
Lagrange Polynomial Interpolation / 1.1：
Cubic Spline Interpolation / 1.2：
Exercises
Further Reading
Numerical Differentiation - Finite Differences / 2：
Construction of Difference Formulas Using Taylor Series / 2.1：
A General Technique for Construction of Finite Difference Schemes / 2.2：
An Alternative Measure for the Accuracy of Finite Differences / 2.3：
Padé Approximations / 2.4：
Non-Uniform Grids / 2.5：
Numerical Integration / 3：
Trapezoidal and Simpson's Rules / 3.1：
Error Analysis / 3.2：
Trapezoidal Rule with End-Correction / 3.3：
Romberg Integration and Richardson Extrapolation / 3.4：
Adaptive Quadrature / 3.5：
Gauss Quadrature / 3.6：
Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations / 4：
Initial Value Problems / 4.1：
Numerical Stability / 4.2：
Stability Analysis for the Euler Method / 4.3：
Implicit or Backward Euler / 4.4：
Numerical Accuracy Revisited / 4.5：
Trapezoidal Method / 4.6：
Linearization for Implicit Methods / 4.7：
Runge-Kutta Methods / 4.8：
Multi-Step Methods / 4.9：
System of First-Order Ordinary Differential Equations / 4.10：
Boundary Value Problems / 4.11：
Shooting Method / 4.11.1：
Direct Methods / 4.11.2：
Numerical Solution of Partial Differential Equations / 5：
Semi-Discretization / 5.1：
von Neumann Stability Analysis / 5.2：
Modified Wavenumber Analysis / 5.3：
Implicit Time Advancement / 5.4：
Accuracy via Modified Equation / 5.5：
Du Fort-Frankel Method: An Inconsistent Scheme / 5.6：
Multi-Dimensions / 5.7：
Implicit Methods in Higher Dimensions / 5.8：
Approximate Factorization / 5.9：
Stability of the Factored Scheme / 5.9.1：
Alternating Direction Implicit Methods / 5.9.2：
Mixed and Fractional Step Methods / 5.9.3：
Elliptic Partial Differential Equations / 5.10：
Iterative Solution Methods / 5.10.1：
The Point Jacobi Method / 5.10.2：
Gauss-Seidel Method / 5.10.3：
Successive Over Relaxation Scheme / 5.10.4：
Multigrid Acceleration / 5.10.5：
Discrete Transform Methods / 6：
Fourier Series / 6.1：
Discrete Fourier Series / 6.1.1：
Fast Fourier Transform / 6.1.2：
Fourier Transform of a Real Function / 6.1.3：
Discrete Fourier Series in Higher Dimensions / 6.1.4：
Discrete Fourier Transform of a Product of Two Functions / 6.1.5：
Discrete Sine and Cosine Transforms / 6.1.6：
Applications of Discrete Fourier Series / 6.2：
Direct Solution of Finite Differenced Elliptic Equations / 6.2.1：
Differentiation of a Periodic Function Using Fourier Spectral Method / 6.2.2：
Numerical Solution of Linear, Constant Coefficient Differential Equations with Periodic Boundary Conditions / 6.2.3：
Matrix Operator for Fourier Spectral Numerical Differentiation / 6.3：
Discrete Chebyshev Transform and Applications / 6.4：
Numerical Differentiation Using Chebyshev Polynomials / 6.4.1：
Quadrature Using Chebyshev Polynomials / 6.4.2：
Matrix Form of Chebyshev Collocation Derivative / 6.4.3：
Method of Weighted Residuals / 6.5：
The Finite Element Method / 6.6：
Application of the Finite Element Method to a Boundary Value Problem / 6.6.1：
Comparison with Finite Difference Method / 6.6.2：
Comparison with a Padé Scheme / 6.6.3：
A Time-Dependent Problem / 6.6.4：
Application to Complex Domains / 6.7：
Constructing the Basis Functions / 6.7.1：
A Review of Linear Algebra / A：
Vectors, Matrices and Elementary Operations / A.1：
System of Linear Algebraic Equations / A.2：
Effects of Round-off Error / A.2.1：
Operations Counts / A.3：
Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors / A.4：
Index
Preface to the Second Edition
Preface to the First Edition
Interpolation / 1：
50.
図書
電気学会第2次M2M技術調査専門委員会編
出版情報:
東京 : 森北出版, 2016.3 vi, 183p ; 22cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
第1章 : M2Mシステムとは
第2章 : M2Mのアプリケーション事例
第3章 : M2Mシステム構築技術
第4章 : M2Mプラットフォーム
第5章 : M2Mネットワーク
第6章 : M2Mセキュリティ
第1章 : M2Mシステムとは
第2章 : M2Mのアプリケーション事例
第3章 : M2Mシステム構築技術
概要:
M2M/IoTにかかわるハードウェア、ソフトウェア、通信の全体像を解説。これからシステム構築に取り組む技術者におすすめです。
51.
図書
Peter Eaton, Paul West
出版情報:
Oxford : Oxford University Press, 2010 viii, 248 p. ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction
Background to AFM / 1.1：
AFM today / 1.2：
AFM instrumentation / 2：
Basic concepts in AFM instrumentation / 2.1：
The AFM stage / 2.2：
AFM electronics / 2.3：
Acquisition software / 2.4：
AFM cantilevers and probes / 2.5：
AFM instrument environment / 2.6：
Scanning environment / 2.7：
AFM modes / 3：
Topographic modes / 3.1：
Non-topographic modes / 3.2：
Surface modification / 3.3：
Measuring AFM images / 4：
Sample preparation for AFM / 4.1：
Measuring AFM images in contact mode / 4.2：
Measuring AFM images in oscillating modes / 4.3：
High-resolution imaging / 4.4：
Force curves / 4.5：
AFM image processing and analysis / 5：
Processing AFM images / 5.1：
Displaying AFM images / 5.2：
Analysing AFM images / 5.3：
AFM image artefacts / 6：
Probe artefacts / 6.1：
Scanner artefacts / 6.2：
Image processing artefacts / 6.3：
Vibration noise / 6.4：
Noise from other sources / 6.5：
Other artefacts / 6.6：
Applications of AFM / 7：
AFM applications in physical and materials sciences / 7.1：
AFM applications in nanotechnology / 7.2：
Biological applications of AFM / 7.3：
Industrial AFM applications / 7.4：
AFM standards / Appendix A：
Scanner calibration and certification procedures / Appendix B：
Third party AFM software / Appendix C：
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Introduction
Background to AFM / 1.1：
52.
図書
Lei Jiang, Lin Feng
出版情報:
Beijing : Chemical Industry Press , Singapore : World Scientific, c2010 xiii, 346 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
About the Authors
Summary of Biomimetic Smart Nanoscale Interfacial Materials / Chapter 1：
Definition of Smart Materials / 1.1：
Designing Concept of Bioinspired Smart Interfacial Materials / 1.2：
Typical Examples of Using Above-Mentioned Five Principles to Design Smart Materials / 1.3：
Intellectualizcd Design of Biomimetic Interfacial Materials / 1.4：
References
Living Organisms with Special Surface Performance / Chapter 2：
Self-Cleaning Property of the Surfaces of Plant Leaves / 2.1：
Surface Anisotropy / 2.2：
The Self-Cleaning and Anti-Reflection Functions of the Surfaces of Insect Wings / 2.3：
Walking on Water -- Water Strider / 2.4：
Climbing Up the Wall -- Gecko / 2.5：
A Desert Water-Collecting Insect -- Desert Beetle / 2.6：
Master of Hiding -- Color-Changing Desert Beetle / 2.7：
Structural Color in the Nature / 2.8：
Wettability of the Solid Surface / Chapter 3：
Basic Theory of Wettability / 3.1：
Surfaces with Special Wettability / 3.2：
Contact Angle Hysteresis / 3.3：
Biomimic Superhydrophobic Surface / Chapter 4：
Methods of Preparing Superhydrophobic Surfaces / 4.1：
Multi-functional Superhydrophobic Surfaces / 4.2：
Smart Nanoscale Interfacial Materials with Special Wettability / Chapter 5：
Superamphiphobic Surface / 5.1：
Surface with Superhydrophobicity and Superoleophilicity / 5.2：
Smart Surface with Reversible Superhydrophilicity and Superhydrophobicity / 5.3：
Conclusion and Prospect / Chapter 6：
Super-Lattice Surface Structure (Stable and Metastable Binary Cooperative Complementary Structure) / 6.1：
Optically Controllable Superconducting System (Superconducting/Normal-conducting Phase Binary Cooperative Complimentary Structure) / 6.2：
Chiroptical Switch (Chiral/Achiral Binary Cooperative Complementary Structure) / 6.3：
Novel Mesoporous Structure (Crystalline/Amorphous Phase Binary Cooperative Complementary Structure) / 6.4：
Interface of the Engineered Magnetism (Ferromagnetic/Antiferromagnetic Binary Cooperative Complementary Structure) / 6.5：
Ionic/Nonionic Conductor Binary Cooperative Complementary Structure / 6.6：
Concave/Convex Periodic Binary Cooperative Complementary Structure / 6.7：
Organic/Inorganic Binary Cooperative Complementary Structure / 6.8：
Reference
Index
Preface
About the Authors
Summary of Biomimetic Smart Nanoscale Interfacial Materials / Chapter 1：
53.
図書
Joseph Needham
出版情報:
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press, 2013 3 v. (xxi, 2021 p.) ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
54.
図書
[edited by] Maarten W. Taal ... [et al.]
出版情報:
Philadelphia, Pa. : ElsevierSaunders, c2012 2 v. ; 29 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
55.
図書
edited by Julio Alvarez-Builla, Juan Jose Vaquero, and José Barluenga
出版情報:
Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2011 4 v. (xix, 2445 p.) ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
56.
図書
Wolfgang Drexler, James G. Fujimoto, editors
出版情報:
Cham : Springer Reference, c2015 3 v. (xxx, 2571 p.) ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
57.
図書
Philip James
出版情報:
Oxford : Oxford University Press, 2018 xii, 294 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:
Biology of habitats
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Acknowledgements
Preface
What is the urban environment and what is biology? / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Urban environments / 1.2：
How the influence of the urban environment spread across the globe / 1.2.1：
Urbanization in the twenty-first century / 1.2.2：
The scope of biology / 1.3：
Structure of the book / 1.4：
The Urban Environment / Part I：
The built environment / 2：
Historic development of the built environment / 2.1：
Urban form and increasing populations / 2.3：
Individual buildings / 2.4：
Conclusion / 2.5：
The physical environment / 3：
Climate / 3.1：
Air / 3.3：
Water / 3.4：
Soil / 3.5：
Noise / 3.6：
Light / 3.7：
The natural environment / 3.8：
Temporal change / 4.1：
Loss and fragmentation / 4.2.1：
Disturbance / 4.2.2：
New vegetated areas / 4.3：
New opportunities / 4.3.1：
Structure / 4.3.2：
Succession / 4.3.3：
Abandoned urban areas / 4.4：
Diversity and Distribution / 4.5：
Diversity of organisms / 5：
Prions and viruses / 5.1：
Microbiota / 5.3：
Plants / 5.4：
Animals / 5.5：
Invertebrates / 5.5.1：
Amphibian and reptile species / 5.5.2：
Birds / 5.5.3：
Mammals / 5.5.4：
Relationships / 5.6：
Animals in or closely associated with the home / 6.1：
A tale of two mice / 6.3.1：
Domestication / 6.3.2：
Companion animals / 6.3.3：
Parasites and pests / 6.4：
Parasites / 6.4.1：
Invertebrate pests / 6.4.2：
Vertebrate pests / 6.4.3：
Temporal patterns / 6.5：
Patterns of introduction / 7.1：
Movement / 7.2.1：
Pests and diseases / 7.2.2：
Patterns of extinction / 7.3：
Patterns of loss / 7.3.1：
Extinction debt / 7.3.2：
Plant traits and extinction / 7.3.3：
Variation between cities / 7.3.4：
Island biogeography / 7.3.5：
Spatial patterns / 7.4：
Gradients / 8.1：
Urban signatures / 8.3：
The Intermediate Disturbance Hypothesis (IDH) / 8.4：
Variation in distribution patterns / 8.5：
Adapting to Urban Living / 8.6：
Strategies / 9：
Specialist and generalist species / 9.1：
Strategies adopted by plants / 9.3：
Urban avoiders, adapters, exploiters, and obligates / 9.4：
Urban avoiders / 9.4.1：
Urban adapters / 9.4.2：
Urban exploiters (also known as human associates) / 9.4.3：
Urban obligates (also known as human obligates) / 9.4.4：
Physiological and behavioral changes / 9.5：
Genetic, phenotypic (morphologic), and behavioural adaptations / 10.1：
Adaptations to noise / 10.3：
Avoidance and surveillance / 10.3.1：
Vocalization adaptations: amplitude and frequency shifts / 10.3.2：
Vocalization adaptations: durational shifts / 10.3.3：
Vocalization adaptations: temporal shifts / 10.3.4：
Problems caused by, and adaptation to, artificial light / 10.4：
Evolutionary traps / 10.5：
People and Nature / 10.6：
Human biology and the urban environment / 11：
An urban lifestyle / 11.1：
Environment and health / 11.3：
Health benefits of interacting with nature in the urban environment / 11.4：
A new relationship / 11.5：
Changing views on nature and conservation / 12.1：
New values / 12.3：
Glossary / 12.4：
References
Subject Index
Index of III Health/Disease
List of Species and Other Taxa
List of Cites in the Text
Acknowledgements
Preface
What is the urban environment and what is biology? / 1：
58.
図書
T.A. Brown
出版情報:
Chichester : Wiley-Blackwell, 2010 xvi, 320 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface to the Sixth Edition
The Basic Principles of Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis / Part 1：
Why Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis are Important / 1：
The early development of genetics / 1.1：
The advent of gene cloning and the polymerase chain reaction / 1.2：
What is gene cloning? / 1.3：
What is PCR? / 1.4：
Why gene cloning and PCR are so important / 1.5：
How to find your way through this book / 1.6：
Vectors for Gene Cloning: Plasmids and Bacteriophages / 2：
Plasmids / 2.1：
Bacteriophages / 2.2：
Purification of DNA from Living Cells / 3：
Preparation of total cell DNA / 3.1：
Preparation of plasmid DNA / 3.2：
Preparation of bacteriophage DNA / 3.3：
Manipulation of Purified DNA / 4：
The range of DNA manipulative enzymes / 4.1：
Enzymes for cutting DNA - restriction endonucleases / 4.2：
Ligation - joining DNA molecules together / 4.3：
Introduction of DNA into Living Cells / 5：
Transformation - the uptake of DNA by bacterial cells / 5.1：
Identification of recombinants / 5.2：
Introduction of phage DNA into bacterial cells / 5.3：
Identification of recombinant phages / 5.4：
Introduction of DNA into non-bacterial cells / 5.5：
Cloning Vectors for E. coli / 6：
Cloning vectors based on E. coli plasmids / 6.1：
Cloning vectors based on M13 bacteriophage / 6.2：
Cloning vectors based on l bacteriophage / 6.3：
? and other high capacity vectors enable genomic libraries to be constructed / 6.4：
Vectors for other bacteria / 6.5：
Cloning Vectors for Eukaryotes / 7：
Vectors for yeast and other fungi / 7.1：
Cloning vectors for higher plants / 7.2：
Cloning vectors for animals / 7.3：
How to Obtain a Clone of a Specific Gene / 8：
The problem of selection / 8.1：
Direct selection / 8.2：
Identification of a clone from a gene library / 8.3：
Methods for clone identification / 8.4：
The Polymerase Chain Reaction / 9：
The polymerase chain reaction in outline / 9.1：
PCR in more detail / 9.2：
After the PCR: studying PCR products / 9.3：
Real time PCR enables the amount of starting material to be quantified / 9.4：
The Applications of Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis in Research / Part 2：
Sequencing Genes and Genomes / 10：
The methodology for DNA sequencing / 10.1：
How to sequence a genome / 10.2：
Studying Gene Expression and Function / 11：
Studying the RNA transcript of a gene / 11.1：
Studying the regulation of gene expression / 11.2：
Identifying and studying the translation product of a cloned gene / 11.3：
Studying Genomes / 12：
Genome annotation / 12.1：
Studies of the transcriptome and proteome / 12.2：
The Applications of Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis in Biotechnology / Part 3：
Production of Protein from Cloned Genes / 13：
Special vectors for expression of foreign genes in E. coli / 13.1：
General problems with the production of recombinant protein in E. coli / 13.2：
Production of recombinant protein by eukaryotic cells / 13.3：
Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis in Medicine / 14：
Production of recombinant pharmaceuticals / 14.1：
Identification of genes responsible for human diseases / 14.2：
Gene therapy / 14.3：
Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis in Agriculture / 15：
The gene addition approach to plant genetic engineering / 15.1：
Gene subtraction / 15.2：
Problems with genetically modified plants / 15.3：
Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis in Forensic Science and Archaeology / 16：
DNA analysis in the identification of crime suspects / 16.1：
Studying kinship by DNA profiling / 16.2：
Sex identification by DNA analysis / 16.3：
Archaeogenetics - using DNA to study human prehistory / 16.4：
Glossary
Index
λ and other high capacity vectors enable genomic libraries to be constructed
Preface to the Sixth Edition
The Basic Principles of Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis / Part 1：
Why Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis are Important / 1：
59.
図書
Graham L. Patrick
出版情報:
Oxford : Oxford University Press, [2014] xvii, 567 p. ; 27 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Abbreviations and acronyms
Concepts / Part A：
The drag discovery process / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
The pathfinder years / 1.2：
The development of rational drug design / 1.3：
Identification of a drug target / 1.4：
Receptors / 1.4.1：
Enzymes / 1.4.2：
Transport proteins / 1.4.3：
Drug testing and bioassays / 1.5：
In vitro tests / 1.5.1：
In vivo bioassays / 1.5.2：
Pharmacokinetics / 1.5.3：
Identification of lead compounds / 1.6：
Structure-activity relationships and pharmacophores / 1.7：
Drug design / 1.8：
Identifying a drug candidate and patenting / 1.9：
Chemical and process development / 1.10：
Preclinical trials / 1.11：
Formulation and stability tests / 1.12：
Clinical trials / 1.13：
Regulatory affairs and marketing / 1.14：
The regulatory process / 1.14.1：
Fast-tracking and orphan drugs / 1.14.2：
Good laboratory, manufacturing, and clinical practice / 1.14.3：
Conclusion / 1.15：
Drug synthesis / 2：
The role of organic synthesis in the drug design and development process / 2.1：
Structural features that affect the ease of synthesis / 2.2：
The molecular skeleton / 2.2.1：
Functional groups / 2.2.2：
Substituents / 2.2.3：
Chiraliry and asymmetric centres / 2.2.4：
Conclusions / 2.2.5：
Exceptions to the rule / 2.2.6：
Synthetic approaches to drugs / 2.3：
Types of reaction / 2.3.1：
Coupling reactions involving the formation of N-C bonds / 2.4：
N-C coupling reactions resulting in an amide linkage / 2.4.1：
N-C coupling reactions resulting in an amine linkage / 2.4.2：
N-C coupling reactions resulting in an imine linkage / 2.4.3：
Syntheses involving consecutive N-C couplings / 2.4.4：
Coupling reactions involving the formation of O-C bonds / 2.5：
O-C coupling reactions resulting in an ester linkage / 2.5.1：
O-C coupling reactions resulting in an ether linkage / 2.5.2：
Coupling reactions involving the formation of C-C bonds / 2.6：
Other types of coupling reaction / 2.7：
Syntheses involving different consecutive coupling reactions / 2.8：
Syntheses involving two coupling reactions in one step / 2.9：
Functional group transformations / 2.10：
Introducing a functional group in the final product / 2.10.1：
Introducing a functional group for a further coupling reaction / 2.10.2：
Activating a functional group / 2.10.3：
Functionalization and functional group removal / 2.11：
Functionalization / 2.11.1：
Functional group removal / 2.11.2：
Protection and deprotection / 2.12：
The decision to protect or not / 2.13：
Case Study-Synthesis of dofetilide / 2.14：
Case Study-Synthesis of salbutamol / 2.15：
Retrosynthesis / 3：
Disconnections of C-C bonds / 3.1：
Functional group interconversions / 3.3：
Umpolung / 3.4：
Disconnections of carbon-heteroatom bonds / 3.5：
Disconnections of carbon-carbon double bonds / 3.6：
Examples of synthons and corresponding reagents / 3.7：
Protecting groups and latent groups / 3.8：
Molecular signatures / 3.9：
The identification of building blocks / 3.10：
Useful strategies in retrosynthesis / 3.11：
Case Study-Retrosynthetic analysis of haloperidol / 3.12：
Cyclic system in drug synthesis / 4：
Carbocycles versus heterocycles / 4.1：
Synthetic strategy / 4.3：
Examples of syntheses using preformed ring systems / 4.4：
Examples of syntheses involving intramolecular cyclizations / 4.5：
The Friedel-Crafts reaction / 4.5.1：
Nucleophilic substitution / 4.5.2：
Nucleophilic addition and elimination / 4.5.3：
Nucleophilic addition / 4.5.4：
Palladium-catalysed couplings / 4.5.5：
Examples of syntheses involving concerted intermolecular cyciizations / 4.6：
The Diels-Alder reaction / 4.6.1：
The hetero Diels-Alder reaction / 4.6.2：
Examples of syntheses involving intermolecular coupling and cyclization reactions / 4.7：
Cyclization reactions which insert a one-atom unit into the resulting heterocycle / 4.7.1：
Cyclization reactions involving four reaction centres / 4.7.2：
Synthesis of dihydropyridines / 4.8：
The Fischer indole synthesis / 4.9：
Enzyme-catalysed cyciizations / 4.10：
Baldwin's rules / 4.11：
The synthesis of chiral drugs / 5：
Relevance of chirality to the pharmaceutical industry / 5.1：
Asymmetric synthesis-resolution of racemates / 5.3：
Preferential crystallization / 5.3.1：
Chromatography / 5.3.2：
Formation of diastereomeric derivatives / 5.3.3：
Kinetic resolution / 5.3.4：
Asymmetric synthesis of propranolol / 5.3.5：
Asymmetric syntheses from a chiral starting material / 5.4：
Asymmetric syntheses involving an asymmetric reaction-general principles and terminology / 5.5：
Definition of the re and si faces of a planar prochiral molecule / 5.5.1：
Diastereoselective reactions / 5.5.3：
Asymmetric reactions using enzymes / 5.6：
Natural enzymes / 5.6.1：
Genetically modified enzymes / 5.6.2：
Asymmetric reactions with an asymmetric starting material / 5.7：
Asymmetric reactions using chiral reagents / 5.8：
Asymmetric hydrogenations with rhodium catalysts / 5.8.1：
The Sharpless epoxidation / 5.8.3：
Other asymmetric reducing agents / 5.8.4：
The asymmetric Strecker synthesis / 5.8.5：
Examples of asymmetric syntheses / 5.9：
Synthesis of modafinil and armodafinil / 5.9.1：
Asymmetric synthesis of eslicarbazepine acetate / 5.9.2：
Combinatorial and parallel synthesis / 6：
Combinatorial and parallel synthesis in medicinal chemistry projects / 6.1：
Solid phase techniques / 6.2：
The solid support / 6.2.1：
The anchor/linker / 6.2.3：
Examples of solid phase syntheses / 6.2.4：
Protecting groups and synthetic strategy / 6.2.5：
Testing for activity / 6.3：
High throughput screening / 6.3.1：
Screening 'on bead' or 'off bead' / 6.3.2：
Parallel synthesis / 6.4：
Solid phase extraction / 6.4.1：
The use of resins in solution phase organic synthesis (SPOS) / 6.4.3：
Reagents attached to solid support-catch and release / 6.4.4：
Microwave technology / 6.4.5：
Microfluidics in parallel synthesis / 6.4.6：
Combinatorial synthesis / 6.5：
The mix and split method in combinatorial synthesis / 6.5.1：
Mix and split in the production of positional scanning libraries / 6.5.3：
Isolating and identifying the active component in a mixture / 6.5.4：
Structure determination of the active compound(s) / 6.5.5：
Dynamic combinatorial synthesis / 6.5.6：
Compound libraries using biological processes / 6.5.7：
Diversity-orientated synthesis / 6.5.8：
Peptide synthesis / Case study 1：
Palladium-catalysed reactions in drug synthesis / Case Study 2：
Synthesis of (-)-huperzine A / Case Study 3：
Applications of drug synthesis in the drug development process / Part B：
Synthesis of lead compounds / 7：
Characteristics of a lead compound / 7.1：
Scaffolds / 7.3：
Linear scaffolds / 7.3.1：
Cyclic scaffolds / 7.3.3：
Positioning of substituents on scaffolds / 7.3.4：
Examples of scaffolds / 7.3.5：
Designing 'drug-like' molecules / 7.4：
Computer-designed libraries / 7.5：
Planning compound libraries / 7.5.1：
Synthesis / 7.6：
An example of a combinatorial synthesis to create a chemical library / 7.6.1：
Fragment-based lead discovery / 7.7：
Click chemistry in lead discovery / 7.9：
Click chemistry in the design of compound libraries / 7.9.1：
Click chemistry in fragment-based lead discovery / 7.9.2：
Click chemistry in synthesizing bidentate inhibitors / 7.9.3：
De novo drug design / 7.10：
Analogue synthesis in drug design / 8：
Analogues for SAR studies and pharmacophore identification / 8.1：
Binding roles played by functional groups / 8.2.1：
Relevant analogues for SAR studies / 8.2.3：
Identification of a pharmacophore / 8.2.4：
Simplification of the lead compound / 8.3：
Drug optimization / 8.4：
Improvement of pharmacodynamic properties / 8.4.1：
Improvement of pharmacokinetic properties / 8.4.2：
Synthesis of analogues from a lead compound / 8.5：
Introduction of substituents involving N-C bond formation / 8.5.1：
Introduction of substituents involving C-O bond formation / 8.5.3：
Introduction of substituents involving C-C bond formation / 8.5.4：
Addition of substituents to aromatic rings / 8.5.5：
Synthesis of analogues using a full synthesis / 8.6：
Diversity steps / 8.6.1：
Linear versus convergent syntheses / 8.6.2：
Preferred types of reaction for diversity steps / 8.6.3：
Development of the anti-asthmatic agent salbutamol / 8.6.4：
Development of the ACE inhibitors enalaprilate and enalapril / 8.6.5：
Development of fentanyl analogues as analgesics / 8.6.6：
Development of the anticancer agent gefitimb / 8.6.7：
Synthesis of natural products and their analogues / 9：
Extraction from a natural source / 9.1：
Semi-synthetic methods / 9.3：
Full synthesis / 9.4：
Cell cultures and genetic engineering / 9.5：
Modification of microbial cells / 9.5.1：
Modification of normal host cells / 9.5.2：
Analogues of natural products / 9.6：
Analogues obtained by biosynthesis/ fermentation / 9.6.1：
Analogues synthesized from the natural product itself / 9.6.3：
Analogues synthesized by fragmenting the natural product / 9.6.4：
Analogues synthesized from biosynthetic intermediates / 9.6.5：
Analogues from related natural products / 9.6.6：
Analogues from genetically modified cells / 9.6.7：
Synthesis of analogues with the aid of genetically modified enzymes / 9.6.8：
Chemical development / 10：
Process development / 10.1.2：
Choice of drug candidate / 10.1.3：
Natural products / 10.1.4：
Green chemistry / 10.1.5：
Temperature and pressure / 10.2：
Reaction times / 10.3：
Solvents / 10.4：
Safety aspects / 10.4.1：
Effect of solvents on impurities and yield / 10.4.2：
Solubility of starting materials and products / 10.4.3：
Solvents to control heating temperatures / 10.4.4：
Effect of polar and non-polar solvents on reactions / 10.4.5：
Effect of concentration / 10.4.6：
Recycling solvents and environmental impact / 10.4.7：
Reagents / 10.5：
Replacing toxic reagents / 10.5.1：
Replacing an expensive reagent / 10.5.2：
Replacing reagents that produce hazardous or 'inconvenient' side products / 10.5.3：
Replacing reagents that have handling difficulties / 10.5.4：
Variation of reagents to improve yield / 10.5.5：
Using a reagent in excess / 10.5.6：
Methods of adding reagents to a reaction / 10.5.7：
Catalysts and promoters / 10.6：
Methods of increasing the yield of an equilibrium reaction / 10.7：
Troublesome intermediates / 10.8：
Avoiding impurities / 10.9：
Experimental and operational procedures on the large scale / 10.10：
Experimental procedure / 10.10.1：
Physical parameters / 10.10.2：
The number of operations in a process / 10.10.3：
Clean technology / 10.10.4：
Minimizing costs / 10.10.5：
Crystallization / 10.11：
Crystal polymorphism / 10.11.1：
Examples of crystal polymorphs / 10.11.3：
Co-crystals / 10.11.4：
Synthetic planning in chemical and process development / 10.12：
Cutting down the number of reactions in a route / 10.12.1：
Changing a linear route to a convergent route / 10.12.3：
Altering a synthetic route for patent reasons / 10.13：
Minimizing the number of operations in a synthesis / 10.14：
One-pot reactions / 10.14.1：
Streamlining operations in a synthetic process / 10.14.3：
Continuous flow reactors / 10.15：
Case Study-Development of a commercial synthesis of sildenafil / 10.16：
Synthesis of isotopically tabelled compounds / 11：
Radioisotopes used in the labelling of compounds / 11.1：
Types of radioactive decay / 11.2.1：
Radioactive and biological half-life / 11.2.2：
Commonly used radioisotopes / 11.2.3：
Commonly used stable isotopes / 11.2.4：
The production of isotopes and labelled reagents / 11.3：
Synthesis of radioisotopes and labelled reagents / 11.3.1：
Generation of stable, heavy isotopes and labelled reagents / 11.3.2：
The synthesis and radiosynthesis of labelled compounds / 11.4：
Radiosynthesis / 11.4.1：
Practical issues in radiosynthesis / 11.4.2：
Chemical and radiochemical purity / 11.4.3：
Radiodilution analysis / 11.4.4：
Chemical and radiochemical purity of radiolabelled starting materials / 11.4.5：
Stability of radiolabelled compounds / 11.4.6：
Practical considerations when synthesizing products labelled with heavy isotopes / 11.4.7：
Isotope effects / 11.4.8：
The use of labelled drugs in drug metabolism studies / 11.5：
The importance of studying drug metabolism / 11.5.1：
Synthetic priorities for radiolabelling / 11.5.2：
Incorporation of tritium / 11.5.3：
Incorporation of carbon-14 / 11.5.4：
Incorporation of stable heavy isotopes / 11.5.5：
Case Study-Radiolabelled synthesis of a potential prodrug for ticarcillin / 11.5.6：
The use of labelled compounds in biosynthetic studies / 11.6：
Double-labelling experiments / 11.6.1：
The use of radiolabeled compounds in pharmacological assays / 11.7：
Detection of receptor distribution in different tissues / 11.7.1：
Detecting whether a ligand binds to a protein target / 11.7.2：
Measurement of binding affinities with a receptor / 11.7.3：
Radioligand binding studies in the study of opioid receptors / 11.7.4：
Radiolabelling experiments to determine whether a receptor ligand acts as an agonist or an antagonist / 11.7.5：
Isotopically labelled drugs / 11.8：
Radioactive drugs / 11.8.1：
Drugs containing stable isotopes / 11.8.2：
The use of radiolabeled compounds in diagnostic tests / 11.9：
Medical imaging with positron emission tomography (PET) / 11.10.1：
Synthesis of radiopharmaceuticals incorporating 18F / 11.10.2：
Examples of lsF-labelled radiopharmaceuticals prepared by nucleophilic substitution / 11.10.3：
Synthetic approaches to 6-[18 F]FDOPA / 11.10.4：
Synthesis of radiopharmaceuticals incorporating 11 C / 11.10.5：
Medical imaging with single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) / 11.10.6：
Synthesis of radiopharmaceuticals incorporating 123 I / 11.10.7：
Case Study-Synthesis of [2-14 C]-mupirocin / 11.11：
Retrosynthetic analysis / 11.11.1：
Synthesis of methyl 9-hydroxynonanoate / 11.11.3：
Synthesis of the complex ketone / 11.11.4：
Trial runs of the synthesis of mupirocin / 11.11.5：
Radiolabelled synthesis of mupirocin / 11.11.6：
Studies on gliotoxin biosynthesis / Case Study 4：
Fluorine in drug design and synthesis / Case Study 5：
Design and synthesis of selected antibacterial agents / Part C：
Design and synthesis of tetracyclines / 13：
Naturally occurring tetracyclines / 12.1：
Structure activity relationships-early analogues of natural tetracyclines / 12.2：
Pharmacophore and mechanism of action / 12.3：
Synthesis of semi-synthetic tetracyclines / 12.4：
Full synthesis of tetracyclines / 12.5：
Erythromycin and macrolide antibacterial agents / 12.6：
Synthesis of erythromycin / 13.1：
Erythromycin analogues obtained from semi-synthetic methods / 13.3：
Biosynthesis of erythromycin / 13.4：
Precursor-directed biosynthesis as a means of synthesizing macrocyclic analogues / 13.5：
Quinolones and fluoroquinolones / 13.6：
Mechanism of action / 14.1：
Function of topoisomerases / 14.2.1：
Mechanism of inhibition by fluoroquinolones / 14.2.2：
Properties and SAR / 14.3：
Clinical aspects of quinolones and fluoroquinolones / 14.4：
Synthesis of quinolones and fluoroquinolones / 14.5：
Syntheses involving a Friedel-Crafts acylation / 14.5.1：
Syntheses involving nucleophilic substitution of an aryl halide / 14.5.3：
Tricyclic ring systems incorporating a quinolone ring system / 14.5.4：
Quinolones as scaffolds for other targets / 14.6：
Removal of functional groups / Appendix 1：
Coupling reactions involving carbon-heteroatom bond formation / Appendix 4：
Coupling reactions involving carbon-carbon bond formation / Appendix 5：
Protecting groups / Appendix 6：
Structures of amino acids / Appendix 7：
Glossary
Index
Abbreviations and acronyms
Concepts / Part A：
The drag discovery process / 1：
60.
図書
Mehran Mesbahi, Magnus Egerstedt
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Notation
Foundations / Part 1：
Introduction / Chapter 1：
Hello, Networked World / 1.1：
Multiagent Systems / 1.2：
Information Exchange via Local Interactions / 1.3：
Graph-based Interaction Models / 1.4：
Looking Ahead / 1.5：
Graph Theory / Chapter 2：
Graphs / 2.1：
Variations on the Theme / 2.2：
Graphs and Matrices / 2.3：
Algebraic and Spectral Graph Theory / 2.4：
Graph Symmetries / 2.5：
The Agreement Protocol: Part I-The Static Case / Chapter 3：
Reaching Agreement: Undirected Networks / 3.1：
Reaching Agreement: Directed Networks / 3.2：
Agreement and Markov Chains / 3.3：
The Factorization Lemma / 3.4：
The Agreement Protocol: Part II-Lyapunov and LaSalle / Chapter 4：
Agreement via Lyapunov Functions / 4.1：
Agreement over Switching Digraphs / 4.2：
Edge Agreement / 4.3：
Beyond Linearity / 4.4：
Probabilistic Analysis of Networks and Protocols / Chapter 5：
Random Graphs / 5.1：
Agreement over Random Networks / 5.2：
Agreement in the Presence of Noise / 5.3：
Other Probabilistic Models of Networks / 5.4：
Multiagent Networks / Part 2：
Formation Control / Chapter 6：
Formation Specification: Shapes / 6.1：
Formation Specification: Relative States / 6.2：
Shape-based Control / 6.3：
Relative State-based Control / 6.4：
Dynamic Formation Selection / 6.5：
Assigning Roles / 6.6：
Mobile Robots / Chapter 7：
Cooperative Robotics / 7.1：
Weighted Graph-based Feedback / 7.2：
Dynamic Graphs / 7.3：
Formation Control Revisited / 7.4：
The Coverage Problem / 7.5：
Distributed Estimation / Chapter 8：
Distributed Linear Least Squares / 8.1：
Pulsed Intercluster Communication / 8.2：
Implementation over Wireless Networks / 8.3：
Distributed Kalman Filtering / 8.4：
Social Networks, Epidemics, and Games / Chapter 9：
Diffusion on Social Networks-The Max Protocol / 9.1：
The Threshold Protocol / 9.2：
Epidemics / 9.3：
The Chip Firing Game / 9.4：
Networks As Systems / Part 3：
Agreement with Inputs and Outputs / Chapter 10：
The Basic Input-Output Setup / 10.1：
Graph Theoretic Controllability: The SISO Case / 10.2：
Graph Theoretic Controllability: The MIMO Case / 10.3：
Agreement Reachability / 10.4：
Network Feedback / 10.5：
Optimal Control / 10.6：
Synthesis of Networks / Chapter 11：
Network Formation / 11.1：
Local Formation Games / 11.2：
Potential Games and Best Response Dynamics / 11.3：
Network Synthesis: A Global Perspective / 11.4：
Discrete and Greedy / 11.5：
Optimizing the Weighted Agreement / 11.6：
Dynamic Graph Processes / Chapter 12：
State-dependent Graphs / 12.1：
Graphical Equations / 12.2：
Dynamic Graph Controllability / 12.3：
What Graphs Can Be Realized? / 12.4：
Planning over Proximity Graphs / 12.5：
Higher-order Networks / Chapter 13：
Simplicial Complexes / 13.1：
Combinatorial Laplacians / 13.2：
Triangulations and the Rips Complex / 13.3：
The Nerve Complex / 13.4：
Analysis / Appendix A：
Matrix Theory / A.2：
Control Theory / A.3：
Probability / A.4：
Optimization and Games / A.5：
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Notation
Foundations / Part 1：
61.
図書
畠山史郎, 三浦和彦編著
出版情報:
東京 : 成山堂書店, 2014.5 viii, 160p, 図版 [8] p ; 19cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
1 PM2.5とは? : PM2.5とはそもそも何なのでしょうか?
PM2.5とはどんな物質ですか? ほか
2 PM2.5の発生と輸送 : PM2.5はどこから発生しているのでしょうか?
森林もPM2.5の発生源となると聞きましたが本当ですか? ほか
3 PM2.5の影響と対策 : PM2.5を吸入することによりどのような病気になるおそれがあるのですか?
PM2.5などの粒子状物質は植物に対して影響があるのでしょうか? ほか
4 光化学スモッグ・黄砂・エアロゾル : 光化学スモッグとPM2.5は関係あるのでしょうか?
PM2.5と同じく中国から飛んでくる黄砂とはどう違うのですか? ほか
1 PM2.5とは? : PM2.5とはそもそも何なのでしょうか?
PM2.5とはどんな物質ですか? ほか
2 PM2.5の発生と輸送 : PM2.5はどこから発生しているのでしょうか?
62.
図書
editor, Iulian Vasile Antoniac
出版情報:
[Switzerland] : Springer Reference, c2016 2 v. (xxiv, 1386 p.) ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
63.
図書
Gang-Ding Peng, editor
出版情報:
Singapore : Springer, c2019 3 v. (xxxiii, 2412 p.) ; 25 cm
シリーズ名:
Springer reference
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
64.
図書
Daroff, Robert B. ; Bradley, W. G. (Walter George)
出版情報:
Philadelphia, PA : Elsevier, c2016 2 v. ; 29 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
65.
図書
edited by Seth Love ... [et al.]
出版情報:
Boca Raton : CRC Press, c2015 2 v. ; 29 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
66.
図書
by Russell N. Grimes
出版情報:
London : Academic Press is an imprint of Elsevier, c2011 xvii, 1139 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction and History / Ch. 1：
Structures and Bonding / Ch. 2：
Synthesis and Reactivity: An Overview / Ch. 3：
Small Carboranes: Four- to Six-Vertex Clusters / Ch. 4：
Intermediate Carboranes: Seven- to Nine-Vertex Clusters / Ch. 5：
Ten-Vertex Clusters / Ch. 6：
Eleven-Vertex Clusters / Ch. 7：
Icosahedral Carboranes: Closo-CB11H12 / Ch. 8：
Icosahedral Carboranes: 1,2-C2B10H12 / Ch. 9：
Icosahedral Carboranes: 1,7-C2B10H12 and 1,12-C2B10H12 / Ch. 10：
Open 12-Vertex and Supra-Icosahedral Carboranes / Ch. 11：
Heteroatom Carboranes of the Main Group Elements / Ch. 12：
Metallacarboranes of the Transition and Lanthanide Elements / Ch. 13：
Carborane Polymers and Dendrimers / Ch. 14：
Carboranes in Catalysis / Ch. 15：
Carboranes in Medicine / Ch. 16：
Carboranes in Other Applications References and indexes / Ch. 17：
Introduction and History / Ch. 1：
Structures and Bonding / Ch. 2：
Synthesis and Reactivity: An Overview / Ch. 3：
67.
図書
James A. Kent, Tilak V. Bommaraju, Scott D. Barnicki, editors
出版情報:
Cham : Springer, c2017 3 v. (xviii, 2225 p.) ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
68.
図書
東工大
日本バーチャルリアリティ学会編
出版情報:
東京 : 工業調査会, 2010.1 xiv, 384p, 図版 [7] p ; 22cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
口絵
はじめに
監修者・編集委員・執筆者一覧
第1章 バーチャルリアリティとは
1.1 バーチャルリアリティとは何か 5
1.1.1 バーチャルの意味 2
1.1.2 バーチャルリアリティとその三要素 5
1.1.3 バーチャルリアリティと人間の認知機構 7
1.1.4 バーチャルリアリティの概念と日本語訳 8
1.1.5 道具としてのバーチャルリアリティ 10
1.2 VRの要素と構成 10
1.2.1 VRの基本構成要素 11
1.2.1 VR世界のいろいろ 12
1.2.3 VRをどうとらえるか 14
1.3 VRの歴史 16
第2章 ヒトと感覚
2.1 脳神経系と感覚・運動 24
2.1.1 脳神経系の解剖的構造と神経生理学の基礎 24
2.1.2 知覚・認知心理学の基礎 25
2.1.3 感覚と運動 26
2.2 視覚 27
2.2.1 視覚の受容器と神経系 27
2.2.2 視覚の基本特性 28
2.2.3 空間の知覚 30
2.2.4 自己運動の知覚 31
2.2.5 高次視覚 32
2.3 聴覚 33
2.3.1 聴覚系の構造 33
2.3.2 聴覚の問題と音脈分離（音源分離） 35
2.3.3 聴覚による高さ，大きさ，音色，時間の知覚 36
2.3.4 聴覚による空間知覚 38
2.4 体性感覚・内臓感覚 40
2.4.1 体性感覚・内臓感覚の分類と神経機構 40
2.4.2 皮膚感覚 40
2.4.3 深部感覚 44
2.4.4 内臓感覚 45
2.5 前庭感覚 46
2.5.1 前庭感覚の受容器と神経系 46
2.5.2 平衡機能の基本特性 47
2.5.3 身体運動と傾斜の知覚特性 48
2.5.4 動揺病 49
2.5.5 前庭感覚と視覚の相互作用 51
2.6 味覚・嗅覚 52
2.6.1 味覚の受容器と神経系 52
2.6.2 味覚の特性 54
2.6.3 嗅覚の受容器と神経系 56
2.6.4 嗅覚の特性 58
2.7 モダリティ間相互作用と認知特性 59
2.7.1 視覚と聴覚の相互作用 59
2.7.2 体性感覚とその他のモダリティの相互作用 60
2.7.3 思考、記憶と学習 61
2.7.4 アフォーダンス 64
第3章 バーチャルリアリティ・インタフェース
3.1 バーチャルリアリティ・インタフェースの体系 66
3.2 入力インタフェース 69
3.2.1 物理的特性の計測 69
3.2.2 生理的特性の計測 75
3.2.3 心理的特性の計測 78
3.3 出力インタフェース 80
3.3.1 視覚ディスプレイ 81
3.3.2 聴覚ディスプレイ 86
3.3.3 前庭感覚ディスプレイ 88
3.3.4 味覚ディスプレイ 89
3.3.5 嗅覚ディスプレイ 90
3.3.6 体性感覚ディスプレイ 90
3.3.7 他の感覚との複合 94
3.3.8 神経系への直接刺激 95
3.4 入力と出力のループ 96
第4章 バーチャル世界の構成手法
4.1 総論 100
4.1.1 バーチャルリアリティのためのモデリング 100
4.1.2 レンダリング，シミュレーションとモデル 102
4.2.3 処理量とデータ量のトレードオフ 103
4.2 レンダリング 106
4.2.1 レンダリングのためのモデル 106
4.2.2 視覚レンダリングとモデル 107
4.2.3 聴覚レンダリングとモデル 110
4.2.4 力触覚レンダリングとモデル 114
4.3 シミュレーション 118
4.3.1 シミュレーションのためのモデル 118
4.3.2 空間のシミュレーション 119
4.3.3 物体のシミュレーション 124
剛体のシミュレーション 124
変形のシミュレーション 128
流体のシミュレーション 129
4.3.4 人物のシミュレーション 131
第5章 リアルとバーチャルの融合－複合現実感－
5.1 複合現実感 138
5.1.1 概念 138
5.1.2 レジストレーション技術 139
5.1.3 実世界情報提示技術 145
5.1.4 実世界モデリング技術 152
5.2 ウェアラブルコンピュータ 156
5.2.1 概念 156
5.2.2 情報提示技術 157
5.2.3 入力インターフェース技術 161
5.2.4 コンテキスト認識技術 166
5.3 ユビキタスコンピューティング 171
5.3.1 概念 171
5.3.2 ユビキタス環境構築技術 172
第6章 テレイグジスタンスと臨場感コミュニケーション 178
6.1 テレイグジスタンス 178
6.1.1 テレイグジスタンスとは 178
6.1.2 標準型テレイグジスタンス 188
6.1.3 拡張型テレイグジスタンス 190
6.1.4 相互テレイグジスタンス 196
6.1.5 テレイグジスタンスシステムの構成 201
6.2 臨場感コミュニケーション 215
6.2.1 臨場感コミュニケーションと超臨場感コミュニケーション 215
6.2.2 臨場感の構成要素 221
6.2.3 臨場感コミュニケーションのインタフェース 226
6.2.4 臨場感コミュニケーションシステムの実際 232
6.2.5 時間を越えるコミュニケーション 238
第7章 VRコンテンツ
7.1 VRコンテンツの要素 246
7.1.1 VRコンテンツを構成する要素 246
7.1.2 VRコンテンツの応用分野 249
7.1.3 VRコンテンツの日常生活 249
7.2 VRのアプリケーション 250
7.2.1 サイバースペースとコミュニケーション 250
7.2.2 医療 257
7.2.3 教育・訓練（シミュレータとその要素技術） 264
7.2.4 エンタテイメント 269
7.2.5 製造業 274
7.2.6 ロボティクス 278
7.2.7 可視化 286
7.2.8 デジタルアーカイブ，ミュージアム 292
7.2.9 地理情報システム 297
第8章 VRと社会
8.1 ヒト・社会の測定と評価 314
8.1.1 実験の計画 314
8.1.2 心理物理学的測定 315
8.1.3 統計的検定 318
8.1.4 調査的方法とその分析 319
8.1.5 VR心理学 321
8.2 システムの評価と設計 323
8.2.1 VRの人体への影響 323
8.2.2 福祉のためのVR 327
8.2.3 感覚の補綴と拡張 330
8.2.4 運動の補綴と拡張 332
8.3 文化と芸術を生み出すVR 337
8.3.1 メディアの進化 337
8.3.2 高臨場感メディアと超臨場感メディア 338
8.3.3 体感メディアと心感メディア 339
8.3.4 かけがえのあるメディアと、ないメディア 340
8.4 VR社会論 342
8.4.1 VRの社会的受容 342
8.4.2 VRの社会化 344
8.4.3 VRの乱用，悪用 346
8.4.4 VRにかかわる知的財産権 346
8.5 VR産業論 348
8.5.1 ゲームとVR 348
8.5.2 アートへの展開 350
8.5.3 省資源・省エネルギー・安心安全に貢献するVR 353
8.5.4 「いきがい」を生み出す産業むむけて 358
索引 363
日本バーチャルリアリティ学会とは 384
69.
図書
東工大
英語論文作成研究会編
出版情報:
東京 : 共立出版, 2011.10 viii, 220p ; 21cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
第1章 基礎編 Basic Course
1.1 英語論文の作成要領 outline for writing scientific papers in English 2
1.1.1 論文の構成 construction of a paper 2
1.1.2和文英訳の例 examples of English translation 3
1.1.3 各章ごとの英作文の具体例 examples of English composition in each chapter 9
1.2式亜図亜ならびに表の書き方 how to write equations, figures, and tables 47
1.2.1 式を含む文章の例 examples of sentences including equations 47
1.2.2 図亜または表を含む文章の例 examples of sentences including figures and tables 59
1.2.3 式亜図亜ならびに表を含む文章の例 examples of sentences including equations, figures, and tables 69
第2章 応用編 Advance Course
2.1 光利用の測定システム light measuring system 78
2.2 生体観測電子顕微鏡 bio-electron microscope 88
2.3 機械的刺激を印加する細胞培養装置 cell culture system for application of mechanical strain 98
2.4 血球の検出技術 sensing techniques for blood cells 115
2.4.1 電気的な検出法 electrical sensing method 116
2.4.2 光による検出方式 light sensing method 121
2.5 無線システムの例 examples of wireless systems 124
2.5.1 通信システム communication systems 124
2.5.2 GPS システム GPS system 128
2.6 テレビカラーマネージメントシステムの例 examples of color management systems on TVs 134
2.7 音声信号処理の例 examples of audio signal processing 146
2.7.1 音声/話者認識システム speech/speaker recognition systems 147
2.7.2 音声信号処理 audio signal processing 150
2.8 Eメールの書き方 how to write E-mails 154
第3章 実践編 Practical Course
3.1 A Hybrid Sensor for the Optical Measurement of Surface Displacement 164
3.1.1 Introduction 165
3.1.2 Both methods and hybrid sensor 168
3.1.3 Experimental results by means of hybrid sensor 178
3.1.4 Conclusion 182
3.2 Noise Analysis and Noise Suppression with the Wavelet Transform for Low Contrast Urinary Sediment Images 184
3.2.1 Introduction 185
3.2.2 Noise Analysis 185
3.2.3 Algorithm for Noise Suppression 188
3.2.4 Discussion of Experimental Results 193
3.3 Charge-to-Mass Ratio Sensor for Toner Particles 197
3.3.1 Introduction 197
3.3.2Principle and Method 198
3.3.3 Experimental System 204
3.3.4 Improvement of the Toner Transportation System 206
3.4 A Pseudo-Super-Resolution Approach for TV Images 208
3.4.1 Introduction 208
3.4.2 Method and System 212
3.4.3 Experimental Results 217
3.4.4 Conclusion 219
第1章 基礎編 Basic Course
1.1 英語論文の作成要領 outline for writing scientific papers in English 2
1.1.1 論文の構成 construction of a paper 2
70.
図書
Simon Baker, Caroline Griffiths, Jane Nicklin
出版情報:
New York : Garland Science, c2011 viii, 352 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名:
The instant notes series
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
The microbial world / Section A：
Systematics / Al：
Prokaryotic systematics / Bl：
Identification of Bacteria / B2：
Inference of phylogeny from rRNA gene sequence / B3：
Microbiology / Section C：
Discovery and history / C1：
Prokaryotic diversity / C2：
Culture of bacteria in die laboratory / C3：
Enumeration of microorganisms / C4：
Looking at microbes / C5：
The major prokaryotic groups / C6：
Composition of a typical prokaryotic cell / C7：
The bacterial cell wall / C8：
Cell division / C9：
Bacterial flagella and movement / C10：
Prokaryotes and their environment / C11：
Microbial growth / Section D：
Measurement of microbial growth / D1：
Batch culture in the laboratory / D2：
Large-scale and continuous culture / D3：
Microbial metabolism / Section E：
Heterotrophic pathways / E1：
Electron transport, oxidative phosphorylation, and β-oxidation of fatty acids / E2：
Autotrophic reactions / E3：
Other unique microbial biochemical pathways / E4：
Prokaryotic DNA and RNA metabolism / Section F：
DNA - the primary informational macromolecule / F1：
Genomes / F2：
DNA replication / F3：
Transcription / F4：
Messenger RNA and translation / F5：
Signal transduction and environmental sensing / F6：
DNA repair / F7：
Transfer of DNA between cells / F8：
Recombination / F9：
Bacteriophages / F10：
Plasmids / Fll：
Industrial microbiology / Section G：
Biotechnology / Gl：
Food microbiology / G2：
Recombinant microorganisms in biotechnology / G3：
Microbial bioproducts / G4：
Eukaryotic microbes: an overview / Section H：
Taxonomy / H1：
Eukaryotic cell structure / H2：
Cell division and ploidy / H3：
The fungi and related phyla / Section I：
Fungal structure and growth / I1：
Fungal nutrition / I2：
Reproduction in fungi / I3：
Beneficial effects / I4：
Detrimental effects / I5：
Archaeplastida, Excavata, Chromalveolata, and Amoebozoa / Section J：
Taxonomy and structure / J1：
Nutrition and metabolism / J2：
Life cycles / J3：
The viruses / J4：
Virus structure / K1：
Virus taxonomy / K2：
Virus genomes / K3：
Virus proteins / K4：
Cell culture and virus propagation / K5：
Virus assay / K6：
Virus replication / K7：
Virus infections / K8：
Viruses and the immune system / K9：
Virus vaccines / K10：
Antiviral chemotherapy / Kll：
Plant viruses / K12：
Prions and transmissible spongiform encephalopathies / K13：
Further reading
Abbreviations
Index
Preface
The microbial world / Section A：
Systematics / Al：
71.
図書
千葉滋著
72.
図書
Michael R. Green, Joseph Sambrook
出版情報:
Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. : Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2012 3 v. (xxxiii, 1890, 46 p.) ; 29 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
73.
図書
Laurence A. Nafie
出版情報:
Chichester : Wiley, 2011 xx, 378 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Overview of Vibrational Optical Activity / 1：
Introduction to Vibrational Optical Activity / 1.1：
Origin and Discovery of Vibrational Optical Activity / 1.2：
VCD Instrumentation Development / 1.3：
ROA Instrumentation Development / 1.4：
Development of VCD Theory and Calculations / 1.5：
Development of ROA Theory and Calculations / 1.6：
Applications of Vibrational Optical Activity / 1.7：
Comparison of Infrared and Raman Vibrational Optical Activity / 1.8：
Conclusions / 1.9：
Vibrational Frequencies and Intensities / 2：
Separation of Electronic and Vibrational Motion / 2.1：
Normal Modes of Vibrational Motion / 2.2：
Infrared Vibrational Absorption Intensities / 2.3：
Vibrational Raman Scattering Intensities / 2.4：
Molecular Chirality and Optical Activity / 3：
Definition of Molecular Chirality / 3.1：
Fundamental Principles of Natural Optical Activity / 3.2：
Classical Forms of Optical Activity / 3.3：
Newer Forms of Optical Activity / 3.4：
Theory of Vibrational Circular Dichroism / 4：
General Theory of VCD / 4.1：
Formulations of VCD Theory / 4.2：
Atomic Orbital Level Formulations of VCD Intensity / 4.3：
Transition Current Density and VCD Intensities / 4.4：
Theory of Raman Optical Activity / 5：
Comparison of ROA to VCD Theory / 5.1：
Far-From Resonance Theory (FFR) of ROA / 5.2：
General Unrestricted (GU) Theory of ROA / 5.3：
Vibronic Theories of ROA / 5.4：
Resonance ROA Theory / 5.5：
Instrumentation for Vibrational Circular Dichroism / 6：
Polarization Modulation Circular Dichroism / 6.1：
Stokes–Mueller Optical Analysis / 6.2：
Fourier Transform VCD Measurement / 6.3：
Commercial Instrumentation for VCD Measurement / 6.4：
Advanced VCD Instrumentation / 6.5：
Instrumentation for Raman Optical Activity / 7：
Incident Circular Polarization ROA / 7.1：
Scattered Circular Polarization ROA / 7.2：
Dual Circular Polarization ROA / 7.3：
Commercial Instrumentation for ROA Measurement / 7.4：
Advanced ROA Instrumentation / 7.5：
Measurement of Vibrational Optical Activity / 8：
VOA Spectral Measurement / 8.1：
Measurement of IR and VCD Spectra / 8.2：
Measurement of Raman and ROA Spectra / 8.3：
Calculation of Vibrational Optical Activity / 9：
Quantum Chemistry Formulations of VOA / 9.1：
Fundamental Steps of VOA Calculations / 9.2：
Methods and Visualization of VOA Calculations / 9.3：
Calculation of Electronic Optical Activity / 9.4：
Classes of Chiral Molecules / 10：
Determination of Absolute Configuration / 10.2：
Determination of Enantiomeric Excess and Reaction Monitoring / 10.3：
Biological Applications of VOA / 10.4：
Future Applications of VOA / 10.5：
Appendices
Models of VOA Intensity / A：
Estimate of CD Intensity Relative to Absorption Intensity / A.1：
Degenerate Coupled Oscillator Model of Circular Dichroism / A.2：
Fixed Partial Charge Model of VCD / A.3：
Localized Molecular Orbital Model of VCD / A.4：
Ring Current Model and Other Vibrational Electronic Current Models / A.5：
Two-Group and Related Models of ROA / A.6：
Derivation of Probability and Current Densities from Multi-Electron Wavefunctions for Electronic and Vibrational Transitions / B：
Transition Probability Density / B.1：
Transition Current Density / B.2：
Conservation of Transition Probability and Current Density / B.3：
Conservation Equation for Vibrational Transitions / B.4：
Theory of VCD for Molecules with Low-Lying Excited Electronic States / C：
Background Theoretical Expressions / C.1：
Lowest-Order Vibronic Theory Including Low-Lying Electronic States / C.2：
Vibronic Energy Approximation / C.3：
Low-Lying Magnetic-Dipole-Allowed Excited Electronic States / C.4：
Magnetic VCD in Molecules with Non-Degenerate States / D：
General Theory / D.1：
Combined Complete Adiabatic and Magnetic-Field Perturbation Formalism / D.2：
Vibronic Coupling B-Term Derivation / D.3：
MCD from Transition Metal Complexes with Low-Lying Electronic States / D.4：
References
Index
Preface
Overview of Vibrational Optical Activity / 1：
Introduction to Vibrational Optical Activity / 1.1：
74.
図書
T.A. Brown
出版情報:
Chichester : John Wiley & Sons, 2016 xix, 353 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
75.
図書
東工大
川口春馬監修
目次情報:
続きを見る
【第1編 微粒子製造と新規微粒子】
第1章 注目の微粒子作製技術
1. 金属・金属酸化物ナノ粒子のサイズ形態制御(杉本忠夫) 3
1.1 はじめに 3
1.2 金属および金属酸化物ナノ粒子の合成系とサイズ形態制御 3
1.2.1 均一還元反応系 3
1.2.2 化合物分解系 4
1.2.3 アルコキサイド加水分解系 4
1.2.4 金属イオン加水分解系 5
1.2.5 マイクロエマルション反応系 5
1.2.6 相転移系 5
1.3 最近の異方性貴金属ナノ粒子の生成機構とサイズ形態制御機構に関する考察 6
2. 磁性複合ナノ粒子の放射線や超音波による合成と評価(山本孝夫) 14
2.1 はじめに 14
2.2 複合ナノ粒子合成の問題点 14
2.3 新たな磁性複合ナノ粒子の概要 15
2.4 合成法の解説(放射線の場合を主として) 16
2.5 得られた磁性ナノ粒子の材料評価 19
2.6 得られた磁性ナノ粒子の吸着性能評価 22
3. 有機-無機ハイブリッド微粒子(岩村武、中條善樹) 25
3.1 はじめに 25
3.2 有機と無機のハイブリッド 25
3.3 有機‐無機ハイブリッド微粒子合成へのアプローチ 25
3.4 無機微粒子の表面修飾によるハイブリッド微粒子の合成 26
3.5 有機修飾アルコキシシランを用いた有機‐無機ハイブリッド微粒子の合成 27
3.6 シルセスキオキサンを用いた有機‐無機ハイブリッド微粒子の合成 28
3.7 金属ナノ粒子の表面修飾による有機‐無機ハイブリッド微粒子の合成 29
3.8 おわりに 32
4. 微粒子合成へのリビングラジカル重合の適用(川口春馬) 34
4.1 はじめに 34
4.2 微粒子生成重合 35
4.2.1 懸濁重合 35
4.2.2 乳化重合 35
4.2.3 ミニエマルション重合 35
4.2.4 分散重合 36
4.3 リビングラジカル重合概説 36
4.4 安定ラジカル重合(SFRP)および微粒子系への応用 38
4.5 原子移動ラジカル重合(ATRP)および微粒子系への応用 39
4.6 イニファータ法 41
4.7 Reversible Addition-Fragmentation Chain Transfer 42
4.8 退化的連鎖移動を利用した重合 44
4.9 おわりに 44
5. 微細エマルションの調製技術(福井寛) 46
5.1 はじめに 46
5.2 エマルションの調製方法 47
5.3 界面化学的手法による調製 48
5.3.1 転相乳化法によるエマルションの調製 48
5.3.2 HLB温度乳化法によるエマルションの調製 48
5.3.3 D相乳化法によるエマルションの調製 48
5.3.4 アミノ酸ゲル乳化によるエマルションの調製 49
5.3.5 凝集法によるエマルションの調製 49
5.3.6 マイクロエマルション 51
5.3.7 超臨界マイクロエマルション 51
5.4 機械力によるエマルションの調製 52
5.4.1 高圧ホモジナイザーによるエマルションの調製 53
5.4.2 膜乳化法によるエマルションの調製 53
5.5 おわりに 55
第2章 注目を集める微粒子
1. チタニア粒子の合成と色素増感太陽電池への応用(菊地隆司、星川豊久、江口浩一) 56
1.1 はじめに 56
1.2 グリコサーマル法によるチタニア粒子の調製 57
1.3 色素増感太陽電池の作製および発電性能評価 58
1.4 結果と考察 59
1.4.1 GT法により調製したTiO2と市販TiO2を用いた太陽電池の性能比較 59
1.4.2 GT法で調製したTiO2の結晶子径と発電特性 60
1.4.3 グリコサーマル法により調製したSi-TiO2を用いた電極の発電特性 62
1.4.4 TiO2/Si-TiO2混合電極の発電特性 64
1.5 おわりに 65
2. 中空粒子(藤正督) 67
2.1 はじめに 67
2.2 中空粒子の合成法 67
2.2.1 有機ビーズテンプレート法 67
2.2.2 エマルジョンテンプレート法 69
2.2.3 噴霧熱分解法 72
2.2.4 静電噴霧法 73
2.3 素材別にみた中空粒子 74
2.3.1 酸化ケイ素 74
2.3.2 酸化チタン 75
2.3.3 酸化亜鉛 77
3. バーコード化磁気微粒子(澤上一美、田島秀二) 82
3.1 はじめに 82
3.2 マルチプレックス(多重化)・アッセイ 82
3.3 バーコード化磁気微粒子 83
3.3.1 磁気微粒子 83
3.3.2 磁気微粒子のバーコード化 84
3.3.3 バーコード化磁気微粒子の応用範囲 86
3.3.4 バーコード化磁気微粒子の検出システム 86
3.4 バーコード化磁気微粒子を用いる自動化システム 87
3.5 おわりに 87
4. 球状超分子(今岡享稔、山元公寿) 90
4.1 はじめに 90
4.2 単一構造のナノスケール有機-金属複合体 90
4.2.1 樹状高分子 90
4.2.2 無機金属塩との錯形成 91
4.2.3 金属集積挙動の自在制御 94
4.3 金属集積構造体を利用した触媒への応用 94
4.3.1 錯体担持型触媒 94
4.3.2 金属微粒子系触媒 94
4.3.3 多電子触媒系への応用 95
4.4 おわりに 97
第3章 微粒子集積技術
1. 金属ナノ粒子の1次元配列法(鳥越幹二郎、江角邦男) 100
1.1 はじめに 100
1.2 ナノ粒子の1次元配列法 101
1.2.1 テンプレート法 101
1.2.2 テンプレートフリー法 104
1.3 おわりに 106
2. 二次元コロイド結晶(長井勝利) 108
2.1 はじめに 108
2.2 最密充填型構造の二次元コロイド結晶 108
2.2.1 移流集積法 109
2.2.2 電気泳動デポジション法 110
2.2.3 ラングミュア・ブロジェット(LB)法 110
2.3 非最密充填型構造の二次元コロイド結晶 111
2.3.1 荷電固体表面での単粒子膜形成 112
2.3.2 疎水性固体表面での単粒子膜形成 112
2.3.3 化学反応を伴う単粒子膜形成 114
2.4 パターン化固体表面上での二次元コロイド結晶 114
2.5 応用と展望 115
2.6 おわりに 116
3. 高分子イオンの交互積層多層粒子(須田光広、大久保恒夫) 119
3.1 はじめに 119
3.2 高分子イオンの交互積層多層粒子の調製 122
3.3 交互多層錯体の安定性 124
3.4 交互多層錯体の機能性 127
3.5 おわりに 128
【第2編 微粒子・粉体の応用展開】
第1章 レオロジー・トライボロジーと微粒子
1. 微粒子分散系へのレオロジー(中道敏彦) 133
1.1 はじめに 133
1.2 均一粒径の球形剛体粒子分散系の濃度依存性 133
1.3 非球形粒子および凝集体の濃度依存性 135
1.4 ラテックス濃厚分散体のレオロジー 137
1.5 粒径の影響 139
1.6 ラテックスの配合組成とレオロジー 140
1.6.1 アミン中和の影響 141
1.6.2 共溶剤の影響 141
1.6.3 シックナー、界面活性剤の影響 142
2. ナノ粒子分散系のエレクトロレオロジー(田中克史) 144
2.1 はじめに 144
2.2 マイクロ粒子分散系のER効果と諸問題 144
2.3 ナノ粒子分散系とER効果 145
2.4 ナノ粒子分散系におけるER効果の検討例 146
2.4.1 酸化チタンナノ粒子とその分散系の無電場下におけるレオロジー挙動 146
2.4.2 酸化チタンナノ粒子分散系におけるER効果 147
2.5 おわりに 151
第2章 情報・メディアと微粒子
1. 電子ペーパー(高橋泰樹) 153
1.1 はじめに 153
1.2 電子ペーパー 154
1.3 電子ペーパーの用途・応用例 154
1.4 電子ペーパーに要求される性能 156
1.5 微粒子を用いた電子ペーパーの開発例 157
1.5.1 マイクロカプセル化電気泳動方式 158
1.5.2 マイクロカップ電気泳動方式 159
1.5.3 トナーを用いた電気泳動方式(インプレーン) 159
1.5.4 トナーディスプレイ方式 161
1.5.5 異方性流体を用いた方式 161
1.5.6 電子粉流体方式 161
1.5.7 ツイストボール方式 163
1.6 おわりに 164
2. オンディマンド印刷/乾式電子写真対応グロスコート紙の開発－ナノとミクロのクロステクノロジー(木坂隆一、時吉智文) 166
2.1 はじめに 166
2.2 オンディマンド印刷について 166
2.2.1 大量印刷の時代から1部単位の個人情報を提供できるオンディマンド印刷の時代へ 166
2.2.2 オンディマンド印刷としての電子写真方式の特徴 166
2.3 電子写真方式で要望される用紙と要求品質について 168
2.3.1 オンディマンド印刷で要望される用紙 168
2.3.2 電子写真方式で印刷用グロスコート紙を用いた場合の問題点 168
2.4 PODグロスコートの開発におけるナノとミクロのクロステクノロジー 169
2.4.1 ブリスタ(トナー・ペーパー)改善技術 169
2.4.2 軽量化と定着ロールへの貼り付きの改善 172
2.5 電子写真画質をオフセット印刷に近づけるPODグロスコート 175
2.6 おわりに 176
3. 重合トナー(佐々木一郎) 178
3.1 はじめに 178
3.2 トナーへの要求特性 178
3.2.1 インクジェット法と電子写真法の比較 178
3.2.2 定着性 178
3.2.3 電子写真プロセスからの要求 178
3.2.4 製造コスト 179
3.3 バインダー樹脂 180
3.3.1 重合トナーの現状 180
3.3.2 各種バインダー樹脂の特徴 180
3.3.3 バインダー樹脂とトナーの定着性/耐オフセット性 180
3.3.4 重合トナーにおけるバインダー樹脂の動向 180
3.4 重合トナーの製法 181
3.4.1 粉砕法と重合法 181
3.4.2 重合法の分類 182
3.4.3 懸濁法 182
3.4.4 エマルション凝集法 183
3.5 重合トナーの特徴 184
3.5.1 重合トナーのメリット 184
3.5.2 重合トナーのデメリット 184
3.6 今後の重合トナー 185
3.6.1 トナー製法の本命 185
3.6.2 球形化処理 185
3.6.3 押出転相法 185
3.6.4 結晶性樹脂の活用 186
3.6.5 環境問題 186
3.7 おわりに 186
第3章 生体・医療と微粒子
1. 高分子ミセルやデンドリマーを用いたDDS(横山昌幸) 188
1.1 高分子ミセルによるDDS 188
1.1.1 DDS用薬物キャリヤーとしての特徴 188
1.1.2 研究の歴史 190
1.1.3 目的別分類 193
1.2 デンドリマー 194
1.2.1 DDS用薬物キャリヤーとしての特徴 194
1.2.2 運搬する対象による分類 195
2. 磁性ナノ粒子を用いた新しいガン治療法の開発(小林猛、井藤彰、本多裕之) 197
2.1 はじめに 197
2.2 マグネタイトナノ粒子を用いた磁場誘導加温型温熱療法 197
2.3 温熱療法とガン免疫における熱ショックタンパク質の役割 200
2.4 温熱療法によるガン細胞の免疫原性の亢進 202
2.5 温熱療法によるガン細胞の壊死に伴うHSPワクチン放出 203
2.6 今後の展望 207
3. 金コロイドとその修飾体(佐倉武司、長崎幸夫) 210
3.1 はじめに 210
3.2 金ナノ粒子の調製 210
3.3 バイオディテクションのための金ナノ粒子 211
3.4 安定金ナノ粒子の分子設計 213
3.5 安定金ナノ粒子による分子認識 215
3.6 将来性 216
3.7 おわりに 217
4. 創薬に向けた磁気アフェニティビーズの創製(壺内信吾、西尾広介、池田森人、成松宏樹、郷右近展之、半田宏) 219
4.1 はじめに 219
4.2 SGビーズの開発 220
4.3 ラテックス磁気ビーズの開発 225
4.4 アフェニティクロマトグラフィを利用した薬剤設計と今後の展開 228
第4章 光と微粒子
1. 高輝度液晶ディスプレイ(小池康博、多賀谷明広) 231
1.1 はじめに 231
1.2 光散乱ポリマー導光体と液晶ディスプレイバックライト 232
1.2.1 高輝度光散乱ポリマー導光体の実現 233
1.2.2 色むら解消 237
1.2.3 シートレス光散乱ポリマー導光体バックライトの提案 237
1.3 おわりに 240
2. ゲル粒子の調光材料としての応用(明石量磁郎、筒井浩明) 241
2.1 刺激応答性高分子ゲルとは 241
2.2 刺激応答性高分子ゲル粒子とその応用 241
2.3 着色ゲル粒子からなる新規調光材料 242
2.4 高分子ゲル調光材料の設計と特性 243
2.4.1 ゲル粒子の合成 244
2.4.2 特性評価 245
2.5 調光特性の評価と応用 246
2.5.1 調光特性の評価 246
2.5.2 調光ガラスへの応用検討 247
2.6 今後の展開 249
3. 酸化チタンによる環境浄化(竹内浩士) 251
3.1 はじめに 251
3.2 酸化チタン上での化学反応 251
3.3 ナノ粒子の重要性 252
3.3.1 表面積 252
3.3.2 その他の要因 254
3.4 具体的な材料 254
3.5 環境浄化への応用 256
3.5.1 空気の浄化 256
3.5.2 水質汚濁物質の分解 257
3.5.3 防汚(セルフクリーニング)機能 257
3.5.4 抗菌作用 257
3.6 今後の展開 257
第5章 ナノテクノロジーと微粒子
1. 半導体ナノ粒子(神谷格) 259
1.1 はじめに 259
1.2 半導体ナノ構造 260
1.3 半導体ナノ粒子の液相合成 261
1.4 半導体ナノ粒子の電子物性と応用 264
1.5 配位子と物性 267
1.6 おわりに 268
2. 3次元フォトニック結晶(三澤弘明、松尾繁樹) 270
2.1 はじめに 270
2.2 フォトニック結晶の構造と作製技術 270
2.3 マクロ形状制御による面心立方格子コロイド結晶の作製 272
2.4 おわりに 275
第6章 産業用微粒子
1. 燃料電池電極材料としての複合微粒子(福井武久) 277
1.1 はじめに 277
1.2 SOFC電極の性能と微細構造 279
1.3 SOFC電極開発と構造制御 280
1.4 複合微粒子を原料とする電極微細構造制御 281
1.4.1 LSM‐YSZ複合微粒子を用いた空気極の微細構造制御 282
1.4.2 NiO‐YSZ複合微粒子を適用した燃料極の微細構造制御 283
1.4.3 機械的手法を適用した電極微細構造制御 284
1.5 おわりに 284
2. 磁性流体(藤田豊久) 287
2.1 はじめに 287
2.2 磁性流体の製造方法 287
2.2.1 フェライト粒子分散型磁性流体 287
2.2.2 金属強磁性粒子分散型磁性流体 288
2.3 粒子の分散安定化 288
2.4 磁性流体の磁気特性 290
2.5 磁性流体の力学的特性 290
2.6 磁性流体の応用 292
2.6.1 磁性流体シール 292
2.6.2 磁性流体中の非磁性体あるいは磁性体に作用する力を利用した応用 294
2.6.3 プリンタへの応用 296
2.6.4 磁性流体の磁化の温度依存性を利用した応用 296
2.6.5 光学への応用 297
2.6.6 バイオ関連への応用 298
2.7 他の機能性流体との比較 299
3. 自動車排ガス中の微粒子計測・除去技術(後藤雄一) 302
3.1 自動車排ガス中の微粒子の現状 302
3.2 微粒子計測技術 304
3.3 粒子除去技術 309
3.3.1 酸化触媒 309
3.3.2 DPF 309
3.3.3 NOx吸蔵触媒(LNT;Lean NOx Trap) 311
3.3.4 尿素SCR(Urea SCR) 311
3.3.5 連続再生式DPFと尿素SCRを組み合わせたシステム(SCRTTM) 311
3.4 今後の動向 312
【第1編 微粒子製造と新規微粒子】
第1章 注目の微粒子作製技術
1. 金属・金属酸化物ナノ粒子のサイズ形態制御(杉本忠夫) 3
76.
図書
東工大
石丸清登著
出版情報:
東京 : 海文堂出版, 2010.5 viii, 231p ; 21cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
第1章 記述統計 1
1.1 統計の役割 1
1.2 データの分布状態の把握 1
1.2.1 棒グラフとヒストグラム 2
1.2.2 累積構成比による要因分析 7
1.3 分布状態の定量的把握 13
1.4 Excelの分析ツールによる基本記述統計量 15
第2章 標本調査 19
2.1 集団の代表的統計量 19
2.1.1 母平均と母分散 19
2.1.2 標本平均の性質 21
2.2 正規母集団の統計的推定 23
2.2.1 母平均の区間推定 23
2.2.2 母分散の区間推定 27
2.3 正規母集団に関する検定 30
2.3.1 平均値の検定 31
2.3.2 分散の検定 34
2.4 正規母集団の比較 37
2.4.1 平均値の差の検定 37
2.4.2 等分散の検定 43
2.5 正規性の検定 46
第3章 相関係数と回帰分析 51
3.1 散布図 51
3.2 相関係数 57
3.3 単回帰分析 62
3.3.1 回帰係数の誤差 65
3.3.2 回帰係数の確率分布 67
3.3.3 回帰係数の検定 68
3.4 重回帰分析 77
3.5 カテゴリ変量を説明変数とする回帰分析 87
第4章 判別分析 93
4.1 重回帰分析による2群データ判別 93
4.2 線形判別器 101
4.2.1 境界線 107
4.3 ロジスティック回帰による2群判別 114
4.3.1 最尤推定法 114
4.3.2 分析の適合度 120
4.3.3 回帰係数の検定 124
第5章 分散分析 127
5.1 分散分析とは？ 127
5.2 1元配置分散分析 129
5.3 2元配置分散分析 139
5.3.1 交互作用の検定 140
5.3.2 行・列要因効果の検定 147
5.4 回帰分析による分散分析 150
5.4.1 1元配置分散分析 150
5.4.2 2元は位置分散分析 155
第6章 比率の検定 161
6.1 母比率の検定 161
6.1.1 標準正規分布による検定 161
6.1.2 2項分布による検定 164
6.1.3 F分布・β分布による検定 166
6.2 母比率分布の検定（適合度の検定） 169
6.3 母比率の差の検定 174
第7章 関連性の検定 185
7.1 独立性の検定 185
7.1.1 カイ2乗検定 185
7.1.2 フィッシャーの直接確立法 190
7.2 適合度の検定と独立性の検定 194
7.3 2変量の関連性指標 195
7.4 ロジスティック回帰による2群の比較 201
第8章 データ包絡分析 207
8.1 データ包絡分析とは？ 207
8.1.1 達成可能な改善目標 207
8.1.2 評価対称となる事業体 208
8.1.3 最適化問題としてのデータ包絡分析 209
8.2 データ包絡分析例 215
参考文献 225
索引 227
第1章 記述統計 1
1.1 統計の役割 1
1.2 データの分布状態の把握 1
77.
図書
細田條著
78.
図書
岡村浩著
79.
図書
Warren B. Powell
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface to the Second Edition
Preface to the First Edition
Acknowledgments
The Challenges of Dynamic Programming / 1：
A Dynamic Programming Example: A Shortest Path Problem / 1.1：
The Three Curses of Dimensionality / 1.2：
Some Real Applications / 1.3：
Problem Classes / 1.4：
The Many Dialects of Dynamic Programming / 1.5：
What Is New in This Book? / 1.6：
Pedagogy / 1.7：
Bibliographic Notes / 1.8：
Some Illustrative Models / 2：
Deterministic Problems / 2.1：
Stochastic Problems / 2.2：
Information Acquisition Problems / 2.3：
A Simple Modeling Framework for Dynamic Programs / 2.4：
Problems / 2.5：
Introduction to Markov Decision Processes / 3：
The Optimality Equations / 3.1：
Finite Horizon Problems / 3.2：
Infinite Horizon Problems / 3.3：
Value Iteration / 3.4：
Policy Iteration / 3.5：
Hybrid Value-Policy Iteration / 3.6：
Average Reward Dynamic Programming / 3.7：
The Linear Programming Method for Dynamic Programs / 3.8：
Monotone Policies* / 3.9：
Why Does It Work?** / 3.10：
Introduction to Approximate Dynamic Programming / 3.11：
The Three Curses of Dimensionality (Revisited) / 4.1：
The Basic Idea / 4.2：
Q-Learning and SARSA / 4.3：
Real-Time Dynamic Programming / 4.4：
Approximate Value Iteration / 4.5：
The Post-Decision State Variable / 4.6：
Low-Dimensional Representations of Value Functions / 4.7：
So Just What Is Approximate Dynamic Programming? / 4.8：
Experimental Issues / 4.9：
But Does It Work? / 4.10：
Modeling Dynamic Programs / 4.11：
Notational Style / 5.1：
Modeling Time / 5.2：
Modeling Resources / 5.3：
The States of Our System / 5.4：
Modeling Decisions / 5.5：
The Exogenous Information Process / 5.6：
The Transition Function / 5.7：
The Objective Function / 5.8：
A Measure-Theoretic View of Information** / 5.9：
Policies / 5.10：
Myopic Policies / 6.1：
Lookahead Policies / 6.2：
Policy Function Approximations / 6.3：
Value Function Approximations / 6.4：
Hybrid Strategies / 6.5：
Randomized Policies / 6.6：
How to Choose a Policy? / 6.7：
Policy Search / 6.8：
Background / 7.1：
Gradient Search / 7.2：
Direct Policy Search for Finite Alternatives / 7.3：
The Knowledge Gradient Algorithm for Discrete Alternatives / 7.4：
Simulation Optimization / 7.5：
Approximating Value Functions / 7.6：
Lookup Tables and Aggregation / 8.1：
Parametric Models / 8.2：
Regression Variations / 8.3：
Nonparametric Models / 8.4：
Approximations and the Curse of Dimensionality / 8.5：
Learning Value Function Approximations / 8.6：
Sampling the Value of a Policy / 9.1：
Stochastic Approximation Methods / 9.2：
Recursive Least Squares for Linear Models / 9.3：
Temporal Difference Learning with a Linear Model / 9.4：
Bellman's Equation Using a Linear Model / 9.5：
Analysis of TD(0), LSTD, and LSPE Using a Single State / 9.6：
Gradient-Based Methods for Approximate Value Iteration* / 9.7：
Least Squares Temporal Differencing with Kernel Regression* / 9.8：
Value Function Approximations Based on Bayesian Learning* / 9.9：
Why Does It Work* / 9.10：
Optimizing While Learning / 9.11：
Overview of Algorithmic Strategies / 10.1：
Approximate Value Iteration and Q-Learning Using Lookup Tables / 10.2：
Statistical Bias in the Max Operator / 10.3：
Approximate Value Iteration and Q-Learning Using Linear Models / 10.4：
Approximate Policy Iteration / 10.5：
The Actor-Critic Paradigm / 10.6：
Policy Gradient Methods / 10.7：
The Linear Programming Method Using Basis Functions / 10.8：
Approximate Policy Iteration Using Kernel Regression* / 10.9：
Finite Horizon Approximations for Steady-State Applications / 10.10：
Adaptive Estimation and Stepsizes / 10.11：
Learning Algorithms and Stepsizes / 11.1：
Deterministic Stepsize Recipes / 11.2：
Stochastic Stepsizes / 11.3：
Optimal Stepsizes for Nonstationary Time Series / 11.4：
Optimal Stepsizes for Approximate Value Iteration / 11.5：
Convergence / 11.6：
Guidelines for Choosing Stepsize Formulas / 11.7：
Exploration Versus Exploitation / 11.8：
A Learning Exercise: The Nomadic Trucker / 12.1：
An Introduction to Learning / 12.2：
Heuristic Learning Policies / 12.3：
Gittins Indexes for Online Learning / 12.4：
The Knowledge Gradient Policy / 12.5：
Learning with a Physical State / 12.6：
Value Function Approximations for Resource Allocation Problems / 12.7：
Value Functions versus Gradients / 13.1：
Linear Approximations / 13.2：
Piecewise-Linear Approximations / 13.3：
Solving a Resource Allocation Problem Using Piecewise-Linear Functions / 13.4：
The SHAPE Algorithm / 13.5：
Regression Methods / 13.6：
Cutting Planes* / 13.7：
Dynamic Resource Allocation Problems / 13.8：
An Asset Acquisition Problem / 14.1：
The Blood Management Problem / 14.2：
A Portfolio Optimization Problem / 14.3：
A General Resource Allocation Problem / 14.4：
A Fleet Management Problem / 14.5：
A Driver Management Problem / 14.6：
Implementation Challenges / 14.7：
Will ADP Work for Your Problem? / 15.1：
Designing an ADP Algorithm for Complex Problems / 15.2：
Debugging an ADP Algorithm / 15.3：
Practical Issues / 15.4：
Modeling Your Problem / 15.5：
Online versus Offline Models / 15.6：
If It Works, Patent It! / 15.7：
Bibliography
Index
Preface to the Second Edition
Preface to the First Edition
Acknowledgments
80.
図書
Janglin Chen, Wayne Cranton, Mark Fihn, editors
出版情報:
Berlin : Springer, 2012 4 v. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:
Springer reference
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
81.
図書
Antonio Doménech-Carbó
出版情報:
Boca Raton : CRC Press, c2010 xviii, 312 p., [8] p. of col. plates ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Foreword
Preface
Author
List of Acronyms
Porous Materials and Electrochemistry / 1：
Porous Materials, Concept, and Classifications / 1.1：
Mixed Porous Materials / 1.2：
Electrochemistry and Porous Materials / 1.3：
Synthesis of Porous Materials / 1.4：
Material-Modified Electrodes / 1.5：
Electrode-Modified Materials / 1.6：
General Electrochemical Considerations / 1.7：
Diffusive Aspects / 1.8：
Voltammetry and Related Techniques / 1.9：
Resistive and Capacitive Effects / 1.10：
Electrochemical Impedance Spectroscopy / 1.11：
Other Techniques / 1.12：
Electrochemical Processes Involving Porous Materials / 2：
Introduction / 2.1：
General Approach / 2.2：
Continuous Layer / 2.3：
Microheterogeneous Deposits / 2.4：
Distribution of Species / 2.5：
Refinements / 2.6：
Fractal Surfaces / 2.7：
Electrocatalysis / 3：
Electrocatalysis by Surface-Confined Species / 3.1：
Electrocatalysis at Microparticulate Deposits of Porous Materials / 3.3：
Modeling Electrocatalysis at Microheterogeneous Deposits of Porous Materials: The Steady-State Approach / 3.4：
Modeling Electrocatalysis at Microheterogeneous Deposits of Porous Materials: Transient Responses / 3.5：
Electrocatalytic Mechanisms / 3.6：
Electrochemistry of Aluminosilicates / 4：
Zeolites / 4.1：
Electrochemistry of Zeolite-Associated Species / 4.3：
Topological Redox Isomers / 4.4：
Species Distribution / 4.5：
Mesoporous Materials / 4.6：
Electrochemistry of Related Materials / 4.7：
Speciation: The Maya Blue Problem / 4.8：
Electrochemistry of Metal-Organic Frameworks / 5：
Ion Insertion-Driven Electrochemistry of MOFs / 5.1：
Metal Deposition Electrochemistry of MOFs / 5.3：
Sensing and Electrocatalysis / 5.4：
Electrochemistry of Porous Oxides and Related Materials / 6：
Overview / 6.1：
Electrochemistry of Metal Oxides and Metal Oxohydroxides / 6.2：
Electrochemistry of Layered Hydroxides and Related Materials / 6.3：
Electrochemistry of POMs / 6.4：
Electrochemistry of Doped Materials / 6.5：
Porous Anodic Metal Oxide Films / 6.6：
Electrocatalysis at Metal Oxides and Related Materials / 6.7：
Site-Characteristic Electrochemistry / 6.8：
Electrochemistry of Porous Carbons and Nanotubes / 7：
Carbons as Electrochemical Materials / 7.1：
Porous Carbons / 7.2：
Carbon Nanotubes and Nanoribbons / 7.3：
Fullerenes / 7.4：
Direct Electrochemical Synthesis of Fullerenes and Nanotubes / 7.5：
Capacitance Response / 7.6：
Carbon Functionalization / 7.7：
Electrocatalytic Ability / 7.8：
Electrochemistry of Porous Polymers and Hybrid Materials / 8：
Organic-Inorganic Hybrid Materials and Nanocomposites / 8.1：
Porous Polymers / 8.2：
Hybrid Materials Based on Modification of Conducting Organic Polymers / 8.3：
Hybrid Materials Based on Modification with Conducting Polymers / 8.4：
Electrochemical Monitoring of Polymerization in Hybrid Systems / 8.5：
Dispersion of Metal and Metal Oxide Nanoparticles into Porous Solids / 8.6：
Electrochemical Sensing via Porous Materials / 9：
Electrochemical Sensing / 9.1：
Gas Sensors with Porous Materials / 9.2：
Solid-State pH and Ion-Selective Electrodes / 9.3：
Amperometric Sensing / 9.4：
Voltammetric Sensing and Selectivity / 9.5：
Enantioselective Electrochemical Sensing / 9.6：
Electrochemical Modeling of Electronic Systems / 9.7：
Supercapacitors, Batteries, Fuel Cells, and Related Applications / 10：
Electrical Energy Storage and Conversion / 10.1：
Capacitors and Supercapacitors / 10.2：
Nickel Batteries / 10.3：
Lithium Batteries / 10.4：
Fuel Cells / 10.5：
Electrocogeneration / 10.6：
Magnetoelectrochemistry and Photoelectrochemistry of Porous Materials / 11：
Magnetoelectrochemistry / 11.1：
Photoelectrochemistry / 11.2：
Photon Energy and Redox Processes / 11.3：
Photoelectrochemical Cells / 11.4：
Electrochemically Induced Luminescence and Electrochromic Materials / 11.5：
Photochemical Modulation of Electrocatalytic Processes
Microporous Materials in Electrosynthesis and Environmental Remediation / 12：
Electrosynthesis / 12.1：
Electrolytic Procedures Involving Porous Electrodes / 12.2：
Electrocatalytic Processes / 12.3：
Oxygen Evolution Reaction / 12.4：
Hydrogen Evolution Reaction / 12.5：
Electrocatalytic Oxidation of Alcohols / 12.6：
Electrochemical Degradation of Contaminants / 12.7：
Degradation/Generation / 12.8：
Photoelectrochemical Degradation / 12.9：
References
Index
82.
図書
安藤隆雄著
83.
図書
Arieh Ben-Naim
目次情報:
続きを見る
Quotations
List of Abbreviations
Preface
Acknowledgements
Introduction, the Main Problem and the Main Tools / 1：
The General Problem / l.l：
Forces and Driving Forces / 1.2：
Definition of the Solvation Process and the Corresponding Thermodynamic Quantities / 1.3：
The Conditional Solvation Process / 1.4：
Some Numerical Values of Solvation Thermodynamics / 1.5：
Solvation of hydrophilic molecules or groups / 1.5.1：
Solvation of hydrophobic molecules or groups / 1.5.2：
Hydrophobicity Scales / 1.6：
Some Numerical Values of the Pairwise Hydrophobic and Hydrophilic Interactions / 1.7：
Pairwise hydrophobic{H?0)interaction / 1.7.1：
Pairwise hydrophilic (H?I)interaction / 1.7.2：
Potential of average force for pairs of side chains of amino acids / 1.7.3：
Dissection of the Solvation Gibbs Energy of a Globular Protein / 1.8：
Dissection of the Solvation Gibbs Energy of a Denatured Protein / 1.9：
The Relationship between the Standard Gibbs Energy of a Reaction and Solvation Gibbs Energies / 1.10：
The Various Solvent-Induced Contributions to the Driving Force for Protein Folding / 1.11：
The solvation of the hard part / 1.11.1：
The solvation of the soft part / 1.11.2：
The contribution of the functional groups (FGs) exposed to the solvent / 1.11.3：
Concluding Remarks and Some Suggestions for the Future / 1.12：
Solvation and Solubility of Globular Proteins / 2：
Definition of Solubility and its Relationship to the Solvation Gibbs Energy / 2.1：
Solvation Gibbs Energy of a Model Globular Protein / 2.2：
Estimation of the Solvation Gibbs Energy of Real Proteins / 2.3：
The Relation between Solubility and Solvation Gibbs Energy for Moderately Soluble Proteins / 2.4：
A Possible Explanation for an Apparently Paradoxical Experimental Finding / 2.5：
The Effect of the Addition of a Solute on the Solvation Gibbs Energy / 2.6：
Concluding Remarks and Suggestions for Future Research / 2.7：
Protein Folding / 3：
The Chemical Equilibrium / 3.1：
Definition of the Folded and Unfolded Forms / 3.2：
Formal Dissection of the Solvent-Induced Effect on Protein Folding into "Small" Ingredients / 3.3：
Methods of Studying and Estimating the Various Contributions to $G / 3.4：
Summary of the Factors Involved in the Stability of the Native Protein / 3.5：
The Problem of the Preferential Protein Folding Pathways of Proteins / 3.6：
Energy Landscapes, Gibbs Energy Landscapes and Forces in Protein Folding / 3.7：
What Kind of Forces are Exerted on the Protein in the Process of Protein Folding? / 3.8：
The Forces in Action / 3.9：
Is there a "Folding Code"? / 3.10：
Association and Self-Assembly of Biomolecules / 3.11：
Thermodynamics and Statistical Thermodynamics of the Association Process / 4.1：
The Factors Involved in the Association of two Biomolecules / 4.2：
Association of two Hypothetical Globular Proteins / 4.3：
The "driving force" for dimerization / 4.3.1：
Virtual dimers, probabilistic considerations / 4.3.2：
Some numerical estimates of various contributions to the total PMF / 4.3.3：
H?0 or, H?I Interaction: Which is More Important in the Association Process? / 4.4：
Association of P and L in an ideal gas phase / 4.4.1：
Association in an organic liquid / 4.4.2：
Association in aqueous solutions / 4.4.3：
Enhancement of the H?O Mode by Strengthening the H?I Effects / 4.4.4：
Association by the Complete Absorption of a Small Solute into a Big Solute / 4.5：
Absorption without conformational changes in P / 4.5.1：
Absorption with conformational changes in P / 4.5.2：
Specificity of the Binding Mode; Molecular Recognition / 4.6：
The lock-and-key model for molecular recognition / 4.6.1：
Molecular recognition through the solvant / 4.6.2：
Self-Assembly of Macromolecules / 4.7：
Strong Solvent-Induced Forces between Macromolecules / 4.8：
Solvent-induced force by means of one-water bridges / 4.8.1：
Solvent-Induced Force by Means of Two-Water Bridges / 4.8.2：
Stronger forces between H?I surfaces / 4.8.3：
The General Statistical Mechanical Expression for the Chemical Potential and the Pseudo-Chemical Potential / 4.9：
The Pseudo-Chemical Potential and the Solvation Helmholtz Energy of a Molecule Having Internal Rotational Degrees of Freedom / Appendix B：
The Potential of Mean Force (PMF) and the Solvent-Induced Force / Appendix C：
Conditional Solvation and Conditional Correlation / Appendix D：
Non-Additivity of the Potential of Mean Force and of the Solvation Gibbs Energy / Appendix E：
The Statistical Mechanical Definition of Independence of Solvation and of Conditional Solvation / Appendix F：
Approximate Estimates of the H?I Interaction between Two, Three and Four H?I Groups at a Distance of 4.5 A / Appendix G：
Evaluating The Inadequacy of Kauzmann's Model for the Role of the H?O Effect in Protein Folding / Appendix H：
The Cracks in the Hydrogen Bond Inventory Argument / Appendix I：
Can "Statistical Potential," Derived from Protein Structures, be Interpreted as a Potential of Mean Force? / Appendix J：
Work of Creating a Cavity and the Probability of Finding a Cavity in a Solvent / Appendix K：
H?I Interactions and Solubility of Isomeric Compounds / Appendix L：
Further Inflating the Already Inflated Value of the H?0 Effect / Appendix M：
The Anfinsen Dogma and the "Thermodynamic Hypothesis" Applied to the Process of Protein Folding / Appendix N：
Entropy-Enthalpy Compensation; from an Exact Theorem to an Approximate Manifestation / Appendix O：
Probability of Finding a Specific Configuration of a Protein and the Work Required to Obtain that Configuration / Appendix P：
The Many Faces of Reversibility and Irreversibility / Appendix Q：
Cooperativity in Protein Folding? / Appendix R：
Local Densities of Water Molecules near H?I Groups / Appendix S：
What Drives the "Driving Force?" / Appendix T：
References
Index
Quotations
List of Abbreviations
Preface
84.
図書
Shu-Lin Zhang
出版情報:
Chichester : Wiley, 2012 xii, 485 p., [12] p. of plates ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgements
Fundamentals of Raman Spectroscopy / Part I：
Basic Knowledge of Raman Spectroscopy / 1：
Spectrum and Spectroscopy / 1.1：
Scattering and Raman Scattering / 1.2：
Fundamental Features of Raman Scattering Spectra / 1.3：
Discovery of the Raman Scattering Effects and Observation of the First Raman Spectrum / 1.4：
Historical Development of Raman Spectroscopy / 1.5：
References
Fundamental Theory of Light Scattering / 2：
Description of Scattering / 2.1：
Macroscopic Theory of Light Scattering / 2.2：
Microscopic Theory of Light Scattering / 2.3：
Experimental Foundation of Raman Spectroscopy / 3：
Generality of Raman Spectral Measurements / 3.1：
Experimental Apparatus / 3.2：
Main Performance Parameters of Raman Spectrometers / 3.3：
Experimental Measurements / 3.4：
Data Processing of Recorded Raman Spectra / 3.5：
A Typical Example of Vibration Raman Spectra - Raman Spectrum of CCl4 / 3.6：
Interference Spectrometer and Fourier Transform Optics / 3.7：
References 104
Introduction to Modern Raman Spectroscopy I-New Raman Spectroscopic Branch Classified Based on Spectral Features
Non-visible Excited Raman Spectroscopy / 4.1：
Resonant Raman Spectroscopy (RRS) / 4.2：
High-Order/Multiple-Phonon Raman Spectroscopy (MPRS) / 4.3：
Raman Spectroscopy under Extreme Conditions / 4.4：
Polarized Raman Spectroscopy (PRS) / 4.5：
Time-Resolved (Transient) Raman Spectroscopy (TRRS) / 4.6：
Space-Resolved Micro-Raman Spectroscopy and Raman Microscopy / 4.7：
Surface-enhanced Raman Spectroscopy (SERS) / 4.8：
Near-Field Raman Spectroscopy (NFRS) / 4.9：
Tip-enhanced Raman Spectroscopy (TERS) / 4.10：
Non-linear and Coherent Raman Spectroscopy (NLRS) / 4.11：
Coherent Anti-Stokes Raman Scattering (CARS) / 4.12：
Stimulated Raman Scattering (SRS) / 4.13：
References 150
Introduction to Modern Raman Spectroscopy II-New Raman Spectroscopic Branch Classified Based on Applied Objects
Common Spectroscopic Basis Related to the Study and Application of Raman Spectroscopy / 5.1：
Chemistry Raman Spectroscopy / 5.2：
Condensed Matter Raman Spectroscopy / 5.3：
Biological and Medical Raman Spectroscopy / 5.4：
Geology and Mineralogy Raman Spectroscopy / 5.5：
Art and Archeology Raman Spectroscopy / 5.6：
Industry Raman Spectroscopy / 5.7：
Raman Spectroscopy in National Security and Judicature / 5.8：
Study of Nanostructures by Raman Spectroscopy / Part II：
General Knowledge of Nanostructures / 6：
Nanostructure, Characteristic Length, and Dimension / 6.1：
Nanomaterials / 6.2：
Properties of Nanostructures / 6.3：
Finite Size and Specific Surface / 6.4：
The Study of Nanostructure / 6.5：
Theoretical Fundamentals of Raman Scattering in Solids / 7：
General Knowledge of Lattice Dynamics / 7.1：
Microscopic Model of Lattice Dynamics / 7.2：
Macroscopic Model of Lattice Dynamics / 7.3：
Lattice Dynamics of Amorphous Matter / 7.4：
Raman Scattering Theories in Solids / 7.5：
Theoretical Fundamentals of Raman Scattering in Nanostructures / 8：
Superlattices / 8.1：
Nanostructure Materials / 8.2：
Micro-Crystal Models / 8.3：
Amorphous Feature and PDOS Expression of Nanostructure Raman Spectra / 8.4：
First-Principles/ab initio Calculation of Nanostructure Raman Spectra / 8.5：
Routine Raman Spectra of Nanostructures / 9：
Characteristic Raman Spectra of Semiconductor Superlattices / 9.1：
Characteristic Raman Spectra of Nanosilicon / 9.2：
Characteristic Raman Spectra of Nanocarbons / 9.3：
Characteristic Raman Spectra of Polar Nano-Semiconductors / 9.4：
Multiple-Phonon Raman Spectra / 9.5：
Anti-Stokes Raman Spectra / 9.6：
Raman Spectroscopy of Nanostructures with Exciting Laser Features / 10：
Raman Spectra with Changing of Exciting Light Wavelengths - Resonant Raman Spectra / 10.1：
Raman Spectra with Exciting Laser Polarization / 10.2：
Raman Spectra with Exciting Laser Intensity / 10.3：
Raman Spectra with Samples of Nanostructures / 11：
Effects of Sample Sizes on Raman Spectra of Nanostructures / 11.1：
Effects of Sample Shapes on Raman Spectra in Nanostructures / 11.2：
Effects of Sample Component and Micro-structure on Raman Spectra in Nanostructures / 11.3：
Electron-Phonon Interactions in Raman Spectroscopy of Nanostructures / 12：
Abnormal Raman Spectral Features in Nanostructures / 12.1：
Origin of No FSE on Phonons / 12.2：
Fr€ohlich Interaction in Nanostructures / 12.3：
Theoretical Raman Spectra of Non-polar and Polar Nano-Semiconductors / 12.4：
Amorphous Feature of Nanocrystal Raman Spectra of No FSE on Phonons and the Breaking of Translation Symmetry in Nano-Semiconductors / 12.5：
Appendices
Electromagnetic Waves and Lasers / Appendix I：
Electromagnetic Wavelength / I.1：
Laser Types / I.2：
Laser Lines and Ionic/Atomic Lines of Gas Lasers used Commonly in Raman Spectroscopy / I.3：
Standard Spectral Lines / Appendix II：
Spectral Lines of Mercury Lamp in Visible Range / II.1：
Standard Lines of Neon Spectral Lamp / II.2：
Raman Tensors / Appendix III：
Raman Tensors and Symmetric Attributes / III.1：
Applications of Raman Tensors / III.2：
Constitution, Polarity, and Symmetry Structure of Crystals / Appendix IV：
Constitution, Polarity, and Crystal Structure of Crystals / IV.1：
Syngony and its Basic Vector, Bravais Lattice, and Point Group Symmetry / IV.2：
Brillouin Zones, Vibration Modes, and Raman Spectra of Typical Ordinary and Semiconducting Crystals / Appendix V：
Brillouin Zones and Symmetrical Points of Cubic System / V.1：
Vibrational Modes and their Symmetries of Several Crystals / V.2：
Structures, Symmetries, and Raman Spectra of Several Semiconducting Crystals / V.3：
Physical Parameters, Constants, and Units / Appendix VI：
Periodic Table of the Elements / VI.1：
Electronic Structure of Atoms / VI.2：
Common Physical Constant and the Performance Parameters of Optical Glass / VI.3：
Index
Preface
Acknowledgements
Fundamentals of Raman Spectroscopy / Part I：
85.
図書
名和小太郎著
86.
図書
quakebook.org編
出版情報:
東京 : 語研, 2011.6 165p ; 21cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
87.
図書
奥村晴彦著
出版情報:
東京 : 技術評論社, 2010.8 xiii, 433p ; 23cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
88.
図書
M.E.J. Newman
出版情報:
Oxford : Oxford University Press, 2018 xi, 780 p. ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
The empirical study of networks
Technological networks / 2：
The Internet / 2.1：
The telephone network / 2.2：
Power grids / 2.3：
Transportation networks / 2.4：
Delivery and distribution networks / 2.5：
Networks of information / 3：
The World Wide Web / 3.1：
Citation networks / 3.2：
Other information networks / 3.3：
Social networks / 4：
The empirical study of social networks / 4.1：
Interviews and questionnaires / 4.2：
Direct observation / 4.3：
Data from archival or third-party records / 4.4：
Affiliation networks / 4.5：
The small-world experiment / 4.6：
Snowball sampling, contact tracing, and random walks / 4.7：
Biological networks / 5：
Biochemical networks / 5.1：
Networks in the brain / 5.2：
Ecological networks / 5.3：
Fundamentals of network theory / II：
Mathematics of networks / 6：
Networks and their representation / 6.1：
The adjacency matrix / 6.2：
Weighted networks / 6.3：
Directed networks / 6.4：
Hypergraphs / 6.5：
Bipartite networks / 6.6：
Multilayer and dynamic networks / 6.7：
Trees / 6.8：
Planar networks / 6.9：
Degree / 6.10：
Walks and paths / 6.11：
Components / 6.12：
Independent paths, connectivity, and cut sets / 6.13：
The graph Laplacian / 6.14：
Measures and metrics / 7：
Centrality / 7.1：
Groups of nodes / 7.2：
Transitivity and the clustering coefficient / 7.3：
Reciprocity / 7.4：
Signed edges and structural balance / 7.5：
Similarity / 7.6：
Homophily and assortative mixing / 7.7：
Computer algorithms / 8：
Software for network analysis and visualization / 8.1：
Running time and computational complexity / 8.2：
Storing network data / 8.3：
Algorithms for basic network quantities / 8.4：
Shortest paths and breadth-first search / 8.5：
Shortest paths in networks with varying edge lengths / 8.6：
Maximum flows and minimum cuts / 8.7：
Network statistics and measurement error / 9：
Types of error / 9.1：
Sources of error / 9.2：
Estimating errors / 9.3：
Correcting errors / 9.4：
The structure of real-world networks / 10：
Shortest paths and the small-world effect / 10.1：
Degree distributions / 10.3：
Power laws and scale-free networks / 10.4：
Distributions of other centrality measures / 10.5：
Clustering coefficients / 10.6：
Assortative mixing / 10.7：
Network models / III：
Random graphs / 11：
Mean number of edges and mean degree / 11.1：
Degree distribution / 11.3：
Clustering coefficient / 11.4：
Giant component / 11.5：
Small components / 11.6：
Path lengths / 11.7：
Problems with the random graph / 11.8：
The configuration model / 12：
Excess degree distribution / 12.1：
Locally tree-like networks / 12.3：
Number of second neighbors of a node / 12.5：
Networks with power-law degree distributions / 12.6：
Diameter / 12.9：
Generating function methods / 12.10：
Other random graph models / 12.11：
Models of network formation / 13：
Preferential attachment / 13.1：
The model of Barabási and Albert / 13.2：
Time evolution of the network and the first mover effect / 13.3：
Extensions of preferential attachment models / 13.4：
Node copying models / 13.5：
Network optimization models / 13.6：
Applications / IV：
Community structure / 14：
Dividing networks into groups / 14.1：
Modularity maximization / 14.2：
Methods based on information theory / 14.3：
Methods based on statistical inference / 14.4：
Other algorithms for cornrnunity detection / 14.5：
Measuring algorithm performance / 14.6：
Detecting other kinds of network structure / 14.7：
Percolation and network resilience / 15：
Percolation / 15.1：
Uniform random removal of nodes / 15.2：
Non-uniform removal of nodes / 15.3：
Percolation in real-world networks / 15.4：
Computer algorithms for percolation / 15.5：
Epidemics on networks / 16：
Models of the spread of infection / 16.1：
Epidemic models on networks / 16.2：
Outbreak sizes and percolation / 16.3：
Time-dependent properties of epidemics on networks / 16.4：
Time-dependent properties of the SI model / 16.5：
Time-dependent properties of the SIR model / 16.6：
Time-dependent properties of the SIS model / 16.7：
Dynamical systems on networks / 17：
Dynamical systems / 17.1：
Dynamics on networks / 17.2：
Dynamics with more than one variable per node / 17.3：
Spectra of networks / 17.4：
Synclironization / 17.5：
Network search / 18：
Web search / 18.1：
Searching distributed databases / 18.2：
Sending messages / 18.3：
References
Index
Preface
Introduction / 1：
The empirical study of networks
89.
図書
John Essick
出版情報:
New York : Oxford University Press, c2019 xviii, 702 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
About the Author
Labview Program Development / 1：
Lab VIEW Programming Environment / 1.1：
Blank VI / 1.2：
Front-Panel Editing / 1.3：
Block-Diagram Editing / 1.4：
Program Execution / 1.5：
Pop-Up Menu and Data-Type Representation / 1.6：
Program Storage / 1.7：
Quick Drop / 1.8：
Do It Yourself
Use It!
Problems
The While Loop and Waveform Chart / 2：
Programming Structures and Graphing Modes / 2.1：
While Loop Basics / 2.2：
Sine-Wave Plot Using a While Loop and Waveform Chart / 2.3：
Lab VIEW Help Window / 2.4：
Waveform Chart Pop-Up Menu / 2.5：
Finishing the Program / 2.7：
Program Improvements / 2.8：
Data Types and Automatic Creation Feature / 2.10：
The for Loop and Waveform Graph / 3：
For Loop Basics / 3.1：
Sine-Wave Plot Using a For Loop and Waveform Graph / 3.2：
Waveform Graph / 3.3：
Owned and Free Labels / 3.4：
Creation of Sine Wave Using a For Loop / 3.5：
Cloning Block-Diagram Icons / 3.6：
Auto-Indexing Feature / 3.7：
Running the VI / 3.8：
X-Axis Calibration of the Waveform Graph / 3.9：
Sine-Wave Plot Using a While Loop and Waveform Graph / 3.10：
Front-Panel Array Indicator / 3.11：
Debugging with the Probe Watch Window and Error List / 3.12：
The Mathscript Node and XY Graph / 4：
MathScript Node Basics / 4.1：
Quick MathScript Node Example: Sine-Wave Plot / 4.2：
Waveform Simulator Using a Math Script Node and XY Graph / 4.3：
Creating an XY Cluster / 4.4：
Lab VIEW MathScript Window / 4.5：
Adding Shape Options Using an Enumerated Type Control / 4.7：
Finishing the Block Diagram / 4.8：
Control and Indicator Clusters / 4.9：
Creating an Icon Using the Icon Editor / 4.11：
Icon Design / 4.12：
Connector Assignment / 4.13：
Introduction to Data Acquisition Devices Using Max / 5：
Data Acquisition Hardware / 5.1：
Measurement & Automation Explorer (MAX) / 5.2：
Analog Input Modes / 5.3：
Range and Resolution / 5.4：
Sampling Frequency and the Aliasing Effect / 5.5：
Analog Input Operation Using MAX / 5.6：
Analog Output / 5.7：
Analog Output Operation Using MAX / 5.8：
Digital Input/Output / 5.9：
Digital Input/Output Operation Using Max / 5.10：
Data Acquisition Using DAQ Assistant / 6：
Data Acquisition Vis / 6.1：
Simple Analog Input Operation on a DC Voltage / 6.2：
Digital Oscilloscope / 6.3：
DC Voltage Storage / 6.4：
Hardware-Timed Waveform Generator / 6.5：
Placing a Custom-Made VI on a Block Diagram / 6.6：
Completing and Executing Waveform Generator (Express) / 6.7：
Data Files and Character Strings / 7：
ASCII Text and Binary Data Files / 7.1：
Storing Data in a Spreadsheet-Formatted File / 7.2：
Storing a One-Dimensional Data Array / 7.3：
Transpose Option / 7.4：
Storing a Two-Dimensional Data Array / 7.5：
Controlling the Format of Stored Data / 7.6：
The Path Constant and Platform Portability / 7.7：
Fundamental File I/O VIs / 7.8：
Adding Text Labels to a Spreadsheet File / 7.9：
Backslash Codes / 7.10：
Shift Registers / 8：
Shift Register Basics / 8.1：
Quick Shift Register Example: Integer Sum / 8.2：
Noise and Signal Averaging / 8.3：
Noisy Sine VI / 8.4：
Moving Average of Four Traces / 8.5：
Modularity and Automatic SubVI Creation / 8.6：
Moving Average of Arbitrary Number of Traces / 8.7：
The Case Structure / 9：
Case Structure Basics / 9.1：
Quick Case Structure Example: Runtime Options Using Property Nodes / 9.2：
State Machine Architecture: Guessing Game / 9.3：
State Machine Architecture: Express VI-Based Digital Oscilloscope / 9.4：
Data Dependency and the Sequence Structure / 10：
Data Dependency and Sequence Structure Basics / 10.1：
Event Timer Using a Sequence Structure / 10.2：
Event Timer Using Data Dependency / 10.3：
Highlight Execution / 10.4：
Analysis VIs: Curve Fitting / 11：
Thermistor Resistance-Temperature Data File / 11.1：
Temperature Measurement Using Thermistors / 11.2：
The Linear Least-Squares Method / 11.3：
Inputting Data to a VI Using a Front-Panel Array Control / 11.4：
Inputting Data to a VI by Reading from a Computer File / 31.3：
Slicing Up a Multidimensional Array
Curve Fitting Using the Linear Least-Squares Method / 11.5：
Residual Plot / 11.6：
Curve Fitting Using the Nonlinear Least-Squares Method / 11.7：
Analysis VIs: Fast Fourier Transform / 12：
Quick Fast Fourier Transform Example / 12.1：
The Fourier Transform / 12.2：
Discrete Sampling and the Nyquist Frequency / 12.3：
The Discrete Fourier Transform / 12.4：
The Fast Fourier Transform / 12.5：
Frequency Calculator VI / 12.6：
FFT of Sinusoids / 12.7：
Applying the FFT to Various Sinusoidal Inputs / 12.8：
Magnitude of the Complex-Amplitude / 12.9：
Observing Leakage / 12.10：
Windowing / 12.11：
Estimating Frequency and Amplitude / 12.12：
Aliasing / 12.13：
Data Acquisition and Generation Using DAQmx VIs / 13：
DAQmx VI Basics / 13.1：
Express VI Automatic Code Generation / 13.2：
Limitations of Express VIs / 13.5：
Improving Digital Oscilloscope Using State Machine Architecture / 13.6：
Analog Output Operations / 13.7：
Waveform Generator / 13.8：
Control of Stand-Alone Instruments / 14：
Instrument Control Using VISA VIs / 14.1：
The VISA Session / 14.2：
The IEEE 488.2 Standard / 14.3：
Common Commands / 14.4：
Status Reporting / 14.5：
Device-Specific Commands / 14.6：
Specific Hardware Used in This Chapter / 14.7：
Simple VISA-Based Query Operation / 14.8：
Message Termination / 14.10：
Getting and Setting Communication Properties Using a Property Node / 14.11：
Performing a Measurement over the Interface Bus / 14.12：
Synchronization Methods / 14.13：
Measurement VI Based on the Serial Poll Method / 14.14：
Measurement VI Based on the Service Request Method / 14.15：
Creating an Instrument Driver / 14.16：
Using the Instrument Driver to Write an Application Program / 14.17：
Formula Node Programming for Chapter 4 / Appendix A：
Formula Node Basics / A.1：
Quick Formula Node Example: Sine-Wave Plot (Section 4.2) / A.2：
Formula Node-Based Waveform Simulator (Sections 4.3-4.4) / A.3：
Formula Node-Based Waveform Simulator (Section 4.8) / A.4：
Formula Node-Based Waveform Simulator (Section 4.10) / A.5：
Mathematics of Leakage and Windowing / Appendix B：
Analytic Description of Leakage / B.1：
Description of Leakage Using the Convolution Theorem / B.2：
PID Temperature Control Project / Appendix C：
Project Description / C.1：
Voltage-Controlled Bidirectional Current Driver for Thermoelectric Device / C.2：
PID Temperature Control Algorithm / C.3：
PID Temperature Control System / C.4：
Construction of Temperature Control System / C.5：
Index
Preface
About the Author
Labview Program Development / 1：
90.
図書
瀧本往人著
出版情報:
東京 : 工学社, 2016.3 159p ; 21cm
シリーズ名:
I/O books
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
第1章 「IoT」「M2M」の概要 : 組み込み機器の現在と未来
「IoT」と「M2M」
人工知能
ロボット
第2章 「IoT」「M2M」のネットワークの基本構造 : 収集 / センサ
伝送 / 通信
解析
実行
第3章 「IoT」「M2M」の事例と課題 : 移動媒体
ドローン
電力
「脅威」と「セキュリティ」
第1章 「IoT」「M2M」の概要 : 組み込み機器の現在と未来
「IoT」と「M2M」
人工知能
概要:
「IoT」とは「Internet of Things」の略で、「モノのインターネット」を意味する言葉で、よく似た言葉として、「M2M」(Machine to Machine)という言葉もあります。これら2つのキーワードは、何が同じで、どこが
…
違うのでしょうか。本書では、「IoT」「M2M」の成り立ちや仕組み、それぞれの共通事項や相違点、「クラウド」「ビッグデータ」「ロボット」「人工知能」「深層学習」といった先端技術との関わり方、「IoT」「M2M」の実例と解決すべき課題などを詳しく解説しています。
続きを見る
91.
図書
Murray Logan
出版情報:
Chicester : Wiley-Blackwell, c2010 xxviii, 546 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
R quick reference card
General key to statistical methods
IntroductiontoR / 1：
Why R? / 1.1：
Installing R / 1.2：
The R environment / 1.3：
Object names / 1.4：
Expressions, Assignment and Arithmetic / 1.5：
R Sessions and workspaces / 1.6：
Getting help / 1.7：
Functions / 1.8：
Precedence / 1.9：
Vectors - variables / 1.10：
Matrices, lists and data frames / 1.11：
Object information and conversion / 1.12：
Indexing vectors, matrices and lists / 1.13：
Pattern matching and replacement (character search and replace) / 1.14：
Data manipulation / 1.15：
Functions that perform other functions repeatedly / 1.16：
Programming in R / 1.17：
An introduction to the R graphical environment / 1.18：
Packages / 1.19：
Working with scripts / 1.20：
Citing R in publications / 1.21：
Further reading / 1.22：
Datasets / 2：
Constructing data frames / 2.1：
Reviewing a data frame - fix () / 2.2：
Importing (reading) data / 2.3：
Exporting (writing) data / 2.4：
Saving and loading of R objects / 2.5：
Data frame vectors / 2.6：
Manipulating data sets / 2.7：
Dummy data sets - generating random data / 2.8：
Introductory statistical principles / 3：
Distributions / 3.1：
Scale transformations / 3.2：
Measures of location / 3.3：
Measures of dispersion and variability / 3.4：
Measures of the precision of estimates - standard errors and confidence intervals / 3.5：
Degrees of freedom / 3.6：
Methods of estimation / 3.7：
Outliers / 3.8：
Sampling and experimental design with R / 3.9：
Random sampling / 4.1：
Experimental design / 4.2：
Graphical data presentation / 5：
The plot() function / 5.1：
Graphical Parameters / 5.2：
Enhancing and customizing plots with low-level plotting functions / 5.3：
Interactive graphics / 5.4：
Exporting graphics / 5.5：
Working with multiple graphical devices / 5.6：
High-level plotting functions for univariate (single variable) data / 5.7：
Presenting relationships / 5.8：
Presenting grouped data / 5.9：
Presenting categorical data / 5.10：
Trellis graphics / 5.11：
Simple hypothesis testing - one and two population tests / 5.12：
Hypothesis testing / 6.1：
One- and two-tailed tests / 6.2：
t-tests / 6.3：
Assumptions / 6.4：
Statistical decision and power / 6.5：
Robust tests / 6.6：
Key for simple hypothesis testing / 6.7：
Worked examples of real biological data sets / 6.9：
Introduction to Linearmodels / 7：
Linear models / 7.1：
Linear models in R / 7.2：
Estimating linear model parameters / 7.3：
Comments about the importance of understanding the structure and parameterization of linear models / 7.4：
Correlation and simple linear regression / 8：
Correlation / 8.1：
Simple linear regression / 8.2：
Smoothers and local regression / 8.3：
Correlation and regression in R / 8.4：
Key for correlation and regression / 8.5：
Multiple and curvilinear regression / 8.7：
Multiple linear regression / 9.1：
Null hypotheses / 9.2：
Curvilinear models / 9.4：
Robust regression / 9.6：
Model selection / 9.7：
Regression trees / 9.8：
Key and analysis sequence for multiple and complex regression / 9.9：
Single factor classification (ANOVA) / 9.11：
Linear model / 10.1：
Analysis of variance / 10.3：
Robust classification (ANOVA) / 10.4：
Tests of trends and means comparisons / 10.6：
Power and sample size determination / 10.7：
ANOVA in R / 10.8：
Key for single factor classification (ANOVA) / 10.9：
Nested ANOVA / 10.11：
Variance components / 11.1：
Pooling denominator terms / 11.5：
Unbalanced nested designs / 11.7：
Linear mixed effects models / 11.8：
Robust alternatives / 11.9：
Power and optimisation of resource allocation / 11.10：
Nested ANOVA in R / 11.11：
Key for nested ANOVA / 11.12：
Factorial ANOVA / 11.14：
Planned and unplanned comparisons / 12.1：
Unbalanced designs / 12.6：
Robust factorial ANOVA / 12.7：
Power and sample sizes / 12.8：
Factorial ANOVA in R / 12.9：
Key for factorial ANOVA / 12.10：
Unreplicated factorial designs - randomized block and simple repeated measures / 12.12：
Specific comparisons / 13.1：
Unbalanced un-replicated factorial designs / 13.6：
Power and blocking efficiency / 13.7：
Unreplicated factorial ANOVA in R / 13.9：
Key for randomized block and simple repeated measures ANOVA / 13.10：
Partly nested designs: split plot and complex repeatedmeasures / 13.12：
Other issues / 14.1：
Key for partly nested ANOVA / 14.6：
Analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) / 14.8：
Robust ANCOVA / 15.1：
Key for ANCOVA / 15.6：
Simple Frequency Analysis / 15.9：
The chi-square statistic / 16.1：
Goodness of fit tests / 16.2：
Contingency tables / 16.3：
G-tests / 16.4：
Small sample sizes / 16.5：
Alternatives / 16.6：
Power analysis / 16.7：
Simple frequency analysis in R / 16.8：
Key for Analysing frequencies / 16.9：
Generalized linear models (GLM) / 16.11：
Dispersion (over or under) / 17.1：
Binary data - logistic (logit) regression / 17.2：
Count data - Poisson generalized linear models / 17.3：
Generalized additive models (GAM's) - non-parametric GLM / 17.4：
GLM and R / 17.6：
Key for GLM / 17.7：
Bibliography / 17.9：
R index
Statistics index
Preface
R quick reference card
General key to statistical methods
92.
図書
edited by Ben Prickril, Avraham Rasooly
93.
図書
edited by Daniel Malacara-Hernández, Brian J. Thompson
94.
図書
Dominic W.S. Wong
出版情報:
Cham : Springer, c2018 xix, 257 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
95.
図書
Ann Hogue with Jennifer Bixby
96.
図書
by Ronald Eisler
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Elasmobranchs / 2：
Fishes / 3：
Reptiles / 4：
Birds / 5：
Mammals / 6：
Concluding remarks / 7：
Index
Introduction / 1：
Elasmobranchs / 2：
Fishes / 3：
97.
図書
Hans Peters
98.
図書
Jabbari, E. (Esmaiel)
99.
図書
東工大
伊藤宏司著
出版情報:
東京 : 共立出版, 2010.2 vii, 225p ; 22cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
第1章 序論 1
1.1 ニューロン 1
1.2 ニューロダイナミクスモデル 4
1.2.1 静的モデル 5
1.2.2 動的モデル 9
1.3 ネットワーク構造 11
1.4 どんな問題に？ 14
1.4.1 パターン識別 14
1.4.2 クラスタリング 15
1.4.3 関数近似 16
1.4.4 システム同定 17
1.4.5 フィルター 18
1.4.6 制御 20
第2章 ダイナミカルシステム 23
2.1 ダイナミカルシステムと状態空間 23
2.2.1 線形化 26
2.2.2 線形システムの解 26
2.2.3 対角化 29
2.2.4 ２次系の平衡点と状態軌道 32
2.2 線形システム 35
2.3 非線形システム 39
2.3.1 平衡点 39
2.3.2 流れ 41
2.3.3 閉軌道とリミットサイクル 45
2.3.4 中心多様体 50
2.3.5 分岐 53
2.4 安定性とリアプノフ関数 58
2.4.1 安定性の定義 58
2.4.2 リアプノフ安定 60
2.5 入出力応答 65
2.5.1 インパルス応答 65
2.5.2 伝達関数 67
第3章 学習アルゴリズム 72
3.1 学習方式 73
3.2 誤差修正法 74
3.3 ヘブ学習 76
3.4 強化学習 78
3.5 最適化法 82
3.5.1 最急降下法 83
3.5.2 ニュートン（ラプソン）法 84
3.5.3 準ニュートン法 85
3.5.4 共役勾配法 85
第4章 フィードフォワード・ニューラルネットワーク 87
4.1 線形適応フィルター 88
4.2 パーセプトロン 89
4.3 多層ニューラルネットワーク 92
4.3.1 誤差逆伝播法 93
4.3.2 学習率 97
4.3.3 関数近似 99
4.3.4 汎化 100
第5章 自己組織化マップ 103
5.1 正規化理論 103
5.1.1 近似関数と正規化ネットワーク 104
5.1.2 動径基底関数 105
5.2 自己組織化マップ(SOM) 109
5.3 感覚-運動マップ 113
5.3.1 視覚－運動マップ 114
5.3.2 タスク指向マップ 118
第6章 リカレントネットワーク 124
6.1 ネットワーク構造 124
6.2 ホップフィールドネットワーク 127
6.2.1 連続型ホップフィールドネットワーク 127
6.2.2 離散型ホップフィールドネットワーク 131
6.2.3 連想記憶 131
6.3 リカレントネットワークの学習法 133
6.3.1 BPTT法 133
6.3.2 RTRL法 136
6.4 階層リカレントネットワーク 138
6.5 多形神経回路モデル 141
第7章 ネットワークダイナミクス 143
7.1 ニューラルネットワーク 143
7.1.1 ネットワークタイプ 143
7.1.2 加法ニュートラルネットワーク 145
7.2 分岐ダイナミクス 147
7.2.1 鞍点－結節点分岐 148
7.2.2 安定性交替型分岐 149
7.2.3 熊手型分岐 150
7.2.4 ホップ分岐 151
7.3 ニューロンモデルと分岐 155
7.3.1 Hodgkin-Huxleyモデル 155
7.3.2 BVPモデル 158
7.4 分岐ニューラルネットワークモデル 163
7.4.1 嗅球ネットワークモデル 163
7.4.2 動的連想記憶モデル 167
第8章 ニューラルオシレータ 177
8.1 Wilson-Cowanモデル 177
8.2 緩和振動子モデル 180
8.3 位相振動子モデル 182
8.3.1 位相方程式 182
8.3.2 弱結合ニューラルオシレータ 185
8.3.3 オシレータの相互引き込み 187
8.3.4 オシレータ連鎖 188
8.3.5 オシレータネットワーク 191
8.4 ニューラルオシレータの構成 193
8.4.1 勾配系のシステム記述 194
8.4.2 ニューラルオシレータによる歩行パターン生成 200
8.4.3 環境変動に対する歩行パターン適応 203
付録 ジョルダン標準形式と二次形式 205
A.1 ジョルダン標準形式 205
A.2 二次形式 207
参考文献 209
索引 216
第1章 序論 1
1.1 ニューロン 1
1.2 ニューロダイナミクスモデル 4
100.
図書
イマヌエル・カント [著] ; 熊野純彦訳
出版情報:
東京 : 作品社, 2012.1 xiii, 863p ; 22cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
図書
図書
図書
図書
